manualshive.com logo in svg

ABB AC500 PLC, Hardware Manual, Page: 19 / 1315

Share
Download
ABB AC500 PLC Hardware Manual Download Page 19

See supported protocols and used Ethernet ports for AC500 V3 prod-

ucts:

Ethernet Protocols and Ports

.

See communication via Modbus for AC500 V3 products: 

Modbus TCP/IP

.

See communication via Modbus for AC500 V3 products: 

Modbus RTU

.

NOTICE!
Risk of corrosion!

Unused connectors and slots may corrode if XC devices are used in salt-mist

environments.

Protect unused connectors and slots with TA535 protective caps for XC devices

TA535

Ä

 Chapter 1.8.4.6 “TA535 - Protective Caps for XC Devices”

on page 1172

.

1.1.2.3 

Technical Data

The System Data of AC500 and S500 

Ä

 Chapter 2.6.1 “System Data AC500” on page 1248

 are

valid for standard version.

The System Data of AC500-XC 

Ä

 Chapter 2.7.1 “System Data AC500-XC” on page 1309

 are

valid for the XC version.

Only additional details are therefore documented below.

Parameter

Value

Connection of the supply voltage 24

VDC at the TF5x1-CMS

The terminals 1.8, 4.8...7.8, 1.9, 4.9...7.9, 4.0...4.7,

7.0...7.7 are electrically interconnected within the

TF5x1-CMS.

Terminals 1.8, 4.8...7.8: process voltage L+ = +24 VDC

Terminals 1.9, 4.9...7.9: process voltage M = 0 V

Terminals 4.0...4.7, 7.0...7.7: analog shield clamps SH

Terminal 1.0: FE shield clamp of encoder

Rated voltage

24 VDC

Max. permitted total current

10 A (between terminals 1.8, 4.8...7.8 and 1.9,

4.9...7.9)

Slots

 

 

TF501-CMS

1 function module FM502-CMS, 1 processor module

PM592-ETH, 0 communication modules

 

TF521-CMS

1 function module FM502-CMS, 1 processor module

PM592-ETH, 2 communication modules

Processor module interfaces

I/O bus, COM1

Weight

TF501-CMS: 350 g

TF521-CMS: 400 g

Mounting position

Horizontal or vertical

 

Device Specifications

Terminal Bases (AC500 Standard) > TF501-CMS and TF521-CMS - Function Module Terminal Bases

2019/04/17

3ADR010121, 13, en_US

19

Summary of Contents for AC500 PLC

Page 1: ...HARDWARE MANUAL AC500 PLC System Assembly and Device Specifications for AC500 V2 Products ...

Page 2: ...517 and TU518 for Communication Interface Modules 158 1 4 5 TU520 ETH for PROFINET Communication Interface Modules 161 1 4 6 TU531 and TU532 for I O Modules 164 1 4 7 TU551 CS31 and TU552 CS31 for CS31 Communication Interface Modules 168 1 5 I O Modules 171 1 5 1 Digital I O Modules 171 1 5 2 Analog I O Modules 394 1 5 3 Digital Analog I O Modules 569 1 6 Function Modules 634 1 6 1 S500 eCo 634 1 ...

Page 3: ...1192 2 5 2 Mechanical Dimensions 1196 2 5 3 Mounting and Demounting 1199 2 5 4 Connection and Wiring 1208 2 5 5 Handling of Accessories 1221 2 6 AC500 Standard 1248 2 6 1 System Data AC500 1248 2 6 2 Mechanical Dimensions 1252 2 6 3 Mounting and Demounting 1261 2 6 4 Connection and Wiring 1272 2 6 5 Handling of Accessories 1294 2 7 AC500 XC 1309 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC 1309 2 8 AC500 S 1314 2 8...

Page 4: ...e Ethernet RJ45 TB521 ARCNET 1 processor module 2 communication modules with network interface ARCNET BNC TB521 ETH 1 processor module 2 communication modules with network interface Ethernet RJ45 TB523 2ETH 1 processor module 2 communication modules with 2x network interface Ethernet RJ45 TB541 ETH 1 processor module 4 communication modules with network interface Ethernet RJ45 XC version for use i...

Page 5: ...terfaces TB5xx ETH Ethernet TB5xx ARCNET ARCNET 9 Holes for screw mounting 10 DIN rail 1 1 1 1 Short Description Terminal bases are used as sockets for processor modules and communication modules Up to 10 I O terminal units for I O expansion modules can be added to these terminal bases The terminal bases have slots for one processor module and for communication modules as well as terminals and int...

Page 6: ... inter face remov able 9 pin ter minal block x x x x x x COM2 Serial inter face 9 pin D sub connector female x x x x x Network interface 1 Ethernet RJ45 x x x ARCNET BNC x x 2x Ethernet RJ45 x FBP interface Fieldbus neu tral slave inter face M12 5 pin male fastening with screw x x x x x CAN interface CAN 2 A B 1 Type must be equal to the type of the used processor module PM57x ETH PM58x ETH and PM...

Page 7: ... voltage L 24 VDC Positive pin of the power supply voltage M 0 V Negative pin of the power supply voltage M 0 V Negative pin of the power supply voltage FE Functional earth NOTICE Risk of damaging the processor module and terminal base Exceeding the maximum voltage could lead to unrecoverable damage to the system The system could be destroyed NOTICE Risk of malfunction To ensure reliability and pr...

Page 8: ...Online access RS 232 programming interface for Automation Builder A free protocol Modbus RTU client and server CS31 system bus RS 485 as master only Ä Chapter 2 6 4 8 2 Wiring on page 1283 Pin Signal Interface Description Terminal block removed Terminal block inserted 1 Terminator P RS 485 Terminator P 2 RxD TxD P RS 485 Receive Transmit positive 3 RxD TxD N RS 485 Receive Transmit negative 4 Term...

Page 9: ...upply out 6 5 V 5 V supply out 7 RxD RS 232 Receive data Input 8 RxD TxD N RS 485 Receive Transmit Negative 9 CTS RS 232 Clear to send Input Shield FE Functional earth NOTICE Risk of corrosion Unused connectors and slots may corrode if XC devices are used in salt mist environments Protect unused connectors and slots with TA535 protective caps for XC devices TA535Ä Chapter 1 8 4 6 TA535 Protective ...

Page 10: ...Modbus TCP IP See communication via Modbus for AC500 V2 products Modbus RTU See supported protocols and used Ethernet ports for AC500 V3 prod ucts Ethernet Protocols and Ports See communication via Modbus for AC500 V3 products Modbus TCP IP See communication via Modbus for AC500 V3 products Modbus RTU 1 1 1 2 6 Neutral FieldBusPlug Interface Via a 5 pin neutral FBP interface a processor module can...

Page 11: ...nal details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Connection of the supply voltage 24 VDC at the terminal base of the processor module removable 5 pin terminal block spring type Slots TB511 1 processor module 1 communication module TB521 TB523 1 processor module 2 communi cation modules TB541 1 processor module 4 communication modules Processor module interfaces at TB5x1 I O bus COM1 COM2...

Page 12: ...B521 ETH XC terminal base AC500 slots 1 processor module 2 communication modules with network interface Ethernet RJ45 XC version Active 1SAP 112 300 R0277 TB523 2ETH teminal base AC500 slots 1 processor module 2 communication modules with 2 network interfaces Ethernet RJ45 Active 1SAP 114 100 R0270 TB541 ETH slots 1 processor module 4 communication modules with network interface Ethernet RJ45 Acti...

Page 13: ...nting accessory 1 1 2 TF501 CMS and TF521 CMS Function Module Terminal Bases For function module FM502 CMS TF501 CMS 1 processor module 1 FM502 CMS with network interface Ethernet RJ45 TF521 CMS 1 processor module 1 FM502 CMS 2 communication modules with network interfaces Ethernet RJ45 XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications Terminal Bases AC500 Standard T...

Page 14: ...x y on page 65 1 1 2 1 Description The function module terminal bases have slots for one FM502 CMS one processor module and for communication modules as well as terminals and interfaces for power supply expansion networking and IO The number of slots differs depending on the type of terminal base Table 2 Number of slots Slot TF501 CMS TF521 CMS Slots for processor modules 1 1 Slots for function mo...

Page 15: ... the I O modules are described in the system assembly chapter as well as the serial I O bus Ä Chapter 2 4 Overall Information valid for complete AC500 Product Family on page 1178 Terminal Signal Description 1 0 FE Functional earth for encoder shield connection 1 1 A Input signal A of encoder 0 1 2 A Inverted input signal A of encoder 0 1 3 B Input signal B of encoder 0 1 4 B Inverted input signal ...

Page 16: ... connected to a power supply Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you remove or replace a module Analog signals must be transmitted through shielded cables The analog cable shield must only be connected to the side of the module SH terminals to avoid relaxation currents influencing the measuring results and for optimal robustness against external no...

Page 17: ...at the current flowing through the spring terminals never exceeds 10 A Fig 1 Terminal assignment and electrical connection 1 1 2 2 1 Serial Interface COM1 The serial interface COM1 can be used for Online access RS 232 programming interface for Automation Builder software Free protocol Modbus RTU client and server CS31 system bus RS 485 as master only Ä Chapter 2 6 4 6 Serial Interface COM1 of the ...

Page 18: ...net Networking Interface This interface is the connection to the internal Ethernet communication module of the processor modules Applications TCP IP for PC Automation Builder programming UDP communication via function blocks Modbus on TCP IP master and slave Interface Pin Signal Description or 1 TxD Transmit Data 2 TxD Transmit Data 3 RxD Receive Data 4 NU Not used 5 NU Not used 6 RxD Receive Data...

Page 19: ... details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Connection of the supply voltage 24 VDC at the TF5x1 CMS The terminals 1 8 4 8 7 8 1 9 4 9 7 9 4 0 4 7 7 0 7 7 are electrically interconnected within the TF5x1 CMS Terminals 1 8 4 8 7 8 process voltage L 24 VDC Terminals 1 9 4 9 7 9 process voltage M 0 V Terminals 4 0 4 7 7 0 7 7 analog shield clamps SH Terminal 1 0 FE shield clamp of encoder...

Page 20: ...on module terminal base slots 1 function module FM502 CMS 1 processor module PM592 ETH 2 communication modules Ethernet RJ45 connector Active 1SAP 317 200 R0271 TF521 CMS XC function module terminal base slots 1 function module FM502 CMS 1 processor module PM592 ETH 2 communication modules Ethernet RJ45 connector XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in ...

Page 21: ...Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 The AC500 product family is characterized by functional modularity As the complete AC500 product family shares the same hardware platform and programming software tool the devices of the AC500 product groups can be flexibly combined S500 devices represent the I O modules of the product group AC500 standard whereas S500 eCo devices represent the I O...

Page 22: ...display the states of the digital output signals PM56x xP 6 yellow LEDs to display the states of the digital output signals 1 yellow LED to display the state of the analog output signal 4 I O bus for connecting additional I O modules 5 Terminal number 6 Signal name according to terminal number 7 Terminal block for input output signals 9 pin 8 Terminal block for input output signals 11 pin 9 Remova...

Page 23: ...can be expanded to include an memory card slot a second serial RS 485 interface COM2 and an RTC real time clock Details and technical data are provided in the technical data section 1 2 1 1 2 Assortment Processor Module Program memory Cycle time 1 Ethernet interface Other inter faces Type of dig ital outputs Power supply PM554 TP 128 kB Binary min 0 08 ms Word min 0 1 ms Floating point min 1 2 ms ...

Page 24: ... 2 L and M terminals The L terminal on the left side is the input and the right side is the output The M terminals are internally interconnected The supply can be easily looped through to the onboard digital inputs CAUTION Risk of damaging the processor module and the connected modules Voltages 35 VDC DC variants only or 288 VAC AC variants only might damage the processor module and the connected ...

Page 25: ...face Pin Signal Description Serial Interface 1 FE Functional earth 2 SGND 0 V power supply internally connected to M terminal 3 RxD TxD P Receive Transmit positive 4 Reserved Reserved not connected 5 SGND 0 V power supply internally connected to M terminal 6 3 3 V 3 3 V power supply 7 Reserved Reserved not connected 8 RxD TxD N Receive Transmit negative 9 Reserved Reserved not connected Shield Cab...

Page 26: ...itional information for installing the accessory modules can be found in Ä Chapter 1 8 1 4 TA562 RS Serial RS 485 Adaptor on page 1112 Ä Chapter 1 8 1 5 TA569 RS ISO Serial RS 485 Isolated Adaptor on page 1113 and Ä Chapter 1 8 1 6 TA562 RS RTC Adaptor with Serial RS 485 COM2 and Real time Clock on page 1114 Additional information for wiring the COM2 interface can be found in serial interface COM2...

Page 27: ...ls marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages 1 2 1 1 4 Power Supply Depending on the variant the processor modules can be connected to the following supply vol tages L M F M 24VDC OUT 24VDC IN L E L N FE L M 24VDC OUT 100 240VAC IN 24 VDC 100 240 VAC The electrical connection is established via a removable 5 pin terminal block As the terminal block is also available as a spare par...

Page 28: ...vide 180 mA max The output is protected against overload by a self resetting fuse PTC According to IEC 60204 1 2016 where control circuits are supplied from an AC source transformers having separate windings shall be used to separate the power supply from the control supply 1 2 1 1 5 Onboard I Os For connection of the onboard inputs and outputs both a 9 pin and an 11 pin terminal block are needed ...

Page 29: ...d type of digital inputs No and type of digital out puts No and type of analog inputs No and type of analog outputs PM56x T P PM56x T P ETH 24 VDC 6 x 24 VDC 6 x 24 VDC 0 5 A max transistor 2 x voltage 1 x voltage or current PM56x R P PM56x R P ETH 24 VDC 6 x 24 VDC 6 x relay output 2 A max 2 x voltage 1 x voltage or current PM56x R P AC PM56x R P ETH AC 100 240 VAC 6 x 24 VDC 6 x relay output 2 A...

Page 30: ...Warning Error in the periphery e g I O which may show an impact in the future The user should determine which reaction is neces sary Short circuit at an I O module the battery is run down or not inserted The behaviour if the ERR LED lights up at error classes E3 or E4 is configurable Occurred errors can be displayed with the commands diagshow all in the PLC Browser of Auto mation Builder software ...

Page 31: ...for the error classes 2 to 4 is configu rable With 4 Hz fast dis plays together with the RUN LED a cur rently running a firmware upgrade or writing data to the Flash EPROM Each processor module contains up to 15 LEDs depending on type to display the states of the inputs and outputs Processor module LED State Color LED ON LED OFF PM55x xP PM56x xP I0 I7 PM55x xP I0 I5 PM56x xP Digital input Yellow ...

Page 32: ...20 mA PM564 RP 240 mA PM564 RP ETH 250 mA PM566 TP ETH 220 mA PM554 RP AC 200 mA at 100 VAC 110 mA at 240 VAC PM564 RP AC 210 mA at 100 VAC 125 mA at 240 VAC PM564 RP ETH AC 220 mA at 100 VAC 130 mA at 240 VAC Current consumption from power supply typ PM554 TP 60 mA PM554 TP ETH 70 mA PM554 RP 80 mA PM556 TP ETH 70 mA PM564 TP 95 mA PM564 TP ETH 100 mA PM564 RP 110 mA PM564 RP ETH 120 mA PM566 TP ...

Page 33: ... g PM564 TP ETH 300 g PM564 RP 350 g PM564 RP ETH 350 g PM566 TP ETH 300 g PM554 RP AC 400 g PM564 RP AC 400 g PM564 RP ETH AC 400 g Mounting position horizontal or vertical These values show the value of the apparent current sum of active and reactive current Program memory 128 kB Flash EPROM PM554 xP and PM564 xP types 512 kB Flash EPROM PM556 xP and PM566 xP types Data memory VAR data 10 kB VAR...

Page 34: ...ssible Usable accessories MC503 Memory card TA561 RTC Real time clock TA562 RS Serial RS485 TA569 RS ISO Serial RS485 isolated TA562 RS RTC Real time clock and serial RS485 Serial interface COM1 Physical link Non isolated RS 485 Baudrate Configurable from 1 2 to 187 5 kB s CAU TION The interface can be damaged if the signal exceeds the common mode range Connection 9 pin D sub female connector Comm...

Page 35: ...M564 RP ETH PM564 RP ETH AC PM566 TP ETH Transistor Transistor Relays Relays Transistor Transistor Transistor Relays Relays Relays Relays Transistor Analog inputs 160 160 2 Analog outputs 160 160 1 Number of decentralized inputs and outputs On CS31 Bus up to 31 stations with up to 120 digital inputs 120 digital outputs each Detailed data of the onboard I O Onboard I Os in PM55x and Onboard I Os in...

Page 36: ...0 900 R0001 PM564 TP processor module 128 kB memory 6 DI 6 DO T 2 AI and 1 AO 24 VDC Active 1SAP 120 900 R0071 PM564 TP ETH processor module 128 kB memory 6 DI 6 DO T 2 AI and 1 AO 24 VDC Ethernet interface Active 1SAP 121 000 R0001 PM564 RP processor module 128 kB memory 6 DI 6 DO R 2 AI and 1 AO 24 VDC Active 1SAP 121 100 R0001 PM564 RP AC processor module 128 kB memory 6 DI 6 DO R 2 AI and 1 AO...

Page 37: ...P and PM56x xP 1TNE 968 901 R1100 TK503 programming cable USB RS485 SUB D 1TNE 968 901 R2100 TK504 programming cable USB RS485 terminal block 1TNE 968 901 R3200 TA561 RTC real time clock adaptor for PM55x xP and PM56x xP 1TNE 968 901 R4300 TA562 RS RS 485 adaptor for PM55x xP and PM56x xP 1SAP 186 400 R0001 TA569 RS ISO RS 485 adaptor with galvanic isolation for PM55x XP and PM56x xP 1TNE 968 901 ...

Page 38: ...ts or relay outputs Numbers and types of the onboard I Os are listed in the table below Processor module Power supply No and type of digital inputs No and type of digital out puts No and type of analog inputs No and type of analog outputs PM55x T P PM55x T P ETH 24 VDC 8 x 24 VDC 6 x 24 VDC 0 5 A max transistor none none PM55x R P 24 VDC 8 x 24 VDC 6 x relay output 2 A max none none PM55x R P AC 1...

Page 39: ...process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove or replace a module NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved t...

Page 40: ...nal DI0 3 DI1 Digital input signal DI1 4 DI2 Digital input signal DI2 5 DI3 Digital input signal DI3 6 DI4 Digital input signal DI4 7 DI5 Digital input signal DI5 8 DI6 Digital input signal DI6 9 DI7 Digital input signal DI7 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 DO0 Digital output signal O0 Device Specifications Processor Modules AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 40 ...

Page 41: ...input signal DI4 7 DI5 Digital input signal DI5 8 DI6 Digital input signal DI6 9 DI7 Digital input signal DI7 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 NO0 Normally open relay contact of the output NO0 14 NO1 Normally open relay contact of the output NO1 15 NO2 Normally open relay contact of the output NO2 16 R0 2 Output common for signals NO0 to NO2 17 NO3 Normally open relay contact of the output N...

Page 42: ...ersons or plant The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital inputs to the PM55x processor modules Electrical connection of digital inputs sink inputs Electrical connection digital inputs source inputs Connection of the Digital Transistor Outputs PM55x T P only Fig 2 Electrical connection of digital transistor outputs Device Specifications Processor Modules AC500 eCo 2019 04...

Page 43: ... show the electrical connection of the digital relay outputs to the processor modules Connection of digital relay outputs 24 VDC Connection of digital relay outputs 100 240 VAC WARNING Risk of death by electric shock The terminals of the module can carry 240 V voltage Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system WARNI...

Page 44: ...meterization refer to the description for onboard I Os for processor podule PM55x AC500 eCo Onboard I Os 1 2 1 2 7 Diagnosis E1 E 4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy Errors for Onboard I O Light errors 3 8 255 2 0 3 MaxWaitRun for onboard I O module has exp...

Page 45: ... configuration error is present because parameter Run on config fault is set to YES Correct PLC con figuration 4 8 255 0 0 43 Unspecified or internal error occured Replace pro cessor module 1 2 1 2 8 Displays LED Status Color LED ON LED OFF DI0 DI7 Digital input yellow Input is ON Input is OFF DO0 DO5 Digital output yellow Output is ON Output is OFF 1 2 1 2 9 Technical Data Technical Data of the D...

Page 46: ...ts for the traces A and B DI0 DI1 Used output DO0 NO0 Counting frequency On Request Detailed description See Fast Counter Operating modes See Operating modes Technical Data of the Digital Transistor Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 6 transistor outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 6 channels Galvanic isolation Yes per group Connection of...

Page 47: ...it proof Overload proof No Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 VDC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Technical Data of the Digital Relay Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 6 normally open relay outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 2 groups for 3 channels ...

Page 48: ...ode must be circuited in parallel to the inductive load Spark suppression with inductive AC loads Must be performed externally according to driven load specification Switching frequencies With resistive loads Max 1 Hz With inductive loads Not possible With lamp loads Max 1 Hz Short circuit proof Overload proof No should be provided by an external fuse or circuit breaker Rated protection fuse for e...

Page 49: ...st be ordered separately The electrical functionality of both processor modules is identical 1 2 1 3 1 Intended Purpose The processor module PM56x provides 6 onboard digital inputs 24 VDC 6 onboard digital out puts depending on variant 24 VDC transistor outputs or relay outputs 2 onboard analog inputs voltage 0 V 10 V and 1 onboard analog output voltage 0 V 10 V or current 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Th...

Page 50: ... These inputs and outputs are group wise galvanically isolated The 2 analog inputs are not galvanically isolated from the 24 V power supply of the processor module 1 2 1 3 2 Functionality Parameter Value Digital inputs 6 24 VDC can be used as source inputs or as sink inputs Interrupt inputs 4 DI0 DI3 configurable Interrupt response time Max 0 8 ms when input delay is set to 0 1 ms Fast Counter 2 D...

Page 51: ...y and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages When replacing a processor module it is recommended to mark each wire con nected to the onboard I O terminal block before disconnecting it This should make sure that the wires can be reconnected ...

Page 52: ...nput signal DI4 7 DI5 Digital input signal DI5 8 AI0 Analog voltage input signal AI0 9 AI1 Analog voltage input signal AI1 10 AOU Analog voltage output 11 AOI Analog current output 12 M Input output common for analog signals 13 DO0 Digital output signal O0 14 DO1 Digital output signal O1 15 DO2 Digital output signal O2 Assignment of the Terminals for PM56x T P Device Specifications Processor Modul...

Page 53: ...mally open relay contact of the output NO0 14 NO1 Normally open relay contact of the output NO1 15 NO2 Normally open relay contact of the output NO2 16 R0 2 Output common for signals NO0 to NO2 17 NO3 Normally open relay contact of the output NO3 18 NO4 Normally open relay contact of the output NO4 19 NO5 Normally open relay contact of the output NO5 20 R3 5 Output common for signals NO3 to NO5 Co...

Page 54: ...connection of digital inputs sink inputs Electrical connection digital inputs source inputs If the inputs AI0 and AI1 are to be used as digital inputs they must be config ured as digital inputs The inputs AI0 and AI1 can only be used as sink inputs Connection of the Digital Transistor Outputs PM56x T P only Fig 3 Electrical connection of digital transistor outputs Device Specifications Processor M...

Page 55: ... show the electrical connection of the digital relay outputs to the processor modules Connection of digital relay outputs 24 VDC Connection of digital relay outputs 100 240 VAC WARNING Risk of death by electric shock The terminals of the module can carry 240 V voltage Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system WARNI...

Page 56: ... figures show an example of the electrical connection of analog sensors voltage to the input AI0 of PM56x processor modules Proceed with the input AI1 in the same way Connection of active type analog sensors voltage Connection of passive type analog sensors voltage The inputs AI0 and AI1 must be configured as analog inputs Connection of the Analog Output The following figures show the electrical c...

Page 57: ...n refer to the description for onboard I Os for processor podule PM56x AC500 eCo Onboard I Os 1 2 1 3 7 Diagnosis E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy Errors for Onboard I O Light errors 3 8 255 2 0 3 MaxWaitRun for onboard I O module has expired when PL...

Page 58: ...he second channel must be set to 0 Correct frequency 4 8 1 2 0 1 4 PWM channel fre quency or cycle time too high Correct frequency or cycle time 4 8 1 2 0 1 7 PWM channel fre quency or cycle time too low Correct frequency or cycle time 4 8 1 2 0 52 Frequency on interrupt input pin too high and interrupt events are missed Correct frequency 4 8 4 2 0 1 48 Analog input value too high Correct value 4 ...

Page 59: ... Make sure that the analog signal at the connection terminals is always within the signal range Range 0 V 10 V Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 11 7589 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 11 7589 10 0004 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 10 0000 0 0004 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 0 0000 The represented resolution corresponds to 10 bits 1 2 1 3 10 Output Ranges Range 0 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA Digital valu...

Page 60: ...to 10 bits 1 2 1 3 11 Technical Data Technical Data of the Digital Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 transistor inputs 24 VDC Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group for 8 channels Electrical isolation Yes per group Connections of the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 2 to 9 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I7 Terminal 1 Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LE...

Page 61: ...Used output DO0 NO0 Counting frequency On Request Detailed description See Fast Counter Operating modes See Operating modes Technical Data of the Digital Transistor Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 6 transistor outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 6 channels Galvanic isolation Yes per group Connection of the channels DO0 to DO5 Terminals...

Page 62: ...proof No Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 VDC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Technical Data of the Digital Relay Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 6 normally open relay outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 2 groups for 3 channels Galvanic isolation...

Page 63: ...ode must be circuited in parallel to the inductive load Spark suppression with inductive AC loads Must be performed externally according to driven load specification Switching frequencies With resistive loads Max 1 Hz With inductive loads Not possible With lamp loads Max 1 Hz Short circuit proof Overload proof No should be provided by an external fuse or circuit breaker Rated protection fuse for e...

Page 64: ...3 9 Measuring Ranges on page 59 Analog to digital conversion time Typ 6 2 ms Unused inputs Can be left open and should be configured as unused Overvoltage protection Yes up to 30 VDC Max cable length Conductor cross section 0 14 mm Unshielded wire On request Shielded wire 100 m Technical Data of the Analog Output Parameter Value Number of channels per module 1 configurable voltage or current outpu...

Page 65: ...dules without onboard interfaces PM57x PM58x PM59x processor module without Ethernet support The processor module PM595 is described in a seperate device description Ä Chapter 1 2 2 2 PM595 on page 80 XC version for usage in extreme ambient conditions available some models versions only Processor modules with onboard interfaces PM5xy ETH processor module with Ethernet support onboard Ethernet 1 ne...

Page 66: ...pply 5 pin terminal block removable 16 Serial interface COM1 9 pin terminal block remov able 17 PM5xy ETH and PM5xy ARCNET D sub 9 for serial interface COM2 PM5xy 2ETH RJ45 female con nector for 2nd Ethernet connection 18 RJ45 female connector for Ethernet connection BNC female connector for ARCNET connection depending on terminal base 19 DIN rail Sign for XC version 1 2 2 1 1 Short Description Th...

Page 67: ...r modules except PM591 2ETH can be used as a slave with PROFIBUS DeviceNet CANopen The processor modules are powered with 24 VDC WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage...

Page 68: ...rated com munication module 3 TB5x1 ETH PM591 ETH 4 MB Onboard Ethernet 3 TB5x1 ETH 1SAP11x100R0 270 only PM591 2ET H 4 MB 2x Onboard Ethernet 2 TB5x3 2ETH PM592 ETH 4 MB Onboard Ethernet 3 TB5x1 ETH 1SAP11x100R0 270 only Remarks 1 The processor modules PM59x ETH can only be used with terminal bases with product index C6 or higher Otherwise they should be updated to that index Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51...

Page 69: ...hnical data handling instructions and the insertion replacement of the battery is described in detail in chapter TA521 Lithium Battery AC500 processor modules are supplied without memory card It must be ordered separately The memory card can be used to read and write user files for firmware updates Detailed information can be found in the System Technology chapter AC500 processor modules can be op...

Page 70: ...ersion The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Connection of the supply voltage 24 VDC at the terminal base of the processor module Removable 5 pin terminal block with spring con nection Current consumption from 24 VDC PM57x 50 mA PM57x ETH 110 mA PM58x 50 mA PM...

Page 71: ...Ethernet TB5x3 ETH Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 PM5xx ETH 2x Ethernet TB5x1 ARCNET Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 PM5xx ARCNET ARCNET Connection system see System Assembly Construction and Connec tion Ä Chapter 2 6 4 Connection and Wiring on page 1272 Weight processor module without ter minal base PM582 135 g PM58x ETH 150 g PM59x 135 g PM59x ETH 150 g PM59x 2ETH 150 g PM59x ARCNET...

Page 72: ...g outputs 112 112 Max number of central inputs and outputs 10 exp modules Digital inputs 320 320 Digital outputs 320 320 Analog inputs 160 160 Analog outputs 160 160 Number of decentralized inputs and outputs Depends on the fieldbus used as an info on the CS31 bus up to 31 stations with up to 120 DI 120 DO each Data backup Battery Data buffering time at 25 C Typ 3 years without power supply Batter...

Page 73: ...tions e g up to 4 PROFIBUS DP com munication modules are possible Ethernet 10 100 base TX 1x RJ45 socket provided on TB5x1 ETH LEDs LCD display 8 function keys For RUN STOP switchover status displays and diagnosis Number of timers Unlimited Number of counters Unlimited Programming languages Structured Text ST x x Instruction List IL x x Function Block Diagram FBD x x Ladder Diagram LD x x Sequenti...

Page 74: ...t 25 C Typ 3 years without power supply Battery low indication Warning issued about 2 weeks before the state of charge becomes critical Real time clock With battery back up x Accuracy Typ 2 s day at 25 C Program execution Cyclic x Time controlled x Multitasking x Protection of the user program by a pass word x Serial interface COM1 Physical link Configurable for RS 232 or RS 485 from 0 3 to 187 5 ...

Page 75: ...ges Structured Text ST x Instruction List IL x Function Block Diagram FBD x Ladder Diagram LD x Sequential Function Chart SFC x Continuous Function Chart CFC x 1 up to 7 I O terminal units before PS501 V1 2 and processor module firmware before V1 2 0 Table 12 PM59x 2 Processor Module PM59x ETH PM59x ARCNET PM59x ETH PM59x 2ETH Program memory flash EPROM and RAM PM590 2048 kB PM591 PM592 4096 kB Da...

Page 76: ...t 25 C Typ 3 years without power supply Battery low indication Warning issued about 2 weeks before the state of charge becomes critical Real time clock With battery back up x x x Accuracy Typ 2 s day at 25 C Typ 2 s day at 25 C Typ 2 s day at 25 C Program execution Cyclic x x x Time controlled x x x Multitasking x x x Password protection of user program x x x Serial interface COM1 Physical link Co...

Page 77: ...5x1 ETH PM591 2ETH 10 100 base TX inde pendent inter faces 2x RJ45 socket pro vided on TB521 2ETH LEDs LCD display 8 Function Keys For RUN STOP switchover status displays and diagnosis Number of timers Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Number of counters Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Programming languages Structured Text ST x x x Instruction List IL x x x Function Block Diagram FBD x x x Ladder Diagra...

Page 78: ... slot interfaces 2x RS 232 485 programming Modbus CS31 1x FBP display XC version Active 1SAP 140 300 R0271 PM583 ETH processor module memory 1024 kB 24 VDC memory card slot interfaces 2x RS 232 485 programming Modbus CS31 1x FBP display onboard Ethernet TCP IP with web server SNTP IEC60870 5 104 protocols Active 1SAP 340 300 R0271 PM583 ETH XC processor module memory 1024 kB 24 VDC memory card slo...

Page 79: ... 4 MB 24 VDC memory card slot interfaces 2x RS 232 485 programming Modbus CS31 1x FBP display onboard Ethernet TCP IP with web server SNTP IEC60870 5 104 protocols XC version Active 1SAP 150 200 R0271 PM592 ETH processor module memory 4 MB 4 GB flash disk 24 VDC memory card slot interfaces 2x RS 232 485 programming Modbus CS31 1x FBP display onboard Ethernet TCP IP with web server SNTP IEC60870 5 ...

Page 80: ...he fieldbuses 3 Cover for battery and display 4 5 LEDs to display the states of the processor module 5 5 LEDs reserved 6 2x 2 RJ45 interfaces for fieldbuses 7 Slot for memory card 8 Reset button reserved 9 Button reserved 10 RUN STOP switch 11 Label 12 Slots for communication modules max 2 unused slots must be covered with TA524 13 2 RJ45 interfaces for Ethernet connection 14 5 pin terminal block ...

Page 81: ...moval Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered ...

Page 82: ... 0006 µs Word min 0 001 µs Floating point min 0 001 µs ETH1 and ETH2 for Ethernet based system communication ETH3 1 and ETH3 2 for Ethernet based fieldbuses with switch function ality ETH4 1 and ETH4 2 for Ethernet based fieldbuses with switch function ality Serial interface COM1 Serial interface COM2 Communication module interface I O bus 1 2 2 2 3 Connections I O Bus The I O bus is the I O data ...

Page 83: ...ad to unrecoverable damage to the system The system could be destroyed NOTICE Risk of malfunction To ensure reliability and proper functionality the supply voltage must ramp up from 0 V to 24 V within max 2 5 s NOTICE Risk of damaging the terminal base and power supply Short circuits might damage the terminal base and power supply Make sure that the four clamps L and M two of each are not wrongly ...

Page 84: ...nd input The serial interface COM1 is connected to a removable 9 pin terminal block It is configurable for RS 232 and RS 485 NOTICE Unused connector Make sure that the terminal block is always connected to the terminal base even if you do not use the interface For a detailed description of COM1 please refer to Serial interface COM1 Ä Chapter 2 6 4 6 Serial Interface COM1 of the Terminal Bases on p...

Page 85: ...ices on page 1172 Network Interfaces Ethernet ETHx Interface Pin Signal Description or 1 TxD Transmit Data 2 TxD Transmit Data 3 RxD Receive Data 4 NU Not used 5 NU Not used 6 RxD Receive Data 7 NU Not used 8 NU Not used Shield Cable shield Functional earth See supported protocols and used Ethernet ports for AC500 V2 prod ucts Ethernet Protocols and Ports See communication via Modbus for AC500 V2 ...

Page 86: ...vent process data being lost in case of power failures PM595 4ETH F only The processor module monitors the battery s state of charge If the processor module signals a low state of charge via the diagnostic system and LED the battery has to be replaced immedi ately For technical data handling instructions and a description of the insertion replacement of the battery please refer to the chapter TA54...

Page 87: ...ing of the status LEDs left part LED Color Status Description PWR Green On Power supply available Blinking Off Power supply not available or defective hardware RDY Yellow On Boot procedure Blinking Boot failure Off RUN Green On Communication module is operational Blinking Off Communication module is not operational STA1 Red On Depending on used fieldbus Blinking Depending on used fieldbus Off Depe...

Page 88: ... On Reserved Blinking Reserved Off Reserved Batt Red green On TA541 lithium battery is not installed or is weak Blinking Off TA541 lithium battery is installed and has sufficient capacity 1 Red green On Reserved Blinking Reserved Off Reserved 2 Red green On Reserved Blinking Reserved Off Reserved 3 Red green On Reserved Blinking Reserved Off Reserved 4 Red green On Reserved Blinking Reserved Off R...

Page 89: ...re documented below Parameter Value Connection of the supply voltage 24 VDC at the removable terminal block of the processor module at a removable 5 pin terminal block with spring connection Current consumption from 24 VDC 0 4 A Inrush current at 24 VDC 1 A s Max power dissipation within the module 15 W Slots for communication modules 2 Processing module s interfaces I O bus COM1 COM2 Processing m...

Page 90: ...ch Data backup Battery for PM595 4ETH F MRAM for PM595 4ETH M XC without battery Data buffering time at 25 C About 3 years Battery low indication Warning issued about 2 weeks before the state of charge becomes critical Real time clock With battery back up x Accuracy Typ 2 s day at 25 C Integrated Communication Module ETH Ethernet RJ45 2x Ethernet 2x Ethernet interfaces with downloadable protocol e...

Page 91: ...ependent Ethernet interfaces progr web server IEC60870 5 104 protocols 2x independent Ethernet based interfaces with 2 port switch between fieldbus protocols PROFINET IO EtherCAT and Ethernet XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only Table 17 Accessories Part No Description 1SAP 182 700 R0001 TA541 lithium battery 1SAP 180 100 R0001 MC5...

Page 92: ...rks AC500 communication modules enable communication on different field buses are mounted on the left side of the processor module on the same terminal base are directly powered via the internal communication module bus of the terminal base A separate voltage source is not required Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard Overview 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 92 ...

Page 93: ...ommunication between the processor module and the communication modules takes place via the communication module bus which is integrated in the terminal base Depending on the used Terminal Base 1 2 or 4 communication modules can be connected There are no restrictions concerning which communication modules can be arranged for a pro cessor module The communication modules can be used as bus master o...

Page 94: ...ature 0 C 60 C standard version 30 C 70 C XC version only Communica tion Module interface Dual port memory 8 kByte Dual port memory 16 kByte Current con sumption from 24 V DC power supply at the ter minal base of the CPU Typ 80 mA Typ 85 mA Typ 65 mA Typ 85 mA Internal RAM memory 256 kByte 128 kByte External RAM memory 8 MByte External flash memory 512 kByte firm ware 2 x 64 kByte user data 4 MByt...

Page 95: ... provide the remote protocol RCOM RCOM Depending on the electrical connection the physical interface of the RCOM protocol interface and of the debugging terminal interface is either RS 232 or RS 485 1 3 2 2 Electrical Connection 1 3 2 2 1 Serial Interfaces The serial interface connectors COM1 COM2 have the following pin assignment Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard CM574 RC...

Page 96: ... master 7 RCOM RCOM ABB remote protocol RCOM or RCOM only available as sepa rate communication module CM574 RCOM COM2 1 Online access Online access for IEC 61131 3 programming with serial driver 2 Modbus Modbus RTU master or slave 3 ASCII Any protocol with FB COM_SEND COM_REC 4 SysLibCom Support for SysLibCom lib library blocks 5 Multi Switch between two protocols Online access Modbus ASCII SysLib...

Page 97: ...on RS 485 only The line ends of the bus segment must be equipped with bus termination resistors Normally these resistors are integrated in the interface connectors Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination 120 Ohms Slave within the bus line Slave at the bus line end bus termination 120 Ohms 1 2 3 4 RxD TxD P RxD TxD N 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 120 Ohms 120 Ohms Term P Term N...

Page 98: ...rocessor PowerPC Usable CPUs PM57x PM58x PM59x Ä Chapter 1 2 2 1 PM57x y PM58x y and PM59x y on page 65 Usable terminal bases All TB5xx Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 Ambient temperature see System data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 System Data AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 Communication module bus Dual port memory 8 kByte Internal power s...

Page 99: ...n Data exchange Protocols supported RCOM RCOM The pin assignment of the serial interfaces RCOM and OPERATOR is identical to the serial interface COM1 of the processor modules PM57x PM58x and PM59x 1 3 2 5 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 170 401 R0201 CM574 RCOM communication module 2x serial RS 232 485 RCOM RCOM protocol Active For planning and commissioning of new ...

Page 100: ...rface or for communication e g for communication via Modbus or ASCII The CM574 RS can be a CS31 Master at COM1 and COM2 Depending on the electrical connection the physical interface of COM1 and COM2 is either RS 232 or RS 485 1 3 3 2 Electrical Connection 1 3 3 2 1 Serial Interfaces The serial interface connectors COM1 COM2 have the following pin assignment Device Specifications Communication Modu...

Page 101: ...er 7 RCOM RCOM ABB remote protocol RCOM or RCOM only available as sepa rate communication module CM574 RCOM COM2 1 Online access Online access for IEC 61131 3 programming with serial driver 2 Modbus Modbus RTU master or slave 3 ASCII Any protocol with FB COM_SEND COM_REC 4 SysLibCom Support for SysLibCom lib library blocks 5 Multi Switch between two protocols Online access Modbus ASCII SysLibCom u...

Page 102: ... Termination RS 485 only The line ends of the bus segment must be equipped with bus termination resistors Normally these resistors are integrated in the interface connectors Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination 120 Ohms Slave within the bus line Slave at the bus line end bus termination 120 Ohms 1 2 3 4 RxD TxD P RxD TxD N 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 120 Ohms 120 Ohms Ter...

Page 103: ... Interface connector MC 0 5 9 G 2 5 9 pin male Processor PowerPC Usable CPUs PM57x PM58x PM59x Ä Chapter 1 2 2 1 PM57x y PM58x y and PM59x y on page 65 Usable terminal bases All TB5xx Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 Ambient temperature see System data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 System Data AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 Communication modu...

Page 104: ... new installations use modules in Active status only 1 3 4 CANopen 1 3 4 1 CM588 CN CANopen Slave CANopen slave 1 Mbit s XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available 1 5 LEDs for state display 2 Label 3 Communication interface 5 pin Combicon male removable plug with spring terminals Sign for XC version Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard CANopen 2019 04 17 3ADR...

Page 105: ...owing pin assignment Interface Pin Signal Description Terminal block removed Terminal block inserted 1 CAN_GND CAN reference potential 2 CAN_L Bus line receive transmit line LOW 3 CAN_SHLD Shield of the bus line 4 CAN_H Bus line receive transmit line HIGH 5 NC Not connected NOTICE Unused connector Make sure that the terminal block is always connected to the terminal base even if you do not use the...

Page 106: ...0 at 100 m 300 600 0 50 0 60 AWG20 40 120 100 at 500 m 600 1000 0 75 0 80 AWG18 26 120 50 at 1000 m The ends of the data lines have to be terminated with a 120 W bus terminating resistor The bus terminating resistor is usually installed directly at the bus connector 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 6 6 6 120 120 Node 1 Node 2 Node N 5 5 Fig 7 CANopen interface bus terminating resistors connected to the lin...

Page 107: ...wer supply 7 COMBICON connection DeviceNet interface 8 Data lines twisted pair cables 9 red 10 black 11 white 12 blue 13 bare The earthing of the shield should take place at the switch gear Please refer to Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard CANopen 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 107 ...

Page 108: ...flash A node guard or a heartbeat event occurred OFF No error CAN RUN Yellow Blinking synchronously No production data available no bus communication possible CAN ERR Yellow LED state during firmware update CAN RUN Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update CAN ERR Red CAN RUN Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware ...

Page 109: ...t Ca 150 g Ambient temperature see System data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 System Data AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 Adjusting elements None Quantity of input and output data per I O device Max 512 byte respectively for input and output Supported protocol services NMT slave PDO SDO server Heartbeat Nodeguard Min bus cycle 1 ms 1 3 4 1 5 Orderin...

Page 110: ... 3 4 2 1 Purpose Communication Module CM598 CN enables communication over the CANopen field bus For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available 1 3 4 2 2 Electrical Connection Field Bus Interface Interface socket 5 pin COMBICON Transmission standard ISO 11898 potential free Device Specifications Communication Modules AC...

Page 111: ...terminal base even if you do not use the interface The maximum possible bus length of a CAN network depends on bit rate transmission rate and cable type The sum of all bus segments must not exceed the maximum bus length Bit Rate speed Bus Length 1 Mbit s 40 m 800 kbit s 50 m 500 kbit s 100 m 250 kbit s 250 m 125 kbit s 500 m 62 5 kbit s 1000 m 20 kbit s 2500 m 10 kbit s 5000 m For CANopen only bus...

Page 112: ... of the data lines have to be terminated with a 120 W bus terminating resistor The bus terminating resistor is usually installed directly at the bus connector 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 6 6 6 120 120 Node 1 Node 2 Node N 5 5 Fig 9 CANopen interface bus terminating resistors connected to the line ends 1 CAN_GND 2 CAN_L 3 Shield 4 CAN_H 5 Data line shielded twisted pair 6 COMBICON connection CANopen in...

Page 113: ...wer supply 7 COMBICON connection DeviceNet interface 8 Data lines twisted pair cables 9 red 10 black 11 white 12 blue 13 bare The earthing of the shield should take place at the switch gear Please refer to Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard CANopen 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 113 ...

Page 114: ...ash Error control event A guard event NMT Slave or NMTmaster or a heartbeat event Heartbeat consumer has occurred OFF No Error Device is in working condition CAN RUN Yellow Blinking synchronously No production data available no bus communication possible CAN ERR Yellow LED state during firmware update CAN RUN Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware...

Page 115: ...e Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the Terminal Base of the CPU Typ 65 mA Number of Slaves Max 126 Number of receive transmit PDOs Max 512 respectively for receive and transmit Total quantity of input and output data Max 3584 byte respectively for input and output Weight Ca 150 g 1 3 4 2 5 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 173 800 R0001 CM598 CN communi...

Page 116: ...odule is configured via the dual port memory by means of a system config urator The configuration is saved in a non volatile way on a flash EPROM 1 3 5 1 2 Electrical Connection Field Bus Interfaces The EtherCAT communication module provides 2 RJ45 interfaces with the following pin assign ment The pin assignment is used for the EtherCAT slaves communication interface modules CI5xy ETHCAT as well D...

Page 117: ...Ethernet Ä Chapter 2 6 4 10 Ethernet Connection Details on page 1288 The EtherCAT network differentiates between input connectors IN and output connectors OUT At the EtherCAT slaves communication interface modules the ETH1 con nector is IN and the ETH2 connector is OUT At the EtherCAT master communication module the ETHCAT1 connector has to be used The ETHCAT2 connector is reserved for future exte...

Page 118: ...data available no bus communication possible STA2 Yellow LED state during firmware update STA1 Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update STA2 Red STA1 Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not power off the PLC STA2 Red The RJ45 Ethernet connector contains two LEDs showing the current...

Page 119: ...e 65 PM56xx Usable terminal bases All TB5xx Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 All TB56xx not TB5600 Ambient temperature System data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 System Data AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminal base of the CPU Typ 85 mA Internal supply Via the communication module interfac...

Page 120: ...dules in Active status only 1 3 6 Ethernet 1 3 6 1 CM597 ETH TCP IP with integrated 2 port switch XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available 1 5 LEDs for state display 2 2 rotary switches for address setting 3 Label 4 2 communication interfaces Ethernet RJ45 Sign for XC version Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard Ethernet 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 120 ...

Page 121: ...ports of the communica tion module Applications TCP IP for PC Automation Builder programming UDP communication via the Function Blocks ETH_UDP_SEND and ETH_UDP_REC Modbus on TCP IP Modbus on TCP IP client and server For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available 1 3 6 1 2 Electrical Connection Field Bus Interfaces The ...

Page 122: ...e STA2 Yellow LED state during firmware update STA1 Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update STA2 Red STA1 Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not power off the PLC STA2 Red The RJ45 Ethernet connector contains two LEDs showing the current Ethernet port connection state Table 28 Me...

Page 123: ...x TB54x on page 4 Communication module interface Dual port memory 16 kByte Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminal base of the CPU Typ 85 mA Internal power supply Via the communication module interface of the terminal base External RAM memory 8 MByte External flash memory 8 MByte State display PWR RDY RUN STA ERR 2 x LINK 2 x ACT Ethernet 10 100 Base TX internal switch 2 x RJ4...

Page 124: ... switch XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 3 7 PROFIBUS 1 3 7 1 CM582 DP PROFIBUS DP Slave PROFIBUS DP Slave 12 Mbit s Compatible with Automation Builder version starting from V2 0 2 and with CPU firmware version starting from V2 6 XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications Communication Mo...

Page 125: ...1 Purpose Communication module CM582 DP enables communication over the PROFIBUS DP field bus For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard PROFIBUS 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 125 ...

Page 126: ... power supply for the bus terminating resistors 7 NC Not connected 8 RxD TxD N Receive Transmit negative 9 NC Not connected Table 29 Correlation of baudrate bit time and cable length Baudrate in kbit s Bit time tBit Max cable length in m 9 6 104 2 µs 1200 19 2 52 1 µs 1200 31 25 32 µs 1200 45 45 22 µs 1200 93 75 10 7 µs 1200 187 5 5 3 µs 1000 500 2 µs 400 1500 666 7 ns 200 3000 333 3 ns 100 6000 1...

Page 127: ...ta available no bus communication possible ERR Yellow LED state during firmware update STA Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update ERR Red STA Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not power off the PLC ERR Red 1 3 7 1 4 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6...

Page 128: ... Parameter Value Interface socket 9 pin D sub socket Transmission standard EIA RS 485 acc to IEC 61158 61784 poten tial free Transmission protocol PROFIBUS DP Transmission rate 9 6 kbit s up to 12 Mbit s 1 3 7 1 5 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 172 200 R0001 CM582 DP communication module PROFIBUS DP slave 12 MBit s Active 1SAP 372 200 R0001 CM582 DP communication m...

Page 129: ...1 Purpose Communication module CM592 DP enables communication over the PROFIBUS DP field bus For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available Device Specifications Communication Modules AC500 Standard PROFIBUS 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 129 ...

Page 130: ... power supply for the bus terminating resistors 7 NC Not connected 8 RxD TxD N Receive Transmit negative 9 NC Not connected Table 31 Correlation of baudrate bit time and cable length Baudrate in kbit s Bit time tBit Max cable length in m 9 6 104 2 µs 1200 19 2 52 1 µs 1200 31 25 32 µs 1200 45 45 22 µs 1200 93 75 10 7 µs 1200 187 5 5 3 µs 1000 500 2 µs 400 1500 666 7 ns 200 3000 333 3 ns 100 6000 1...

Page 131: ... least one slave is disconnected OFF No error STA Yellow Blinking synchronously No production data available no bus communication possible ERR Yellow LED state during firmware update STA Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update ERR Red STA Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not po...

Page 132: ...uration data max 244 bytes per slave Parametrization data per slave 7 bytes slave standard parameters 237 bytes slave application specific parame ters Maximum number of acyclic read write 240 bytes per slave and telegram Processor Hilscher netX100 Internal RAM memory 8 MB External Flash memory 8 MB Weight Ca 150 g Parameter Value Interface socket 9 pin D sub socket Transmission standard EIA RS 485...

Page 133: ... not used 8 RxD TxD N Reception transmission line negative 9 CNTR N Control signal for repeater negative optional Parameter Value Type Twisted pair shielded Characteristic impedance 135 Ω 165 Ω Cable capacity 30 pF m Conductor diameter of the cores 0 64 mm Conductor cross section of the cores 0 34 mm Cable resistance per core 55 Ω km Loop resistance resistance of two cores 110 Ω km The maximum pos...

Page 134: ...rs a system can be expanded to up to 126 subscribers Repeaters are also required for longer transfer lines Please note that a repeater s load to the bus segment is the same as the load of a normal bus subscriber The sum of normal bus subscribers and repeaters in one bus segment must not exceed 32 Station 32 Station 61 Bus segment 2 max 30 stations 2 repeaters R Repeater R R Repeater R Station 1 St...

Page 135: ...connection to the Ethernet can be established directly to the communication module An additional switch is not necessary The communication module is configured via the dual port memory by means of a system con figurator The configuration is saved in a non volatile way on a flash EPROM For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device ...

Page 136: ...inal base 1 3 8 1 3 Electrical Connection Field Bus Interfaces The communication module provides 2 RJ45 interfaces Table 33 Pin assignment RJ45 jack Interface Pin Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NC not used 5 NC not used 6 RxD Receive data 7 NC not used 8 NC not used Shield Cable shield Functional earth For further information regarding wiring and ca...

Page 137: ...king synchronously No production data available no bus communication possible STA2 Yellow LED state during firmware update STA1 Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update STA2 Red STA1 Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not power off the PLC STA2 Red The RJ45 Ethernet connector cont...

Page 138: ... Usable terminal bases All TB5xx Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 All TB56xx not TB5600 Supported alarm types Process alarm diagnostic alarm return of SubModule plug alarm pull alarm Alarm processing Requires handling in application program Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminal base of the CPU Typ 85 mA Internal supply Via the communication module interface of the termi...

Page 139: ...C A CM579 PNIO does not allow setting Station name by using PROFINET service DCP SET NameOfStation 1 3 8 1 6 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 170 901 R0101 CM579 PNIO PROFINET communication module Active 1SAP 370 901 R0101 CM579 PNIO XC PROFINET communication module XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status onl...

Page 140: ...module is configured via the dual port memory by means of a system con figurator The configuration is saved in a non volatile way on a flash EPROM For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available CM589 PNIO 4 CM589 PNIO supports one application relation to communicate to one single PROFINET I O controller CM589 PNIO 4 su...

Page 141: ...2 RJ45 interfaces Table 36 Pin assignment RJ45 jack Interface Pin Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NC not used 5 NC not used 6 RxD Receive data 7 NC not used 8 NC not used Shield Cable shield Functional earth For further information regarding wiring and cable types see chapter Ethernet Ä Chapter 2 6 4 10 Ethernet Connection Details on page 1288 1 3 8 ...

Page 142: ... Yellow LED state during firmware update STA1 Green Blinking synchronously Firmware file transfers during communication module firmware update STA2 Red STA1 Green Blinking alternately Communication module writes the firmware file to the internal flash Do not power off the PLC STA2 Red The RJ45 Ethernet connector contains two LEDs showing the current Ethernet port connection state Table 38 Meaning ...

Page 143: ...cket Bus length segment length max 100 m Indicators 5 LEDs Usable terminal bases All TB5xx Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 Supported alarm types Process alarm diagnostic alarm return of SubModule plug alarm pull alarm Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminal base of the CPU Typ 85 mA Internal supply Via the communication module interface of the terminal base Setting of th...

Page 144: ...a service DCP SET NameOfStation is enabled only if rotary switches are adjusted to position 00 1 3 8 2 6 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 172 900 R0011 CM589 PNIO PROFINET communication module Active 1SAP 372 900 R0011 CM589 PNIO XC PROFINET communication module XC version Active 1SAP 172 900 R0111 CM589 PNIO 4 PROFINET communication module Active 1SAP 372 900 R0111 ...

Page 145: ... Hot Swap Further Information about Hot Swap for V2 Products see System Technology Further Information about Hot Swap for V3 Products see System Technology 1 4 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet Communication Interface Modules TU507 ETH Ethernet terminal unit 24 VDC screw terminals TU508 ETH Ethernet terminal unit 24 VDC spring terminals TU508 ETH XC Ethernet terminal unit 24 VDC spring termin...

Page 146: ...N rail The Ethernet communication interface modules plug into the Ethernet terminal unit When prop erly seated they are secured with two mechanical locks All the electrical connections are made through the Ethernet terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of the Ethernet com munication interface modules without disturbing the wiring at the Ethernet terminal unit The Ethernet terminal uni...

Page 147: ... modules please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 3 Mounting and Demounting on page 1261 The terminals 1 8 and 2 8 as well as 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and have always the same assignment independent of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 Process supply voltage UP 24 VDC Terminal 3 8 Process supply vo...

Page 148: ... into groups 3 groups of max 8 channels each 1 0 1 7 2 0 2 7 3 0 3 7 the allocation of the chan nels is given by the inserted Ethernet bus module Network interface connector 2 RJ45 8 pole Rated voltage 24 VDC Max permitted total current 10 A via the supply terminals UP UP3 and ZP Ethernet 10 100 base TX or 100 base TX depending on CI5xx module plugged in 2x RJ45 socket Earthing Direct connection t...

Page 149: ...inal unit 24 VDC spring terminals XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 4 2 TU509 and TU510 for Communication Interface Modules TU509 terminal unit 24 VDC screw terminals TU510 terminal unit 24 VDC spring terminals TU510 XC terminal unit 24 VDC spring terminals XC version Device Specifications Terminal Units AC500 Standard TU509 a...

Page 150: ... voltages UP and UP3 7 DIN rail The communication interface modules plug into the terminal unit When properly plugged in they are secured with two mechanical locks All the electrical connections are established via the terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of the communication interface mod ules without disturbing the wiring at the terminal unit The terminal units TU509 and TU510 are ...

Page 151: ...ase refer to the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 3 Mounting and Demounting on page 1261 The terminals 2 8 3 8 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 2 8 and 3 8 process supply voltage UP 24 VDC Terminal 4 8 process supply voltage UP3 24 VDC Terminals...

Page 152: ...chan nels is given by the inserted bus module Network interface connector 9 pin D sub connector female Rated voltage 24 VDC Max permitted total current 10 A via the supply terminals UP UP3 and ZP Earthing Direct connection to the earthed DIN rail or via the screws with wall mounting Screw terminals Front terminal conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Spring term...

Page 153: ...ls TU542 H XC I O terminal unit hot swap 24 VDC spring terminals XC version 1 I O bus 10pins male to electrically connect the previous terminal unit the CPU terminal base or the communication interface module to the terminal unit 2 I O bus 10 pins female to electrically connect other terminal units 3 Plug 1x 50 pins and 2x 38 pins to electrically connect the inserted I O modules 4 With a screwdriv...

Page 154: ...or removed from the terminal unit in a powered system Hot swapping is only allowed for I O modules Processor modules and communication interface modules must not be removed or inserted during operation NOTICE Risk of damage to I O modules Do not perform hot swapping if any I O module with firmware version lower than 3 0 14 is part of the decentralized I O station For min required device index see ...

Page 155: ...XC A3 AI531 D4 DA501 XC DI524 XC DC532 XC DC523 XC DC522 XC AX521 XC AO523 XC AI523 XC AX522 XC AI531 XC DX531 DX522 XC D2 AI561 AI562 AO561 AX561 DC561 DI561 DI562 DI571 DO561 DO572 DX561 B2 AI563 DO571 DX571 B3 Device Specifications Terminal Units AC500 Standard TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 155 ...

Page 156: ...for use with AC500 S500 I O modules that incorporate only 24 VDC or analog inputs outputs Screw terminals Spring terminals Conductor 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 Screwdriver Conductor 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 Screwdriver opens ter minal For information about wiring specifications see Ä Chapter 2 6 4 3 Terminals at the Terminal Unit on page 1274 For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electric...

Page 157: ... on page 1248 are valid for standard version The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Number of channels per module Max 32 Distribution of the channels into groups 4 groups of 8 channels each 1 0 1 7 2 0 2 7 3 0 3 7 4 0 4 7 the allocation of the channels is given...

Page 158: ...24 VDC spring terminals Active 1SAP 413 200 R0001 TU542 XC I O terminal unit 24 VDC spring terminals XC version Active 1SAP 215 200 R0001 TU542 H I O terminal unit hot swap 24 VDC spring terminals Active 1SAP 415 200 R0001 TU542 H XC I O terminal unit hot swap 24 VDC spring terminals XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 4 4 TU517...

Page 159: ...e modules plug into the terminal unit When properly plugged in they are secured with two mechanical locks All the electrical connections are established via the terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of the communication interface mod ules without disturbing the wiring at the terminal unit The terminal units TU517 and TU518 are specifically designed for use with AC500 S500 com municati...

Page 160: ... the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 3 Mounting and Demounting on page 1261 The terminals 2 8 3 8 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted communication interface module Terminals 2 8 and 3 8 process supply voltage UP 24 VDC Terminal 4 8 process supply voltage UP3 24 V...

Page 161: ... conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Spring terminals Front terminal conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Weight 200 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical 1 4 4 2 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 211 400 R0001 TU517 terminal unit 24 VDC screw terminals Active 1SAP 211 200 R0001 TU518 term...

Page 162: ...s for process supply voltage UP 8 DIN rail The PROFINET communication interface modules plug into the PROFINET I O terminal unit When properly plugged in they are secured with two mechanical locks All the electrical con nections are established via the PROFINET I O terminal unit which allows removal and replace ment of the communication interface modules without disturbing the wiring at the PROFIN...

Page 163: ...bout wiring specifications see Ä Chapter 2 6 4 3 Terminals at the Terminal Unit on page 1274 For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the terminal units and the I O modules please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 3 Mounting and Demounting on page 1261 The terminals 1 0 2 0 3 0 1 1 2 1 and 3 1 are electrically...

Page 164: ...oltage 24 VDC Max permitted total current 10 A via the supply terminals UP and ZP Earthing Direct connection to the earthed DIN rail or via the screws with wall mounting Spring terminals Front terminal conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Weight 200 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical 1 4 5 2 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SA...

Page 165: ...s for wall mounting 6 40 terminals for signals and process supply voltage 7 DIN rail 8 White boarder signifies hot swap capability of the terminal unit The input output modules I O modules plug into the I O terminal unit When properly plugged in they are secured with two mechanical locks All the electrical connections are established via the terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of th...

Page 166: ...he System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 3 Mounting and Demounting on page 1261 The terminals 1 8 to 4 8 and 1 9 to 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and always have the same assignment independent of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 4 8 process supply voltage UP 24 VDC Terminals 1 9 to 4 9 process supply voltage ZP 0 V The assignment of t...

Page 167: ...tor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Spring terminals Front terminal conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Weight 200 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical 1 4 6 2 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 217 200 R0001 TU531 terminal unit 230 VAC relays screw terminals Active 1SAP 217 000 R0001 TU532 ter...

Page 168: ...S31 bus interface 6 30 terminals for signals and process supply voltage 7 DIN rail The CS31 communication interface modules plug into the terminal unit When properly plugged in they are secured with two mechanical locks All the electrical connections are established via the terminal unit which allows removal and replacement of the CS31 communication interface modules without disturbing the wiring ...

Page 169: ... and the I O modules please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Connection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 3 Mounting and Demounting on page 1261 The terminals 1 8 to 4 8 and 1 9 to 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 4 8 process voltage UP 24 VDC Terminals 1 9 to 4 9 process voltage Z...

Page 170: ...earthed DIN rail or via the screws with wall mounting Screw terminals Front terminal conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Spring terminals Front terminal conductor connection vertically with respect to the printed circuit board Weight 200 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical 1 4 7 2 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 210 600 R...

Page 171: ...e modules must not be removed or inserted during operation Hot Swap Further Information about Hot Swap for V2 Products see System Technology Further Information about Hot Swap for V3 Products see System Technology 1 5 1 Digital I O Modules 1 5 1 1 S500 eCo 1 5 1 1 1 DC561 Digital Input Output Module 16 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC Connection via Interfast Module wise electrically iso...

Page 172: ...1 can be connected to the following devices via the I O bus connector S500 bus modules e g CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN AC500 CPUs PM5xx other AC500 I O modules The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA bus modules The module contains 16 digital channels in 1 group each channel can be used as a digital 24 VDC input or 24 VDC output Device Specifications I O M...

Page 173: ...e 1192 The electrical connection is established out by using the 20 pin Interfast connector For further information refer to the Interfast documentation The assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 C0 Input output signal C0 2 C1 Input output signal C1 3 C2 Input output signal C2 4 C3 Input output signal C3 5 C4 Input output signal C4 6 C5 Input output signal C5 7 C6 Input output s...

Page 174: ...location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvol...

Page 175: ...e Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6100 1 WORD 6100 0x17D4 0 65535 x...

Page 176: ...ing interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 modu...

Page 177: ... Surge voltage max 35 VDC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module On request Input data length 2 bytes Output data length 2 bytes Weight Ca 115 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every cha...

Page 178: ...s Parameter Value Number of channels per module 16 configurable transistor outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 1 16 channels per group Connections of the channels C0 to C15 Terminals 1 to 16 Reference potential for the channels C0 to C15 Terminals 18 and 20 negative pole of the process voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage Terminals 17 and 19 positive pole of the process ...

Page 179: ...o Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 VDC signals Yes Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1TNE 968 902 R2001 DC561 digital input output module 16 configurable inputs outputs transistor output interfast connector Active For planning and commissioning of...

Page 180: ...ed as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the inputs outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O modu...

Page 181: ...electrical connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Ter minal Blocks on page 1164 spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The follo...

Page 182: ...Assignment of the Terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 Reserved 2 C0 Input output signal C0 3 C1 Input output signal C1 4 C2 Input output signal C2 5 C3 Input output signal C3 6 C4 Input output signal C4 7 C5 Input output signal C5 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 182 ...

Page 183: ...nces it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulti...

Page 184: ...C11 15 C12 16 C13 17 C14 18 C15 19 UP 20 ZP In this connection example the inputs outputs C0 C7 are connected as inputs and the inputs outputs C8 C15 are connected as outputs The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 2 DC562 Digital Input Output Module on page 179 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 2 7 State LEDs on page 186 Dev...

Page 185: ... The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6155 1 WORD 6155 0x180B 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length 2 Internal 1 CPU BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 3 1 with...

Page 186: ... applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 Module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel erro...

Page 187: ...t Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical Data of the Digital Inputs Outputs if Used as Inputs Parameter Value Number of chann...

Page 188: ...s 1 16 channels per group Connections of the channels C0 to C15 Terminals 1 to 16 Reference potential for the channels C0 to C15 Terminal 20 negative pole of the process voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage Terminal 19 positive pole of the process voltage signal name UP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 The m...

Page 189: ...se 1SAP 231 900 R0000 DC562 digital input output module 16 configurable inputs outputs transistor output Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit A...

Page 190: ...for wall mounting with screws 7 DIN rail Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the inpu...

Page 191: ...l blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter ter minal blocks for S500 eCo I O modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block di...

Page 192: ... in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circu...

Page 193: ...nal power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt ...

Page 194: ... module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized comm...

Page 195: ...other parts in the switch gear cabinet Technical Data of the Digital Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 inputs 24 VDC Distribution of the channels into groups 1 8 channels per group Connections of the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 2 to 9 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I7 Terminal 1 plus or negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name C0 7 Indication of the ...

Page 196: ...ase 1TNE 968 902 R2101 DI561 digital input module 8 DI 24 VDC Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new...

Page 197: ...ecentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other The other electronic circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the inputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 ...

Page 198: ...in their connection system spring terminals or screw type termi nals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows...

Page 199: ...eases by 10 mA per DI562 An external power supply connection is not needed WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any...

Page 200: ...tions in the plant A ground closure e g caused by a damaged cable insulation can bridge switches accidentally Use sink inputs when possible or make sure that in case of error there will be no risks to persons or plant The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital input module DI562 1 2 C0 7 I0 4 I2 24 VDC 3 I1 5 I3 6 I4 7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 10 11 C8 15 I8 13 I10 12 I9 14 I11 15 I12...

Page 201: ...eter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6110 1 WORD 6110 0x17DE 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Param...

Page 202: ...ror Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies...

Page 203: ...Terminals 2 to 9 Connections of the channels I8 to I15 Terminals 11 to 18 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I7 Terminal 1 positive or negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name C0 7 Reference potential for the channels I8 to I15 Terminal 10 positive or negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name C8 15 Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LE...

Page 204: ...eces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 piec...

Page 205: ... a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the inputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA...

Page 206: ...in terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw type termi nals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information refer to Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of ...

Page 207: ... input signal I6 16 I7 Input signal I7 17 N7 Neutral conductor for the input signal I7 18 Reserved 19 Reserved 20 Reserved The internal power supply voltage for the module s circuitry is carried out via the I O bus pro vided by a bus module or a CPU Thus the current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals L UP and M ZP of the CPU bus module increases by 10 mA per DI571 An external po...

Page 208: ...Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process volt...

Page 209: ... if a voltage 240 V is con nected Make sure that all inputs are fed from the same phase The module must not be connected to a 400 V voltage The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 5 7 Diagnosis on page 211 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 5 8 State LEDs on page 211 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 0...

Page 210: ...ta is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of the modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6115 1 WORD 6115 0x17E3 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Paramete...

Page 211: ... In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O...

Page 212: ... per module 8 AC inputs 100 240 VAC Distribution of the channels into groups 8 1 channel per group Input voltage range 0 VAC 264 VAC 47 Hz 63 Hz Input current per channel typically at 25 C 5 mA at 40 VAC 6 mA at 159 VAC 50 Hz 7 mA at 159 VAC 60 Hz Connections of the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 1 3 5 7 10 12 14 16 Reference potential for the channels I0 to I7 Terminals 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 Indicatio...

Page 213: ...nt cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modu...

Page 214: ...s a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the inputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 H...

Page 215: ...differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately I1 2 I0 1 I3 4 I2 3 I5 6 I4 5 I7...

Page 216: ...tral conductor for the input signals I8 I15 19 Reserved 20 Reserved The internal power supply voltage for the module s circuitry is carried out via the I O bus pro vided by a bus module or a CPU Thus the current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals L UP and M ZP of the CPU bus module increases by 10 mA per DI572 An external power supply connection is not needed WARNING Risk of dea...

Page 217: ...ble ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that...

Page 218: ...sure that all inputs are fed from the same phase The module must not be connected to a 400 V voltage The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 6 6 Diagnosis on page 220 I O Configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or bus module during power up of the system Device Specif...

Page 219: ... necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Param eter name Value Internal value Data type of internal value Default value Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6160 1 WORD 6160 0x1810 0 65535 xx01 2 Ignore module No 0 BYTE No 0x00 Yes 1 Parameter length Internal 3 BYTE 3 0 255 xx02 2 Input delay 20 ms 0 BYTE 20 ms 0x00 0 1 100 ms 1 1 With CS31 and addresses less than 70 t...

Page 220: ...1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master module error I ...

Page 221: ...r of channels per module 16 AC inputs 100 240 VAC Distribution of the channels into groups 2 8 channels per group Input voltage range 0 VAC 264 VAC 47 Hz 63 Hz Input current per channel typically at 25 C 3 mA at 40 VAC 6 mA at 164 VAC 8 mA at 240 VAC Connections of the channels I0 I7 Terminals 1 8 Connections of the channels I8 I15 Terminals 10 17 Reference potential for the channels I0 I7 Termina...

Page 222: ... R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning a...

Page 223: ... extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA bus modules Devic...

Page 224: ...terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digita...

Page 225: ...off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not pre...

Page 226: ...veral diagnosis functions see Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 7 6 Diag nosis on page 227 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 7 7 State LEDs on page 228 I O Configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or bus module during power up of the system Hence replaci...

Page 227: ... is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x03 0xE9 0x17 0x00 Diagnosis E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 PNIO diagnosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error D...

Page 228: ...Outputs O0 O7 Digital output Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON the output voltage is only displayed if the supply voltage of the module is ON Technical Data The System Data of AC500 eCo apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System Data AC500 eCo on page 1192 Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage UP Connections Terminal 19 for UP 24 VDC and terminal 20 for ZP...

Page 229: ... pole of the process voltage signal name UP Reference potential for the channels O0 to O7 Terminal 20 minus pole of the process voltage signal name ZP Indication of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is on when the output signal is high signal 1 and the module is powered via the I O bus Way of operation Non latching type Min output voltage at signal 1 20 VDC at max current consump...

Page 230: ...t module 8 DO transistor output Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modul...

Page 231: ...as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS3...

Page 232: ...t by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope...

Page 233: ...eserved 2 O0 Output signal O0 3 O1 Output signal O1 4 O2 Output signal O2 5 O3 Output signal O3 6 O4 Output signal O4 7 O5 Output signal O5 8 O6 Output signal O6 9 O7 Output signal O7 10 Reserved 11 O8 Output signal O8 12 O9 Output signal O9 13 O10 Output signal O10 14 O11 Output signal O11 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 233 ...

Page 234: ...f before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not prese...

Page 235: ...O5 8 O6 9 O7 NOTICE Risk of malfunctions in the plant The outputs may switch on for a period of 10 to 50 µs if the process supply voltage UP ZP is switched on This must be considered in the planning of the application Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 235 ...

Page 236: ...supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parame...

Page 237: ...ier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 Module itself COM1 COM2 1...

Page 238: ...ax power dissipation within the module 1 4 W Weight Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parame...

Page 239: ...on when inductive loads are switched off Must be performed externally according to driven load specification Switching Frequencies With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz at max 5 W Short circuit proof Overload proof No Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 VDC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shield...

Page 240: ...ins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 1 9 DO571 Digital Output Module 8 digital normally open relay outputs 24 VDC or 100 240 VAC O0 to O7 in 2 groups 2 A max Group wise electrically isolated...

Page 241: ... extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA bus modules Devic...

Page 242: ...nt or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital outputs NO2 12 NO1 11 R0 3 14 NO3 13 NO6 17 NO5 16 R4 ...

Page 243: ...the system For screw type terminals only WARNING For screw terminals only Danger of death by electric shock The IP 20 protection degree is only provided if all terminal screws are tightened Tighten all screws of unused load terminals of relay outputs if voltages 24 V are connected to the relay group WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under p...

Page 244: ... the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The following figure shows the electrical connection of the module 10 11 NO0 NO1 13 NO3 12 NO2 14 R0 3 15 NO4 16 NO5 17 NO6 18 NO7 19 R4 7 20 L 24 V DC 24 V DC Fig 13 Connection of 24 VDC actuators Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR01...

Page 245: ...it or overload the outputs Never connect inductive loads without an external suppression against voltage peaks due to inductive kickback Never connect voltages 240 V All outputs must be supplied from the same phase Use an external 5 A fast protection fuse for the outputs CPU or Bus Module DO571 24 V DC 20 L UP I O Bus M ZP L Fig 15 Power supply the negative connection is realized via the I O bus D...

Page 246: ...data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type...

Page 247: ... 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR Hardware address e g of the DC551...

Page 248: ...tection fuse for UP Recommended the outputs must be pro tected by a 3 A fast fuse Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the L UP and M ZP terminals of the CPU bus module Ca 5 mA Galvanic isolation Yes between the output group and the rest of the module Isolated groups 2 4 channels per group Surge voltage max 35 VDC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module 2 0 W Weight Ca 150 g M...

Page 249: ...lay Switching 0 to 1 max Typ 10 ms Switching 1 to 0 max Typ 10 ms Output data length 1 byte Output current Rated current per channel max 2 0 A 24 VDC 24 VAC 48 VAC 120 VAC 240 VAC only resistive loads 2 0 A 24 VAC 48 VAC 120 VAC only pilot duty 1 5 A 240 VAC only pilot duty Rated current per group max 8 A Lamp load max 200 W 230 VAC 30 W 24 VDC Spark suppression with inductive AC loads Must be per...

Page 250: ...NE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 1 10 DO572 Digital Output Module 8 digital triac outputs O0 to O7 in 8 groups 240 VAC Module wise electricall...

Page 251: ...s a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the outputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31...

Page 252: ... pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must ...

Page 253: ...N0 Neutral conductor for the output signal O0 3 O1 Output signal O1 4 N1 Neutral conductor for the output signal O1 5 Reserved 6 O2 Output signal O2 7 N2 Neutral conductor for the output signal O2 8 O3 Output signal O3 9 N3 Neutral conductor for the output signal O3 10 Reserved 11 O4 Output signal O4 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 253 ...

Page 254: ...process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnec...

Page 255: ... the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The following figure shows the electrical connection of the module 1 2 O0 N0 4 N1 3 O1 5 6 O2 7 N2 8 O3 9 N3 10 11 O4 13 O5 12 N4 14 N5 15 16 O6 17 N6 18 O7 19 N7 20 L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR01...

Page 256: ...ply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameter...

Page 257: ... 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 ...

Page 258: ... No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 triac outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 8 groups 1 channel per group Connection of the channels O0 to O7 Terminals 1 3 5 7 10 12 14 16 Reference potential for the...

Page 259: ...ternal fuse or circuit breaker Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 230 VAC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not applicable Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1TNE 968 902 R2203 DO572 digital output module 8 DO triac output Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pin...

Page 260: ...ive For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 1 11 DO573 Digital Output Module 16 digital normally open relay outputs 24 VDC or 100 240 VAC NO0 to NO15 in 2 groups 2 A max Group wise electrically isolated 1 I O bus 2 16 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the outputs O0 to O15 3 Terminal number Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O ...

Page 261: ...rocess voltage 24 VDC and M 0 VDC the M terminal is connected to the M terminal of the CPU via the I O bus Electrical Connection For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 1192 The electrical connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks T...

Page 262: ...the output NO3 5 NO4 Normally open contact of the output NO4 6 NO5 Normally open contact of the output NO5 7 NO6 Normally open contact of the output NO6 8 NO7 Normally open contact of the output NO7 9 R0 7 Output common for signals NO0 to NO7 10 NO8 Normally open contact of the output NO8 11 NO9 Normally open contact of the output NO9 12 NO10 Normally open contact of the output NO10 13 NO11 Normal...

Page 263: ...rminals only WARNING For screw terminals only Danger of death by electric shock The IP 20 protection degree is only provided if all terminal screws are tightened Tighten all screws of unused load terminals of relay outputs if voltages 24 V are connected to the relay group WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeabl...

Page 264: ...All outputs must be supplied from the same phase Use an external 5 A fast protection fuse for the outputs NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules The PLC modules can be damaged by overload Make sure that the total current of each output common terminal R0 7 and R8 15 does not exceed 10 A Never connect total currents 10 A per group The following figure shows the electrical connection of the module ...

Page 265: ...O13 16 NO14 17 NO15 18 R8 15 19 L 20 M 24 V DC 1 2 NO0 NO1 4 NO3 3 NO2 5 NO4 6 NO5 7 NO6 8 NO7 9 R0 7 24 V DC 24 V DC Fig 16 Connection of 24 VDC actuators Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 265 ...

Page 266: ... AC 240 V AC L N Fig 17 Connection of 100 240 VAC actuators The module provides several diagnosis functions see section Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 11 6 Diagnosis on page 268 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 10 7 State LEDs on page 258 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 266 ...

Page 267: ...tem Hence replacing I O modules is possible without any re parameterization via software If the external power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization The arrangement of the parameter data is performed with Automation Builder software The parameter data dir...

Page 268: ...0 0x00 Diagnosis E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 06 3 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 PNIO diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 4...

Page 269: ...le itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR Hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or PNIO module type 2 DO COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 In case of module errors with channel 31 Module itself is output S...

Page 270: ...parts in the switch gear cabinet No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 16 normally open relay outputs Distribution of the channels into groups 2 8 channels per group Connection of the channels NO0 to NO7 Terminals 1 to...

Page 271: ...x 1 Hz Output type Non protected Protection type External fuse on each channel Rated protection fuse for each channel 5 A fast Short circuit proof Overload proof No should be provided by an external fuse or circuit breaker Overload message No Output current limitation No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Life time of relay contacts cycles 100 000 at rated load Max cable length Shiel...

Page 272: ...g front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 1 12 DX561 Digital Input Output Module 8 digital inputs 24 VDC I0 to I7 in 1 group 8 digital transistor outputs 24 VDC O0 to O7 in 1 group Group wise electrically...

Page 273: ...l mounting with screws 9 DIN rail Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs and outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the...

Page 274: ...e electrical connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks a...

Page 275: ... C0 7 Input common for signals I0 to I7 2 I0 Input signal I0 3 I1 Input signal I1 4 I2 Input signal I2 5 I3 Input signal I3 6 I4 Input signal I4 7 I5 Input signal I5 8 I6 Input signal I6 9 I7 Input signal I7 10 Reserved 11 O0 Output signal O0 12 O1 Output signal O1 13 O2 Output signal O2 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 275 ...

Page 276: ...nnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the networ...

Page 277: ...I4 7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 Fig 19 Electrical connection of inputs sink inputs 1 2 C0 7 I0 4 I2 24 VDC 3 I1 5 I3 6 I4 7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 Fig 20 Electrical connection of inputs source inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the outputs to the module Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 277 ...

Page 278: ...r voltages Use an external 3 A fast protection fuse for the outputs The module provides several diagnosis functions see chapter Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 12 6 Diagnosis on page 280 The meaning of the LEDs is described in the Displays section Ä Chapter 1 5 1 1 12 7 State LEDs on page 281 chapter I O Configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization...

Page 279: ... necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6135 1 WORD 6135 0x17F7 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Internal 1 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 1 with CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7...

Page 280: ...ameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocatio...

Page 281: ...uts must be pro tected by an 3 A fast fuse Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the L UP and M ZP terminals of the CPU bus module Ca 10 mA Galvanic isolation Yes between the input group and the output group and the rest of the module Isolated groups 2 groups 1 group for 8 input channels 1 group for 8 output channels Surge voltage max 35 VDC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the mod...

Page 282: ... Typ 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 5 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max permissible leakage current at 2 wire proximity switches 1 mA Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 8 ms Input data length 1 byte Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 300 m Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 transistor outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Distribution of the channels into groups 1 gro...

Page 283: ...ies With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz at max 5 W Short circuit proof Overload proof No Overload message No Output current limitation No Resistance to feedback against 24 VDC No Connection of 2 outputs in parallel Not possible Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 150 m Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1TNE 968 902 R2301 DX561 digital input out...

Page 284: ... Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 1 13 DX571 Digital Input Output Module 8 digital inputs 24 VDC or 100 240 VAC I0 to I7 in 1 group 2 A max 8 digital normally open relay outputs NO0 to NO7 in 2 groups Group wise electrically isolated Device Specifications I O...

Page 285: ...ll mounting with screws 9 DIN rail Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs and outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from th...

Page 286: ...Co on page 1192 The electrical connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal blocks These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information please refer to the chapter Terminal Blocks for S500 eCo I O Modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The...

Page 287: ...or signals I0 to I7 2 I0 Input signal I0 3 I1 Input signal I1 4 I2 Input signal I2 5 I3 Input signal I3 6 I4 Input signal I4 7 I5 Input signal I5 8 I6 Input signal I6 9 I7 Input signal I7 10 NO0 Normally open contact of the output 0 11 NO1 Normally open contact of the output 1 12 NO2 Normally open contact of the output 2 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 1...

Page 288: ...it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in...

Page 289: ...or plant The following figures show the electrical connection of the inputs to the digital input output module DX571 1 2 C0 7 I0 4 I2 24 VDC 3 I1 5 I3 6 I4 7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 Fig 22 Electrical connection of inputs sink inputs 1 2 C0 7 I0 4 I2 24 VDC 3 I1 5 I3 6 I4 7 I5 8 I6 9 I7 Fig 23 Electrical connection of inputs source inputs The following figures show the electrical connection of the outputs to ...

Page 290: ... 12 NO2 14 R0 3 15 NO4 16 NO5 17 NO6 18 NO7 19 R4 7 20 L 120 V AC 240 V AC 120 V AC 240 V AC L N L N Fig 25 Connection of 100 240 V AC actuators The L connection of the DO571 and the 24 V supply of the CPU bus module must be connected to the same 24 V power supply Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 290 ...

Page 291: ...utputs are not protected against short circuit and overload Never short circuit or overload the outputs Never connect inductive loads without an external suppression against voltage peaks due to inductive kickback Never connect voltages 240 V All outputs must be supplied from the same phase Use an external 5 A fast protection fuse for the outputs The meaning of the LEDs is described in the Display...

Page 292: ... the parameters to your system configu ration Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max EDS Slot Index Module ID Internal 6140 1 WORD 6140 0x17FC 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Internal 1 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 Check supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 1 with CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighB...

Page 293: ...ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 Module itself 1 10 communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 W...

Page 294: ...must be pro tected by a 3 A fast fuse Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the L UP and M ZP terminals of the CPU bus module Ca 5 mA Galvanic isolation Yes between the input group and the output group and the rest of the module Isolated groups 3 groups 1 group for 8 input channels 2 groups for 8 output channels Surge voltage max 35 VDC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module 2...

Page 295: ...oltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 5 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max permissible leakage current at 2 wire prox imity switches 1 mA Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 8 ms Input data length 1 byte Max cable length Shielded 500 m Unshielded 300 m Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 normally open relay outputs Distribution of...

Page 296: ...lot duty Rated current per group max 8 A Lamp load max 200 W 230 VAC 30 W 24 VDC Spark suppression with inductive AC loads Must be performed externally according to driven load specification Switching Frequencies With resistive loads Max 1 Hz With inductive loads On Request With lamp loads Max 1 Hz Output type Non protected Protection type External fuse on each channel Rated protection fuse for ea...

Page 297: ...04 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 2 S500 1 5 1 2 1 DC522 D...

Page 298: ... process supply voltage UP 6 4 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17...

Page 299: ...Through the expansion bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 VDC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 Effect of incorrect input terminal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V The device is plugged on a terminal unit Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H...

Page 300: ... x sensor power supply sources loadable with 0 5 A in total 1 4 to 1 7 0 V 0 V reference potential 2 0 to 2 7 C0 to C7 8 digital inputs outputs 3 0 to 3 3 24 V 4 x sensor power supply sources loadable with 0 5 A in total 3 4 to 3 7 0 V 0 V reference potential 4 0 to 4 7 C8 to C15 8 digital inputs outputs Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 300 ...

Page 301: ...ation could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltag...

Page 302: ...switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Mod...

Page 303: ...x0Y07 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP 3 For a description of the counter operating modes please refer to the Fast Counter section Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 10 Fast Counter on page 394 4 With FBP or CS31 without the parameter Fast counter GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 9 0x04 0xc5 0x06 0x01 0x02 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x...

Page 304: ...nal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 1 10 2 0 15 47 Sh...

Page 305: ...ess supply voltage is missing Severe error within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the corresponding group e g short circuit at an output CH ERR2 Red CH ERR3 Red CH ERR4 Red CH ERR 2 Module error Red Internal error 1 Indication LED is ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not gen erate an...

Page 306: ...out terminal unit Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30...

Page 307: ... Max 16 digital inputs Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name ZP Galvanic isolation From the rest of the module Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Monitoring point of input output indicator LED is part of the input circuitry Input type acc to ...

Page 308: ...UP Output voltage for signal 1 UP 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP 24 V Maximum value all channels together 8 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off With varistors integrated in the module see figure below Switching frequency With resistive load On...

Page 309: ...scription See Fast Counter Operating modes See Operating modes Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 240 600 R0001 DC522 digital input output module 16 DC 24 VDC 0 5 A 2 wires Active 1SAP 440 600 R0001 DC522 XC digital input output module 16 DC 24 VDC 0 5 A 2 wires XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 ...

Page 310: ...reen LED to display the status of the process supply voltage UP 6 4 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx Device Specifications I O M...

Page 311: ...face I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 VDC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 Effect of incorrect input terminal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply ...

Page 312: ... ZP load Output 3 Switch gear cabinet earth The assignment of the other terminals Terminals Signal Description 1 0 to 1 3 24 V 4 x sensor power supply sources loadable with 0 5 A in total 1 4 to 1 7 0 V 0 V reference potential 2 0 to 2 7 C0 to C7 8 digital inputs outputs Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 312 ...

Page 313: ...cting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network i...

Page 314: ...switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Mod...

Page 315: ...Substitute value at outputs B23 Output 23 Bit 0 Output 0 0 16777215 0 0x00ff ffff DWord 0 0x0000 0000 0 224 1 0x0Y07 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP 3 For a description of the counter operating modes please refer to the Fast Counter section Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 10 Fast Counter on page 394 4 With FBP or CS31 without the parameter fas...

Page 316: ...in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firmware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 ...

Page 317: ...OFF Input output ON 1 UP Process supply voltage 24 VDC via terminal Green Process supply voltage is missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 Channel error error messages in groups dig ital inputs outputs com bined into the groups 1 2 3 4 Red No error or process supply voltage is missing Severe error within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the corresponding group e g short circuit ...

Page 318: ...n Loadability Terminals 1 0 1 3 in total max 0 5 A Weight without terminal unit Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity re...

Page 319: ...r Value Number of channels per module Max 24 digital inputs Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 minus pole of the process supply voltage signal name ZP Galvanic isolation From the rest of the module Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Monitoring point of input output indicator LED is part of the ...

Page 320: ...me UP Output voltage for signal 1 UP 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP 24 V Maximum value all channels together 8 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off With varistors integrated in the module see figure below Switching frequency With resistive load...

Page 321: ...ing Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 240 500 R0001 DC523 digital input output module 24 DC 24 VDC 0 5 A 1 wire Active 1SAP 440 500 R0001 DC523 XC digital input output module 24 DC 24 VDC 0 5 A 1 wire XC Version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 2 3 DC532 Digital Input Output Module 16 digital inputs 24 VDC 16 co...

Page 322: ...lay the state of the process supply voltage UP 6 4 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I ...

Page 323: ...er Integrated many configurable operating modes only with AC500 LED displays For signal states errors and supply voltage Internal power supply Through the expansion bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 VDC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 Effect of incorrect input te...

Page 324: ...cally interconnected within the I O terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 4 8 process voltage UP 24 VDC Terminals 1 9 to 4 9 process voltage ZP 0 VDC 1 I O bus 2 4 0 4 7 Connected with UP switch Input Connected with ZP load Output 3 Switch gear cabinet earth The assignment of the other terminals Device Specifications I O Modules Digi...

Page 325: ... or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceedi...

Page 326: ...ails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applicati...

Page 327: ...f 0x00 0 2 0x0Y06 Substitute value at outputs Bit 15 Output 15 Bit 0 Output 0 0 65535 0 0xffff Word 0 0x0000 0 65535 0x0Y07 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP 3 For a description of the counter operating modes please refer to the Fast Counter section Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 10 Fast Counter on page 394 4 With FBP or CS31 without the parame...

Page 328: ... I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firm ware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26...

Page 329: ... LED ON LED flashes Inputs I0 I15 Digital input Yellow Input OFF Input ON 1 Inputs out puts C16 C31 Digital input output Yellow Input output OFF Input output ON 1 UP Process supply voltage 24 VDC via terminal Green Process supply voltage is missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 Channel Error error messages in groups dig ital inputs outputs com bined into the groups 1 2 3 4 Red No error or proc...

Page 330: ...dule Ca 2 mA From UP at normal operation with out puts 0 15 A max 0 5 A per output Inrush current from UP at power up 0 007 A s Max power dissipation within the module 6 W outputs unloaded Weight without terminal unit ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable duct...

Page 331: ...ge 24 VDC Signal 0 3 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 15 V Parameter Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 5 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the...

Page 332: ... 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal must not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the clamp voltage to approx 36 V Consequently ...

Page 333: ...ation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off UPx 24 V Digital input output ZPx 0 V for demagnitization when inductive loads are switched of...

Page 334: ...C532 XC digital input output module 16 DI 16 DC 24 VDC 0 5 A 1 wire XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 2 4 DC541 CM Digital Input Output Module 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC in a communication module housing Fast counter Module wise electrically isolated XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions availa...

Page 335: ...he communication module bus is available for the module DC541 CM Depending on the terminal base TB5x1 used up to 4 DC541 CM modules can be connected The multi function module DC541 CM can optionally not at the same time be configured as an interrupt module or as a fast counter module for 24 V signals e g 24 V incremental encoder Automation Builder is used for the configuration The module contains ...

Page 336: ... 50 kHz 5 kHz and 2 5 kHz Pulse width modulation PWM with a resolution of 10 kHz Time and frequency measurement Frequency output Used as a fast counter module the 8 channels of the multi function module DC541 CM can be configured and combined individually easily and versatilely in the PLC configuration The module is therefore also excellent for universal high frequency counting tasks up to 50 kHz ...

Page 337: ...v able terminal block I O modules can be replaced without re wiring The process voltage is connected in the following way Terminal 1 8 process voltage UP 24 VDC Terminal 1 9 process voltage ZP 0 VDC 1 1 0 1 7 Connected with UP switch Input Connected with ZP load Output 2 Switch gear cabinet earth The assignment of the other terminals Terminals Signal Description 1 0 to 1 7 C0 to C7 8 digital input...

Page 338: ...e that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any ...

Page 339: ... XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage UP Connections Terminals 1 8 for 24 V UP and 1 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 VDC Max ripple 5 Absolute limits at XC version Above 60 C 20 VDC 30 VDC Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Galvanic isolation Yes per module Current consumption From 24 VDC pow...

Page 340: ...inputs outputs with transistors Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels If the channels are used as inputs Channels C0 C7 Terminals 1 0 1 7 If the channels are used as outputs Channels C0 C7 Terminals 1 0 1 7 Reference potential for all inputs outputs Terminal 1 9 ZP Minus pole of the process supply voltage Indication of the input output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the ...

Page 341: ... Data of the Digital Inputs Outputs if used as Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module Max 8 transistor outputs Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminal 1 8 plus pole of the process supply voltage signal name UP Output voltage for signal 1 UP 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 10 µs Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP 24 V Maximum value all channels togethe...

Page 342: ...ro trace touch trigger C2 C3 Used outputs C4 to C7 if needed Operating modes Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 4 2 Functionality on page 336 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 270 000 R0001 DC541 CM digital input output module 8 DC 24 VDC 0 5 A 1 wire Active 1SAP 470 000 R0001 DC541 CM XC digital input output module 8 DC 24 VDC 0 5 A 1 wire XC version Active For planning and commissio...

Page 343: ...e of the process supply voltage UP 5 4 red LEDs to display errors 6 Label 7 Terminal unit 8 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The configuration is performed by software The modules a...

Page 344: ...26 Ä Chapter 1 8 2 4 TA526 Wall Mounting Accessory on page 1152 Electrical Connection For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Con nection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 1248 The electrical connection of the I O channels is carried out using the 40 terminals of the I O ter mina...

Page 345: ...t in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circ...

Page 346: ...the minus pole The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 5 7 Diagnosis on page 348 Internal Data Exchange Without the Fast Counter With the Fast Counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 4 6 Digital outputs bytes 0 2 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 346 ...

Page 347: ...e module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Module Module slot address Y 1 10 No Name Value...

Page 348: ... CS31 without the parameter Fast counter GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 5 0x03 0xe9 0x02 0x01 0x02 Diagnosis E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 FBP diag nosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Mod...

Page 349: ...age too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication int...

Page 350: ...EDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for standard version The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage UP Connections Terminals 1 8 2 ...

Page 351: ... of the channels I24 to I31 4 0 to 4 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name ZP Galvanic isolation From the rest of the module I O bus Indication of the input signals One yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Monitoring point of input indicator LED is part of the input circuitry...

Page 352: ...Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 240 000 R0001 DI524 digital input module 32 DI 24 VDC 1 wire Active 1SAP 440 000 R0001 DI524 XC digital input module 32 DI 24 VDC 1 wire XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 2 6 DO524 Digital Output Module 32 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A in 4 groups 1 0 4 7 with short circuit and over...

Page 353: ... rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The outputs are electrically isolated from all other circuitry of the module There is no potential separation between the channels Device Specification...

Page 354: ...to the System Assembly Construction and Con nection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 1248 The electrical connection of the I O channels is carried out using the 40 terminals of the I O ter minal unit I O modules can be replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 1 8 to 4 8 and 1 9 to 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the I O terminal unit and have always the sa...

Page 355: ... 12 2 5 O 13 2 6 O 14 2 7 O 15 2 9 2 8 3 0 O 16 3 1 O 17 3 2 O 18 3 3 O 19 3 4 O 20 3 5 O 21 3 6 O 22 3 7 O 23 3 9 3 8 The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 6 7 Diagnosis on page 357 Internal Data Exchange Digital inputs bytes 0 Digital outputs bytes 4 I O Configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the ma...

Page 356: ...No 0x00 not for FBP Parameter length Internal 7 BYTE 7 CPU 7 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 Check supply Off on 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 Output short cir cuit detec tion Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y04 Behaviour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substitute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 BYTE Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y05 Substitute value at outputs Bit 31 Output 31 Bit 0 Output 0 0 42949672 95 0 0xffffff...

Page 357: ...the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firmware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 ...

Page 358: ...ON LED flashes Outputs O0 O31 Digital output Yellow Output OFF Output ON UP Process supply voltage 24 VDC via terminal Green Process supply voltage is missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 Channel error error messages in groups dig ital outputs combined into the groups 1 2 3 4 Red No error or process supply voltage is missing Severe error within the cor responding group Error on one channel of...

Page 359: ...d reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules o...

Page 360: ...ent with signal 0 0 5 mA Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off With varistors integrated in the module see figure below Switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz with max 5 W Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limit...

Page 361: ...on Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 2 7 DO526 Digital Output Module 8 digital outputs 24 VDC O0 to O7 in 2 groups without short circuit and without overload protection Module and group wise electrically isolated XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 1...

Page 362: ...N rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The outputs are group wise electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the outputs Potential...

Page 363: ...ng the 40 terminals of the I O ter minal unit I O modules can be replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 1 8 to 2 8 and 1 9 to 2 9 are electrically interconnected within the I O terminal unit and always have the same assignment irrespective of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 2 8 Process voltage UP 24 VDC Terminals 1 9 to 2 9 Process voltage ZP 0 V Terminal 3 8 Process volt...

Page 364: ...tage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the digital outputs Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 364 ...

Page 365: ...binet earth CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the earthing concept e g earthing of the minus pole The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 7 7 Diagnosis on page 367 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 365 ...

Page 366: ... performed with Automation Builder software versions 1 2 3 The parameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Module Module slot address Y 1 7 Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Min Max Max Module ID Internal 1105 1 WORD 1105 0x0451 0 65535 0x0Y01 Ignore module 2 ...

Page 367: ...ss Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 FBP diag nosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Differe...

Page 368: ...cess voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 Bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies depe...

Page 369: ...ule Error Red Internal error 1 All of the LEDs CH ERR3 to CH ERR4 light up together 2 The state of the LEDs corresponds to the logic state of the output In case of missing or low process supply voltage UP3 or UP4 the signal on the output ter minal is off even though the LED is on Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for standard ...

Page 370: ...ing must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical Data of the Digital Outp...

Page 371: ...um value channels O0 to O3 8 A Maximum value channels O4 to O7 8 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 1 mA Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off With clamp diode in output high side driver Switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 2 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz with max 48 W Short circuit proof overload proof No s...

Page 372: ...st counter XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal name 3 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states at the digital inputs I0 I7 4 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states at the digital relay outputs R0 R7 5 1 green LED to display the state of the process supply voltage UP 6 2 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Termi...

Page 373: ...wer supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 VDC Required terminal units TU531 or TU532 Ä Chapter 1 4 6 TU531 and TU532 for I O Modules on page 164 The device is plugged on a terminal unit Ä Chapter 1 4 6 TU531 and TU532 for I O Modules on page 164 Position the module properly and press until it locks in place The terminal unit is either mounted on a DIN rail or to the wall using 2 sc...

Page 374: ... pro vided by a bus module or a CPU Thus the current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals L UP and M ZP of the CPU bus module increases by 2 mA per DX522 The external power supply connection is carried out via the UP 24 VDC and the ZP 0 VDC terminals NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sour...

Page 375: ...lay outputs have to switch inductive DC loads free wheeling diodes must be circuited in parallel to these loads If the relay outputs have to switch inductive AC loads spark suppressors are required CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the earthing concept e g earthing of the minus pole Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 375 ...

Page 376: ...s can be used for single channels or module wise Internal Data Exchange Without the Fast Counter With the Fast Counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 1 3 Digital outputs bytes 1 3 Counter input data words 0 4 Counter output data words 0 8 I O Configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or bu...

Page 377: ...ms 0x02 0 3 0x0Y04 Fast Counter 4 0 10 3 0 10 Byte Mode 0 0x00 Not for FBP Behaviour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substitute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 Byte Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y05 Substitute value at outputs Bit 7 Output 7 Bit 0 Output 0 0 255 0 0xff Byte 0 0x00 0 255 0x0Y06 Remarks 1 With CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP 3 For ...

Page 378: ... Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firmware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter e...

Page 379: ...this time LED State Color LED OFF LED ON LED flashes Inputs I0 I7 Digital input Yellow Input OFF Input ON 1 Outputs R0 R7 relays Digital output Yellow Relay output OFF Relay output ON UP Process supply voltage 24 VDC via terminal Green Process supply voltage is missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 Channel Error error messages in groups dig ital inputs outputs com bined into the groups 1 and 2...

Page 380: ...t from UP at power up 0 010 A s Max power dissipation within the module 6 W outputs OFF Weight without terminal unit ca 300 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are p...

Page 381: ... 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Relay Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 relay outputs Distribution of channels into groups 8 groups of 1 channel each Connection of the channel R0 Terminal 2 0 common 3 0 NO and 4 0 NC Connection of the channel R1 Terminal 2 1 common 3 1 NO and 4 1 NC Connection of the channel R6 Terminal 2 6 c...

Page 382: ...oad Must be performed externally according to driven load specifications Demagnetization with inductive DC load A free wheeling diode must be circuited in parallel to the inductive load Switching frequency With resistive load Max 10 Hz With inductive load Max 2 Hz With lamp load On request Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Fast Counter The fast counter of the ...

Page 383: ... and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 2 9 DX531 Digital Input Output Module 8 digital inputs 120 230 VAC 4 relay outputs with one switch over contact each Module wise electrically isolated 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal name 3 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states at the digital inputs I0 I7 Device Specifications I O Modules...

Page 384: ... For use in extreme ambient conditions e g wider temperature and humidity range a special XC version of the device is available Functionality Parameter Value LED displays For signal states errors and supply voltage Internal power supply Through the expansion bus interface I O bus External power supply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 VDC Required terminal units TU531 or TU532 Ä Chapt...

Page 385: ...igital inputs I2 and I3 4 1 N23 Neutral conductor for the dig ital inputs I2 and I3 2 2 and 3 2 I4 and I5 Input signals for the digital inputs I4 and I5 4 2 N45 Neutral conductor for the dig ital inputs I4 and I5 2 3 and 3 3 I6 and I7 Input signals for the digital inputs I6 and I7 4 3 N67 Neutral conductor for the dig ital inputs I6 and I7 2 4 R0 Common contact of the first relay output 3 4 and 4 ...

Page 386: ...ircuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages WARNING Risk of death by electric shock The terminals of the module can carry 240 V voltage Make sure that all voltage...

Page 387: ...st be circuited in parallel to these loads If the relay outputs have to switch inductive AC loads spark suppressors are required CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included in the earthing concept e g earthing of the minus pole Device Specifications I O Modules Digital I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 387 ...

Page 388: ... within the module Otherwise accidental energization could occur NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC module There is no internal short circuit or overload protection for the relay outputs Protect the relay contacts by back up fuses of 6 A max characteristic gG gL Depending on the application fuses can be used for single channels or module wise The module provides several diagnosis functions see chapte...

Page 389: ...0Y01 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 not for FBP Parameter length Internal 4 Byte 4 CPU 4 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 Check supply Off on 0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 Input delay 20 ms 100 ms 0 1 Byte 20 ms 0x00 0 1 0x0Y04 Behaviour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substitute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 Byte Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y05 Substitute value at outputs Bit 3 Output 3 Bit 0 Output 0 0...

Page 390: ...dule 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 A...

Page 391: ... supply voltage OK CH ERR2 Channel error error messages in groups dig ital inputs outputs com bined into the groups 2 and 3 Red No error or process supply voltage is missing Severe error within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the corresponding group CH ERR3 Red CH ERR Module Error Red Internal error All of the LEDs CH ERR2 to CH ERR3 light up together Technical Data The System Dat...

Page 392: ...gainst reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an external fuse Technical Data of the Digital Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 4 groups of 2 channels each Terminals of the ...

Page 393: ...n of the output signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the relay coil is energized Monitoring point of output indicator LED is controlled by process CPU Way of operation Non latching type Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Relay power supply By UP process voltage Relay outputs Output short circuit protection Must be provided externally with a fuse or cir cuit breaker Rated protection ...

Page 394: ...oduct Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 245 000 R0001 DX531 digital input output module 8 DI 230 VAC 4 DO relays 2 wires Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 1 2 10 Fast Counter Details on fast counters System Technology 1 5 2 Analog I O Modules 1 5 2 1 S500 eCo 1 5 2 1 1 AI561 Analog Input Module 4 configurable analog inputs I0 to I3 in 1 group Reso...

Page 395: ...ralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs are not electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is not electrically isolated from the inputs or from the I O bus The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590...

Page 396: ...Electrical Connection For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 1192 The electrical connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting ...

Page 397: ...of input signal 0 4 R1 Burden resistor for input signal 1 for current sensing 5 I1 Positive pole of input signal 1 6 I1 Negative pole of input signal 1 7 R2 Burden resistor for input signal 2 for current sensing 8 I2 Positive pole of input signal 2 9 I2 Negative pole of input signal 2 10 R3 Burden resistor for input signal 3 for current sensing 11 I3 Positive pole of input signal 3 Device Specific...

Page 398: ...cable Provide a potential equalisation of a low resistance to avoid high potential differences between different parts of the plant NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules The PLC modules must not be removed while the plant is connected to a power supply Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remo...

Page 399: ...20 M 2 5 2 5 V 5 5 V 0 5 V 0 10V Connection of active type analog sensors voltage Connection of passive type analog sensors voltage The following figures are an example of the electrical connection of analog sensors current to the input I0 of the analog input module AI561 Proceed with the inputs I1 to I3 in the same way 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I0 18 SG 19 L 20 M UIN 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I...

Page 400: ...Internal 6 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Analog Data Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses smaller than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x09 0x65 0x19 0x06 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Input Channel 4x Name Value Internal...

Page 401: ...ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 1 10 1 0 3 48 Analog value overflow at an analog input Check input value or terminal 11 12 ADR 1 0 4 14 1 10 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check input value 11 12 ADR 1 0 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following inter...

Page 402: ...n the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Measuring Ranges Risk of invalid analog input values The analog input values may be invalid if the measuring range of the inputs is exceeded Make sure that the analog signal at the connection terminals is always within the signal range Range 2 5 2 5 V 5 5 V 0 5 V 0 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 2 9397 5 8795 5 8795 1...

Page 403: ...e therefore documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage L Connections Terminal 19 for L 24 VDC and terminal 20 for M 0 V Rated value 24 VDC Current consumption via L terminal 0 1 A Inrush current at power up 0 05 A2s Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Protection fuse for L Recommended Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the C...

Page 404: ...nput range Signal voltage plus common mode voltage must be within 12 V Indication of the input signals No Channel input resistance Voltage 1 MW Current ca 250 W Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 of full scale voltage 0 5 of full scale current 0 mA 20 mA 0 7 of full scale current 4 mA 20 mA at 25 ...

Page 405: ...screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations...

Page 406: ... O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The inputs are not electrically isolated from each other All other circuitry of the module is electrically isolated from the inputs The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA bus modules Device Speci...

Page 407: ...d ZP 0 VDC Electrical Connection For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 1192 The electrical connection is carried out by using a removable 11 pin terminal block These ter minal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mountin...

Page 408: ... pro vided by a bus module or a CPU Thus the current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals L UP and M ZP of the CPU bus module increases by 5 mA per AI562 The external power supply connection is carried out via the UP 24 VDC and the ZP 0 VDC terminals NOTICE Risk of imprecise and faulty measurements Analog signals may be distorted seriously by external electromagnetic influ ences U...

Page 409: ...s The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 2 1 2 6 Diagnosis on page 411 The following figures show the electrical connection of RTDs to the inputs of the analog input module AI562 24 VDC 10 11 O0 I0 13 O1 12 I0 14 I1 15 I1 16 FE 17 FE 18 FE 19 UP 20 ZP 24 VDC 10 11 O0 I0 13 O1 12 I0 14 I1 15 I1 16 FE 17 FE 18 FE 19 UP 20 ZP 2 wires input 3 wires input With 2 wires connection ...

Page 410: ...Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x07 0x6A 0x19 0x04 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 Input Channel 2x Name Value Internal value Internal value Type Default Min Max Channel configura tion see table 2 see table 2 BYT...

Page 411: ...ace Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 ...

Page 412: ...es PWR Process voltage 24 VDC via terminal Green CPU module voltage or external 24 VDC supply voltage is missing 3 3 V system voltage I O bus and external 24 VDC supply voltage are present ERR Channel or module error Red No error or process voltage is missing Severe error in the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Measuring Ranges Risk of invalid analog input values The analog input ...

Page 413: ...erflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 32768 8000 Resistances Range Resistance 0 150 W Resistance 0 300 W Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 176 383 352 767 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 176 383 150 005 352 767 300 011 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 150 000 0 005 300 000 0 011 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0 0 0000 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 eCo apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System Data AC500 eCo on page 1192 O...

Page 414: ...nvection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC Technical Data of the Analog Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 2 configurable RTD resistance temperature detector inputs Dis...

Page 415: ... Ranges on page 412 Analog to digital conversion time Typ 140 ms per channel Unused inputs Can be left open and should be configured as unused Input data length 4 bytes Power dissipation inside the sensor max 1 mW Suppression of interference On request Maximum input voltage 30 VDC sense 5 VDC source Basic error resistance 0 1 of full scale Repeatability 0 05 of full scale Overvoltage protection Ye...

Page 416: ...pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 2 1 3 AI563 Analog Input Module 4 configurable thermocouple TC 80 mV 80 mV inputs I0 to I3 in 1 group Resolution 15 bits plus sign 1 I O bus 2 1 green LED to display power supply 1 red LED to display error 3 Terminal number Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17...

Page 417: ...nality 4 analog TC inputs individually configurable for Not used default Voltage 80 mV 80 mV Thermocouple J type 210 C 1200 C Thermocouple K type 270 C 1372 C Thermocouple R type 50 C 1768 C Thermocouple S type 50 C 1768 C Thermocouple T type 270 C 400 C Thermocouple E type 270 C 1000 C Thermocouple N type 270 C 1300 C Parameter Value Resolution of the analog channels Temperature 0 1 C LED display...

Page 418: ...hese terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw type termi nals cable mounting from the front or from the side Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Ter minal Blocks on page 1164 The terminal blocks are not included in the module s scope of delivery and must be ordered separately The following block diagram shows the internal construction of the analog inputs 11 12 10 13 1...

Page 419: ... CPU bus module increases by 5 mA per AI563 The external power supply connection is carried out via the UP 24 VDC and the ZP 0 VDC terminals NOTICE Risk of imprecise and faulty measurements Analog signals may be distorted seriously by external electromagnetic influ ences Use shielded wires when wiring analog signal sources The cable shield must be grounded at both ends of the cable Provide a poten...

Page 420: ...ls to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 2 1 3 6 Diagnosis on page 422 The following figure shows the electrical connection of thermocouples to the inputs of the module 1 2 I0 I0 4 I1 24 VDC 3 I1 5 I2 6 I2 7 I3 8 I3 9 10 11 13 12 14 FE 15 FE 16 FE 17 FE 18 FE 19 UP 20 ZP Device Specifications I...

Page 421: ...EDS Slot Index Module ID Intern 6510 1 WORD 0x196E 0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Intern 6 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Analog Data Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Le...

Page 422: ... 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 PNIO diagnosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check...

Page 423: ...and external 24 VDC supply voltage are present ERR Channel or module error Red No error or process voltage is missing Severe error in the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Measuring Ranges AI563 needs 4 seconds for initialization after applying the process supply voltage to clamp UP ZP During these 4 seconds the measurement values are set to 0 After that valid measurement values ar...

Page 424: ... 0 C 2100 F7CC 270 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 2700 F574 Underflow 210 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 32768 8000 Range 80 mV 80 mV Type E 270 1000 C Types R S 50 1768 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 90 mV 1000 0 C 1768 0 C 32767 7FFF Normal range 80 mV 27648 6C00 1768 0 C 17680 4510 1000 0 C 10000 2710 9000 2328 3 µV 0 1 C 0 1 C 1 1 0 µV 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 3 µV 0 1 C 0 1 C 1 FFFF 50 0 C 500 FE0C 270 0 C...

Page 425: ...up Surge voltage max 35 VDC for 0 5 s Max power dissipation within the module 2 6 W Weight Ca 120 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overv...

Page 426: ...6 at 25 C Max 2 of full scale T Type 3 for 240 C 270 C at 0 C 60 C Relationship between input signal and hex code Ä Chapter 1 5 2 1 3 8 Measuring Ranges on page 423 Analog to digital conversion time 400 ms per channel Unused inputs Can be left open and should be configured as unused Input data length 8 bytes Overvoltage protection Yes up to 30 VDC Repeatability On request Wire loop resistance 100 ...

Page 427: ...ve 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active...

Page 428: ... for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx The outputs are not electrically isolated from each other The other electronic circuitry of the module is not electrically isolated from the outputs or from the I O bus The I O module must not be used as communication interface module at CI590 CS31 HA bus ...

Page 429: ...c tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly chapter Ä Chapter 2 5 AC500 eCo on page 1192 If the output is configured as not used the voltage and current output signals are undefined and must not be connected The electrical connection is carried out by using a removable 11 pin terminal block These ter minal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw type termina...

Page 430: ...nt consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU bus module increases by 5 mA per AO561 The external power supply connection is carried out via the L 24 VDC and the M 0 VDC terminals The M terminal is electrically interconnected to the M ZP terminal of the CPU bus module NOTICE Risk of imprecise and faulty measurements Analog signals may be distorted seriously by e...

Page 431: ...r 1 5 2 1 4 6 Diagnosis on page 433 The following figures show the electrical connection of analog actuators to the analog output module AO561 24 VDC 10 11 13 O0U 12 14 O0I 15 O1U 16 O1I 17 O01 18 FE 19 L 20 M U U 24 VDC 10 11 13 O0U 12 14 O0I 15 O1U 16 O1I 17 O01 18 FE 19 L 20 M I I Connection of analog voltage actuators Connection of analog current actuators The output signal is undefined if the...

Page 432: ...0 65535 xx01 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Intern 4 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 2 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Analog Data Format Default 0 BYTE Default 0x00 255 1 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 the value is increased by 1 2 Value is hexadecimal HighByte is slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x07 0x74 0x19 0x04 0x0...

Page 433: ...Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 1 10 3 0 1 48 Analog value overflow at an analog output C...

Page 434: ...FF LED ON LED flashes PWR Process voltage 24 VDC via terminal Green CPU module voltage or external 24 VDC supply voltage is missing 3 3 V system voltage I O bus and external 24 VDC supply voltage are present ERR Channel or module error Red No error or process voltage is missing Severe error in the module Error on 1 or more chan nels of the module Output Ranges Range 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital...

Page 435: ...ions Terminal 19 for L 24 VDC and terminal 20 for M 0 V Rated value 24 VDC Current consumption 0 1 A output load Inrush current at power up 0 05 A s Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Protection fuse for L Recommended Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU bus module Ca 5 mA Galvanic isolation No Surge voltage max 35 VDC for 0 5 s M...

Page 436: ...hin the normal range Typ 0 5 of full scale at 25 C Max 2 of full scale at 0 C 60 C or EMC disturbances Indication of the output signals No Output Resistance load as current output 0 W 500 W Output load ability as voltage output 2 mA max Output data length 4 bytes Relationship between output signal and hex code Ä Chapter 1 5 2 1 4 8 Output Ranges on page 434 Unused outputs Must not be connected and...

Page 437: ... Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 2 1 5 AX561 Analog Input Output Module 4 configurable analog inputs I0 to I3 in 1 group 2 configurable analog outputs O0 and O1 in 1 group Resolution 11 bits plus sign or 12 bits 1 I O bus 2 1 green LED to display power supply 1 red LED to display error Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I O Mod...

Page 438: ...f the module is not electrically isolated from the inputs outputs or from the I O bus The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA bus modules Functionality 4 analog inputs individually configurable for Not used default 2 5 V 2 5 V 5 V 5 V 0 V 5 V 0 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 2 analog outputs individually configurable for Not used default 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA ...

Page 439: ...ined and must not be connected The electrical connection is carried out by using a removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal block These terminal blocks differ in their connection system spring terminals or screw terminals cable mounting from the front or from the side For more information refer to terminal blocks for S500 eCo I O modules Ä Chapter 1 8 3 2 TA563 TA565 Terminal Blocks on page 1164 The te...

Page 440: ...nput signal 1 for current sensing 5 I1 Positive pole of input signal 1 6 I1 Negative pole of input signal 1 7 R2 Burden resistor for input signal 2 for current sensing 8 I2 Positive pole of input signal 2 9 I2 Negative pole of input signal 2 10 R3 Burden resistor for input signal 3 for current sensing 11 I3 Positive pole of input signal 3 12 I3 Negative pole of input signal 3 13 O0U Voltage output...

Page 441: ... WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting a...

Page 442: ... output module AX561 Proceed with the inputs I1 to I3 in the same way 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I0 18 FE 19 L 20 M UIN 2 5 2 5 V 5 5 V 0 5 V 0 10 V 24 VDC 1 2 R0 I0 3 I0 18 FE 19 L 20 M 2 5 2 5 V 5 5 V 0 5 V 0 10V Connection of active type analog sensors voltage Connection of passive type analog sensors voltage The following figures are an example of the electrical connection of analog sensors current to...

Page 443: ...g the installation If the output is configured in current mode the voltage output signal is unde fined and must not be connected If the output is configured in voltage mode the current output signal is unde fined and must not be connected The meaning of the LEDs is described in the displays chapter Ä Chapter 1 5 2 1 5 7 State LEDs on page 446 I O Configuration The IO module does not store configur...

Page 444: ... slot xx 0 7 LowByte is index 1 n GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x0B 0x79 0x19 0x08 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Input Channel 4x Name Value Internal value Internal value Type Default Min Max Channel configura tion see table 2 see table 2 BYTE 0 0x00 see table 2 0 65535 Table 56 Channel Configuration 2 Internal value Operating modes for the analog inputs indiv...

Page 445: ...NIO diagnosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11...

Page 446: ...module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 CS31 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or PNIO 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or PNIO module type 1 AI 3 AO COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 In case of module errors with channel 31 Module itself is...

Page 447: ...178 20 0058 22 8142 20 0058 32511 27664 27658 27656 7EFF 6C10 6C0A 6C08 Normal range Normal range or meas ured value too low 2 5000 0 0014 5 0000 0 0029 5 0000 0 0015 10 0000 0 0029 20 0000 0 0058 20 0000 4 0058 27648 16 10 8 6C00 0010 000A 0008 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0 4 0 0000 0 0014 2 5000 0 0029 5 0000 3 9942 0 10 16 4864 6912 27648 FFF6 FFF0 ED00 E500 9400 Meas ured value too low 2 5014 ...

Page 448: ...ow 10 0058 11 7589 27664 32512 93F0 8100 Underflow 11 7589 0 0000 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 12 bits respectively 11 bits plus sign Technical Data The System Data of AC500 eCo apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System Data AC500 eCo on page 1192 Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage L Connections Terminal 19 for L 24 VDC and term...

Page 449: ...t inputs Distribution of channels into groups 1 4 channels per group Resolution Unipolar Voltage 0 V 5 V 0 V 10 V 12 bits Current 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Bipolar Voltage 2 5 V 2 5 V 5 V 5 V 11 bits plus sign Connection of the signals I0 to I3 Terminals 3 6 9 12 Connection of the signals I0 to I3 Terminals 2 5 8 11 Input type Differential Galvanic isolation No galvanic isolation between the i...

Page 450: ... 15 Connection of the signals O0I and O1I Terminals 14 and 16 Output type Bipolar with voltage unipolar with current Resolution 12 bits or 11 bits plus sign Indication of the output signals No Output resistance load as current output 0 W 500 W Output load ability as voltage output 2 mA max Relationship between input signal and hex code Table Output Ranges Ä Table on page 448 Conversion error of th...

Page 451: ...04 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal block TA565 9 9 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal block TA565 11 11 pins spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 2 2 S500 1 5 2 2 1 AI523 A...

Page 452: ...DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx Functionality 16 analog inputs individually configurable for Unused default setting 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Device Specifications I...

Page 453: ...ugged on an I O terminal unit Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 Properly position the modules and press until they lock in place The terminal units are mounted on a DIN rail or with 2 screws plus the additional accessory for wall mounting TA526 Ä Chapter 1 8 2 4 TA526 Wall Mounting Accessory on page 1152 The electrical connection of the I O channels is carri...

Page 454: ...ited in series neither within the module nor with channels of other mod ules For the open circuit detection cut wire each analog input channel is pulled up to plus by a high resistance resistor If nothing is connected the maximum voltage will be read in then The internal power supply voltage for the module s circuitry is carried out via the I O bus pro vided by a bus module or a CPU Thus the curre...

Page 455: ... 3 I11 I11 8 analog inputs for 0 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 20 mA Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 digital signals 4 4 3 4 I12 I12 4 5 3 5 I13 I13 4 6 3 6 I14 I14 4 7 3 7 I15 I15 AGND Attention By installing equipotential bonding conductors between system it must be made sure that the potential difference between ZP and AGND never the different parts of the can exceed 1 V Attention The process voltage must be included...

Page 456: ...plays Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 1 7 Diagnosis on page 466 The module AI523 performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic In order to avoid error messages from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 3 wire Configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to bu...

Page 457: ...s and stores it under the input with the higher channel number e g I1 In order to keep measuring errors as small as possible it is necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 1 6 Parameterization on page 463 Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration two channels use...

Page 458: ... on page 463 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 1 9 Measuring Ranges on page 468 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 1 7 Diagnosis on page 466 In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current wi...

Page 459: ...sFig If AGND does not get connected to ZP the sensor current flows to ZP via the AGND line The measuring signal is distorted as a very low current flows over the voltage line The total current through the PTC should not exceed 50 mA This measuring method is therefore only suitable for short lines and small sensor currents If there are bigger distances the difference measuring method has to be pref...

Page 460: ...ls can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage to Differential Inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors which are remotely non isolated e g the negative terminal is remotely earthed are used The evaluation using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid earthing loops...

Page 461: ...2 2 1 6 Parameterization on page 463 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 1 9 Measuring Ranges on page 468 Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used The function of the LEDs is described under Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 1 7 Diagnosis on page 466 In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analo...

Page 462: ...al inputs bytes 0 Digital outputs bytes 0 Counter input data words 16 Counter output data words 0 I O Configuration The module does not store configuration data itself It gets its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or bus module during power up of the system That means replacing I O modules is possible without any re parameterization via software If the external power ...

Page 463: ... 2 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 not for FBP 3 Param eter length in bytes Internal 34 Byte 34 CPU 34 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 4 Check supply Off On 0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 5 Analog data format Default 0 Byte Default 0x00 0x0Y04 6 Channel configu ration Input channel 0 see table Channel configura tion Byte Default 0x00 0 19 0x0Y05 7 Channel moni toring Input channel 0 see table Channel moni t...

Page 464: ... 0xec 0x22 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 No Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default 1 Channel con figuration see table 2 see table 2 Byte 0 0x00 see 3 2 Channel mon itoring see table 4 see table 4 Byte 0 0x00 see 5 Table 58 Channel Configuration ...

Page 465: ...quires 2 channels 18 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire 19 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire requires 2 channels In the operating modes with 3 wire configuration or with differential inputs two adjacent analog inputs belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In these cases both channels are configured in the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 The next...

Page 466: ...le 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR...

Page 467: ...e LEDs During the power ON procedure the module initializes automatically All LEDs except the channel LEDs are ON during this time LED State Color LED OFF LED ON LED flashes Inputs I0 I7 and I8 I15 Analog input Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal UP Process voltage 24 VDC via terminal Green Process voltage is missing Process voltage OK CH ERR2 Chann...

Page 468: ...OFF 0 0000 0 0004 1 7593 0 0004 10 0000 3 9994 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 11 7589 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 1 7593 11 7589 0 0000 1 1858 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input Ranges Resistance The resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range Pt100 Pt 1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value Decimal Hex ...

Page 469: ...m Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process voltage Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 VDC Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Galvanic isolation Yes per module Current consump...

Page 470: ... I8 to I15 Terminals 3 0 to 3 7 Terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Input type Bipolar not with current or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be config ured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 ...

Page 471: ...eference potential for the inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 ZP Input signal delay Typ 8 ms configurable from 0 1 to 32 ms Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel Input signal voltage 24 VDC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 13 V Signal 1 13 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 7 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 4 3 mA Input voltage 30 V 9...

Page 472: ...tes at the inputs I0 to I3 4 4 yellow LEDs to display the states at the inputs I4 to I7 5 1 green LED to display the process supply voltage UP 6 2 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI54...

Page 473: ...ply via terminals process voltage UP 24 VDC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 Electrical Connection For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Con nection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 1248 The modules...

Page 474: ...gainst the earth In order to avoid inaccuracy with the measuring results the analog sensors should also be iso lated against the power supply The IxB clamps x 0 7 of the analog inputs are electrically connected to each other They form an Analog Ground Signal AGND for the module The negative poles of the analog inputs Ix may accept a potential difference up to 20 VDC with regard to the common refer...

Page 475: ...lectromagnetic disturbances no high require ment on precision the shielding can also be omitted I0A 2 1 I0 2 0 I0 1 0 I0B 1 1 I1A 2 3 I1 2 2 I1 1 2 I1B 1 3 I2A 2 5 I2 2 4 I2 1 4 I2B 1 5 I3A 2 7 I3 2 6 I3 1 6 I3B 1 7 I4A 4 1 I4 4 0 I4 3 0 I4B 3 1 I5A 4 3 I5 4 2 I5 3 2 I5B 3 3 I6A 4 5 I6 4 4 I6 3 4 I6B 3 5 I7A 4 7 I7 4 6 I7 3 6 I7B 3 7 4 analog inputs for 50 50 mV 500 500 mV 1 1 V 5 5 V 10 10 V 0 5 ...

Page 476: ... on page 489 Voltage 50 mV 50 mV 1 channel used Voltage 500 mV 500 mV 1 channel used Voltage 1 V 1 V 1 channel used Voltage 5 V 5 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 0 V 5 V 1 channel used Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Fig 43 Connection example The measuring range can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 Voltage Common mode voltage 1 channel used...

Page 477: ...ected to ZP at the sensor the supply current flows via the GND line to ZP Measuring errors can only occur caused by voltage differ ences higher than 20 VDC between GND and ZP The measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 Voltage 50 mV 50 mV 1 channel used Voltage 500 mV 500 mV 1 channel used Voltage 1 V 1 V 1 channel used Voltage 5 V 5 V 1 channel used V...

Page 478: ...d The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays displays Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 7 Diagnosis on page 493 In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Isolated Power Supply UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I0B 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I0A 2 8 UP 2 9 Z...

Page 479: ...e 1 Analog input of the second device If series connection of an additional input is used the input resistance of the module ca 330 Ω must be added to the input resistance of the second device Make sure that the maximum permitted load resistance of the analog sensor is not exceeded see the data sheet of the analog sensor The input of the module is not related to ZP If the input of the second devic...

Page 480: ...mple The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 Current 20 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 0 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used This setting is not applicable with passive type analog sensors current The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays displays Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 7 Diagnosis on page 493 ...

Page 481: ...onnection must be observed by all means from the sensor to the module and then to the input of the second device The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 Current 20 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 0 mA 20 mA 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used This setting is not applicable with passive type analog sensors current The function...

Page 482: ...on page 493 Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 2 wire Configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Cu50 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module AI531 provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the 4 analog chan nels UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I0B 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I0A 2 ...

Page 483: ...ant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module AI531 provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the 4 analog chan nels 1 0 I0 1 1 I0B 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I0A 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP ZP UP Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Cu50 Fig 52 Connection example The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameteri...

Page 484: ... 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I0A 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP ZP UP Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Cu50 Fig 53 Connection example The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 Pt100 50 C 70 C 400 C 200 C 850 C 1 channel used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 1 channel used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 1 channel used Cu50 50 C 200 C 1 426 200 C 200 C 1 428 1 channel used For a description of the ...

Page 485: ...zation on page 489 Resistor 50 kΩ 1 channel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays displays In order to avoid error messages from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of a Resistance Measuring Bridge with Internal Supply When resistance measuring bridges are connected the short circuit proof voltage outp...

Page 486: ... can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 The calculation of the resistor deviation must be performed via the bridge voltage by the PLC user program Connection of a Resistance Measuring Bridge with external Supply With the connection of a resistance measuring bridge with external supply the supply voltage is provided separately Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I...

Page 487: ...Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 The calculation of the resistor deviation must be performed via the bridge voltage by the PLC user program Connection of Thermocouples PTC 1 0 I0 1 1 I0B 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP 2 0 I0 2 1 I0A 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP ZP UP Fig 57 Connection example The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 2 6 Parameterization on page 489 J type 210 C 1200 C Fe...

Page 488: ...quired channels The possible temperature range is from 25 C to 60 C and is monitored by the AI531 The setting External with temperature value for the parameter Compensation channel should be selected External Compensation with Compensation Box A compensation box balances the temperature difference between the cold junction and the ref erence temperature by generating a bridge voltage The reference...

Page 489: ... the external power supply voltage via UP ZP terminals fails the I O module loses its configuration data The whole station has to be switched off and on again to re configure the module Parameterization Firmware version Configuration Firmware version V2 0 0 The arrangement of the parameter data is per formed by Control Builder Plus Automation Builder software The parameter data directly influences...

Page 490: ... 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 No Name Value Internal value Internal value Type Default EDS Slot Index 1 Channel configura tion see Ä Table 60 Channel Configura tion on page 490 see Ä Table 60 Channel Configura tion on page 490 Byte 0 0x00 0x0Y07 2 Channel monitoring see Ä Table 61 Channel Monitoring on page 492 see Ä Table 61 Channel Monitoring on page 492 Byte 0 0x03 3 Line fre quency sup pression see see...

Page 491: ...00 C 850 C 46 Analog input Pt100 3 wire 200 C 850 C 47 Analog input Pt100 4 wire 200 C 850 C 16 Analog input Pt1000 2 wire 50 C 400 C 17 Analog input Pt1000 3 wire 50 C 400 C 50 Analog input Pt1000 4 wire 50 C 400 C 18 Analog input Ni1000 2 wire 50 C 150 C 19 Analog input Ni1000 3 wire 50 C 150 C 51 Analog input Ni1000 4 wire 50 C 150 C 39 Analog input Cu50 1 426 2 wire 50 C 200 C 40 Analog input ...

Page 492: ... line frequency suppression Table 63 Compensation Channel Internal value Compensation channel 0 Internal compensation default 1 Channel 0 possible with channels 1 2 3 2 Channel 1 possible with channels 0 2 3 3 Channel 2 possible with channels 0 1 3 4 Channel 3 possible with channels 0 1 2 5 Channel 4 possible with channels 5 6 7 6 Channel 5 possible with channels 4 6 7 7 Channel 6 possible with ch...

Page 493: ... failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched OFF ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error 4 14 1 10 1 0 7 48 Analog value overflow ...

Page 494: ... COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 expansion module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or FBP 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or FBP module type ...

Page 495: ...t Range Measuring Bridge Range 50 50 mV 500 500 mV 1 1 V 5 5 V 10 10 V Common Mode Voltage Overflow 58 7945 587 9449 1 17589 5 8794 11 7589 20 0000 Measured value too high 58 7945 50 0018 587 9449 500 0181 1 17589 1 00004 5 8794 5 0002 11 7589 10 0004 Normal range Normal range or Measured value too low 50 0000 0 0018 500 0000 0 0181 1 00000 0 00004 5 0000 0 0002 10 0000 0 0004 20 0000 0 0008 0 000...

Page 496: ...lar Voltage Input Range Measuring Bridge Digital Input Range 0 5 V 0 10 V Digital input Measured value too high 5 8794 5 0002 11 7589 10 0004 Normal range 5 0000 0 0002 10 0000 0 0004 ON 0 0000 0 0000 OFF Measured value too low 0 0002 0 8794 0 0004 1 1759 Underflow 0 8794 1 1759 Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Device Specifications ...

Page 497: ...oo high 23 5178 20 0007 23 5178 20 0007 22 8142 20 0006 Normal range 20 0000 0 0007 20 0000 0 0007 20 0000 4 0006 0 0000 0 0000 4 0000 0 0007 20 0000 Measured value too low 0 0007 3 5178 3 9994 1 1852 20 0007 23 5178 Underflow 23 5178 3 5178 1 1852 Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I O Modules ...

Page 498: ...nges Range Pt100 50 70 C 1 Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Pt100 200 850 C Ni1000 50 150 C Cu50 200 200 C Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 850 C 160 0 C 200 C Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 160 0 C 150 1 C 80 0 C 70 1 C Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 850 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 200 0 C 0 1 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US ...

Page 499: ... also possible with resolution 0 01 K 2 if Cu50 with 1 426 50 C is valid if Cu50 with 1 428 200 0 C is valid The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 8500 4000 2000 1500 700 1 2134 0FA0 07D0 05DC 02BC 1 0 0000 1 500 2000 FFFF FE0C F830 Device S...

Page 500: ...nds to 16 bits Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 30413 27649 76CD 6C01 Normal range 27648 1 1 0 6C00 0001 0001 0000 Thermocouple Input Ranges Range Typ J 210 1200 C Typ K 270 1372 C Typ N 270 1300 C Typ S 50 1768 C Typ T 270 400 C Overflow 1200 0 C 1372 0 C 1300 0 C 1768 0 C 400 0 C Normal range 1768 0 C 1372 0 C Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I ...

Page 501: ... 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 50 0 C 270 0 C The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Normal range 17680 4510 13720 3598 13000 32C8 12000 2EE0 4000 0FA0 1 1 0 0000 1 FFFF 500 FE0C 2100 F7CC 2700 F574 Underflow 32768 8000 Temperature Internal Reference Point Ranges Range Value Overflow 85 C Normal range 85 C 0 C Device Specifications I O Modules A...

Page 502: ... 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 VDC Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Galvanic isolation Yes per module Current consumption From 24 VDC power supply at the terminals UP L and ZP M of the CPU bus module Ca 2 mA Current consumption from UP in normal operation 130 mA Inrush current from UP at power up On request Max length of analog ca...

Page 503: ... 0 V 10 V 20 mA 20 mA 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Cu50 resistor thermo couple types J K N S T each input can be configured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Line frequency suppression 50 Hz 60 Hz none Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the bright ness depends on the value of the analog signal ...

Page 504: ... Unused current inputs Have a low resistance can be left open circuited Overvoltage protection Yes Technical Data of the Analog Inputs if Used as Digital Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module Max 8 Distribution of channels into groups 2 groups of 4 channels each Connections of the channels I0 to I3 Connections of the channels I4 to I7 Terminals 2 0 2 2 2 4 2 6 Terminals 4 0 4 2 4 4 ...

Page 505: ...ive For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 2 2 3 AO523 Analog Output Module 16 analog outputs in two groups 8 channels configurable for voltage or currrent output 8 channels for voltage output Resolution 12 bits plus sign Module wise electrically isolated XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications I O Modules ...

Page 506: ...il Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx Functionality Parameter Value Resolution of the analog channels Voltage 10 V 10 V 12 bits plus sign Current 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Device Specifica...

Page 507: ...er minal unit I O modules can be replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 1 8 to 4 8 and 1 9 to 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the I O terminal units and have always the same assignment independent of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 to 4 8 process voltage UP 24 VDC Terminals 1 9 to 4 9 process voltage ZP 0 VDC The assignment of the other terminals Terminals Signal ...

Page 508: ...ing can also be omitted The following figure shows the electrical connection of the module O4 O4 2 4 1 4 O12 O12 4 4 3 4 O5 O5 2 5 1 5 O13 O13 4 5 3 5 O6 O6 2 6 1 6 O14 O14 4 6 3 6 O7 O7 2 7 1 7 O15 O15 4 7 3 7 AGND UP ZP 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 24 V 0 V 4 analog outputs for 10 V 10 V 0 4 20 mA PTC PTC O0 O0 2 0 1 0 O8 O8 4 0 3 0 O1 O1 2 1 1 1 O9 O9 4 1 3 1 O2 O2 2 2 1 2 O10 O10 4 2 3 2 O3...

Page 509: ...der Displays Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Internal Data Exchange Digital inputs bytes 0 Digital outputs bytes 0 Counter input data words 0 Counter output data words 16 I O Configuration The module does not store configuration data itself It gets its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or bus module during power up of the system That means replacing I...

Page 510: ...1 Word 1510 0x05e6 0 65535 0x0Y01 2 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 Not for FBP 3 Param eter length in bytes Internal 39 Byte 39 CPU 39 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 4 Check supply Off On 0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 5 Analog data format Default 0 Byte Default 0x00 0x0Y04 6 Behav iour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substi tute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 Byte Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y05 7 Chann...

Page 511: ...3 Channel configu ration and channel moni toring of the output channels 4 to 7 see tables Channel configura tion and Channel monitoring Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 128 3 0x0Y0F to 0x0Y16 24 Channel con figura tion Output channel 8 see table Channel configura tion Byte Default 0x00 0 130 0x0Y17 25 Channel moni torin g Output channel 8 see table Channel moni toring Byte Default 0x00 0 3 0x0Y18 2...

Page 512: ...o 15 see tables Channel configura tion and Channel monitoring Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 128 3 0x0Y20 to 0x0Y27 1 With CS31 and addresses less than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 42 0x05 0xe7 0x27 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x0...

Page 513: ...rnal value type 1 Channel configuration see table 3 Byte 2 Channel monitoring see table 4 Byte Table 64 Channel Configuration 3 Internal value Operating modes of the analog outputs individually configurable 0 Unused default 128 Analog output 10 V 10 V 129 Analog output 0 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 130 Analog output 4 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 Table 65 Channel M...

Page 514: ... Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firmware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Ove...

Page 515: ...does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master Module error I O bus or FBP 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or FBP module type 3 AO COM1 COM2 1 10 exp...

Page 516: ... on one channel of the group CH ERR4 Red CH ERR Module error Red Internal error Both LEDs CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 light up together Output Ranges Output Ranges Voltage and Current Range 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Overflow 11 7589 V 23 5178 mA 22 8142 mA Measured value too high 11 7589 V 10 0004 V 23 5178 mA 20 0007 mA 22 8142 mA 20 0006 mA Normal range 10 0000 V 0 0004 V 20 0000 mA 0 0007 mA 20 0000 mA 4...

Page 517: ...n page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Parameter Value Process voltage Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for 24 V UP as well as 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for 0 V ZP Rated value 24 VDC Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Galvanic isolation Yes per module Current consumption From 24 VDC ...

Page 518: ...7 Channels O0 O7 Terminals 1 0 1 7 Terminals 2 0 2 7 Channels O8 O15 Channels O8 O15 Terminals 3 0 3 7 Terminals 4 0 4 7 Output type Bipolar with voltage unipolar with current Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA each output can be configured individually current out puts only channels 0 3 and 8 11 Output resistance load as cu...

Page 519: ...missioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 2 2 4 AX521 Analog Input Output Module 4 configurable analog inputs I0 to I3 in 1 group 1 0 2 3 Resolution 12 bits plus sign 4 configurable analog outputs O0 to O3 in 1 group 3 0 4 3 Resolution 12 bits plus sign Module wise electrically isolated XC version for use in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications I O...

Page 520: ...play errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a centralized extension module for AC500 CPUs PM5xx Functionality 4 analog inputs individually configurable for Unused default setting 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 ...

Page 521: ...pply Via the terminals ZP and UP process voltage 24 VDC Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 Electrical Connection For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Con nection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 1248...

Page 522: ... an Analog Ground signal for the module There is no galvanic isolation between the analog circuitry and ZP UP There fore the analog sensors must be galvanically isolated in order to avoid loops via the earth potential or the supply voltage Because of their common reference potential analog current inputs cannot be circuited in series neither within the module nor with channels of other mod ules Fo...

Page 523: ... of the I O module 2 0 1 0 I0 I0 2 1 1 1 I1 I1 2 2 1 2 I2 I2 2 3 1 3 I3 I3 2 4 1 4 I4 I4 2 5 1 5 I5 I5 2 6 1 6 I6 I6 2 7 1 7 I7 I7 O0 O0 4 0 3 0 O4 O4 4 4 3 4 O1 O1 4 1 3 1 O5 O5 4 5 3 5 O2 O2 4 2 3 2 O6 O6 4 6 3 6 O3 O3 4 3 3 3 O7 O7 4 7 3 7 AGND AGND UP ZP 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 24 V 0 V 4 analog inputs for 0 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 20 mA Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 and digital signals 4 analog outp...

Page 524: ...ed Pt1000 50 C 400 C 2 wire configuration one channel used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire configuration one channel used The I O module performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic In order to avoid error messages from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 3 wire Configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 ...

Page 525: ...flows through one of the cores The module calculates the meas ured value from the two voltage drops and stores it under the input with the higher channel number e g I1 In order to keep measuring errors as small as possible it is necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration two channels used ...

Page 526: ...r AX521 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 4 6 Parame terization on page 531 and for AX522 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 5 6 Parameterization on page 555 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Isolated Power Suppl...

Page 527: ...does not get connected to ZP the sensor current flows to ZP via the AGND line The measuring signal is distorted as a very small current flows through the voltage line The total current through the PTC should not exceed 50 mA This measuring method is therefore only suitable for short lines and small sensor currents If there are bigger distances the difference measuring method should be applied Volt...

Page 528: ...nal is remotely earthed The use of differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid earthing loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured according to the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 the next higher add...

Page 529: ...els used In order to avoid error messages or long processing times it is useful to configure unused analog input channels as unused Use of Analog Inputs as Digital Inputs Several or all analog inputs can be configured as digital inputs The inputs are not electrically isolated against the other analog channels 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP UP ZP Fig 67 Connection examp...

Page 530: ...hannel used Only the channels 0 3 can be configured as current output 0 mA 20 mA or 4 mA 20 mA Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Internal Data Exchange Digital inputs bytes 0 Digital outputs bytes 0 Counter input data words 4 Counter output data words 4 I O Configuration The module does not store configuration data itself It gets its parameterization data from the master device of t...

Page 531: ...5 1 Word 1505 0x05E1 0 65535 0x0Y01 2 Ignore module 2 No Yes 0 1 Byte No 0x00 Not for FBP 3 Param eter length in bytes Internal 21 Byte 21 CPU 21 FBP 0 255 0x0Y02 4 Check supply Off On 0 1 Byte On 0x01 0 1 0x0Y03 5 Analog data format Default 0 Byte Default 0x00 0x0Y04 6 Behav iour of outputs at com munica tion errors Off Last value Substi tute value 0 1 n 5 2 n 5 n 2 Byte Off 0x00 0 2 0x0Y05 7 Cha...

Page 532: ...sti tute value Output channel 0 only valid for output channel 0 0 0xffff Word Default 0x0000 0 65535 0x0Y10 18 to 21 Channel configu ration and channel moni toring of the output channels 1 to 2 see tables Channel configura tion and Channel monitoring Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 130 3 0x0Y11 to 0x0Y14 22 Channel configu ration Output channel 3 see table Channel configura tion Byte Default 0x00 ...

Page 533: ...put 0 10 V via differential inputs requires 2 channels 11 Analog input 10 V 10 V via differential inputs requires 2 channels 14 Analog input Pt100 50 C 70 C 2 wire 15 Analog input Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 16 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 2 wire 17 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 18 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire 19 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C ...

Page 534: ...Internal value Operating modes of the analog outputs individually configurable 0 Unused default 128 Analog output 10 V 10 V 129 Analog output 0 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 130 Analog output 4 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 Table 73 Channel Monitoring 5 Internal value Monitoring 0 Plausibility open circuit broken wire and short circuit default 3 No monitoring Table 74...

Page 535: ...rowser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 FBP diag nosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error Identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 Module error 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firmware versions in the m...

Page 536: ... value 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 3 0 3 0 7 7 Analog value underflow at an analog output Check output value 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 A...

Page 537: ... within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the group CH ERR4 Red CH ERR Module error Red Internal error Both LEDs CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 light up together Measuring Ranges Input Ranges of Voltage Current and Digital Input The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital input Overflow 11 7589 11 7589 23 5178 22 8142 Measured value too high 1...

Page 538: ...mal range or measured value too low 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32768 8000 Input Ranges Resistance Range Pt100 Pt 1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 160 0 C 150 1 C 80 0 C 70 1 C Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I ...

Page 539: ... 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C Underflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 60 0 C Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0000 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 32768 8000 Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR0101...

Page 540: ...mA 4 0006 mA 0 0000 V 0 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA 0 mA 3 9994 mA 0 mA 0 mA Measured value too low 1 5 V 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA Underflow 0 V 0 V 0 mA 0 mA Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Und...

Page 541: ...rmal operation 0 15 A output loads Inrush current from UP at power up 0 020 A2s Max length of analog cables conductor cross sec tion 0 14 mm 100 m Weight 300 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O...

Page 542: ... at 0 C 60 C or EMC disturbance Relationship between input signal and hex code See tables Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 4 9 1 Input Ranges of Voltage Current and Digital Input on page 537 Unused voltage inputs Are configured as unused Unused current inputs Have a low resistance can be left open circuited Overvoltage protection Yes Technical Data of the Analog Inputs if Used as Digital Inputs Parameter Value N...

Page 543: ...the output signals One LED per channel Resolution 12 bits sign Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 of full scale at 25 C Max 1 of full scale all ranges at 0 C 60 C or EMC disturbance Relationship between output signal and hex code See table Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 4 9 3 Output Ranges Voltage and Current ...

Page 544: ... display the signal states at the analog inputs I0 I7 4 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states at the analog outputs O0 O7 5 1 green LED to display the state of the process supply voltage UP 6 2 red LEDs to display errors 7 Label 8 Terminal unit 9 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Module...

Page 545: ...t 4 analog outputs individually configurable for Unused default setting 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 4 analog outputs individually configurable for Unused default setting 10 V 10 V Parameter Value Resolution of the analog channels Voltage 10 V 10 V 12 bits plus sign Voltage 0 V 10 V 12 bits Current 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Temperature 0 1 C LED displays 19 LEDs for signals and error messag...

Page 546: ...nected within the I O terminal units and always have the same assignment independent of the inserted module Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 process voltage UP 24 VDC Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 process voltage ZP 0 VDC The assignment of the other terminals Terminals Signal Description 1 0 to 1 7 I0 to I7 Negative poles of the 8 analog inputs 2 0 to 2 7 I0 to I7 Positive poles of the 8 analog input...

Page 547: ...ICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages Generally analog signals must be laid in shielded cables ...

Page 548: ...ductors between system it must be made sure that the potential difference between ZP and AGND never the different parts of the can exceed 1 V Attention The process voltage must be included in the earthing concept of the control system e g earthing the minus pole Fig 69 Terminal assignment Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 2 wire Configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000...

Page 549: ... 8 UP 2 9 ZP Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Fig 71 Connection example If several measuring points are adjacent to each other only one return line is necessary This saves wiring costs With the 3 wire configuration two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured according to the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address cha...

Page 550: ... 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 0 10 V 10 10 V UIN AGND Fig 72 Connection example By connecting the sensor s negative pole of the output voltage to AGND the electrically isolated voltage source of the sensor is referred to ZP The following measuring ranges can be configured for AX521 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 4 6 Parame terization on page 531 and for AX522 Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 5 6 ...

Page 551: ...e left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 0 10 V AGND Fig 74 Connection example CAUTION The potential difference between AGND and ZP at the module must not be greater than 1V not even in case of long lines see figure Terminal A...

Page 552: ...1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 4 20 mA Fig 75 Connection example Current 4 mA 20 mA 1 channel used CAUTION If during initialization an analog current sensor supplies more than 25 mA for more than 1 second to an analog input this input is switched off by the module input protection In such cases it is recommended to protect the analog input by a 10 volt Zener diode in parallel...

Page 553: ...otential at the sensors must not have too large a potential differ ence with respect to ZP max 1 V within the full signal range Otherwise problems may occur concerning the common mode input voltages of the involved analog inputs UP ZP 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP PTC 2 0 I0 2 1 I1 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 0 10 V 10 10 V UIN Fig 76 Connection example The negative pole of the sensor must be earthed next to the ...

Page 554: ...P 3 0 O0 3 1 O1 3 8 UP 3 9 ZP PTC 4 0 O0 4 1 O1 4 8 UP 4 9 ZP 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Fig 78 Connection example Voltage 10 V 10 V Load max 10 mA 1 channel used Current 0 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used Only the channels 0 3 can be configured as current output 0 mA 20 mA or 4 mA 20 mA Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Device Spe...

Page 555: ...arameter data directly influences the functionality of modules For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Module Module slot address Y 1 10 For non standard applications it is necessary to adapt the parameters to your system configu ration Module slot address Y 1 7 No Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Min Max EDS Slot Ind...

Page 556: ...07 9 to 22 Channel configu ration and channel moni toring of the input channels 1 to 7 see tables channel configura tion and channel monitoring Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 19 3 0x0Y08 to 0x0Y15 23 Channel configu ration Output channel 0 see table Channel configura tion Byte Default 0x00 0 130 0x0Y16 24 Channel moni toring Output channel 0 see table Channel monitoring Byte Default 0x00 0 3 0x0Y...

Page 557: ...nnel 4 see table Channel monitoring Byte Default 0x00 0 3 0x0Y20 34 to 39 Channel configu ration and channel moni toring of the output channels 5 to 7 see tables channel configura tion and channel monitoring Byte Byte Default 0x00 0x00 0 0 128 3 0x0Y21 to 0x0Y26 1 With CS31 and addresses less than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 Not with FBP GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Dat...

Page 558: ...C 2 wire 15 Analog input Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 16 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 2 wire 17 Analog input Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire requires 2 channels 18 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire 19 Analog input Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire requires 2 channels In the operating modes with 3 wire configuration or with differential inputs two adjacent analog inputs belong together e g the ...

Page 559: ...with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 130 Analog output 4 mA 20 mA not with the channels 4 7 and 12 15 Table 81 Channel Monitoring 5 Internal value Monitoring 0 Plausibility open circuit broken wire and short circuit default 3 No monitoring Table 82 Substitute Value 6 Intended behaviour of output channel when the control system stops Required setting of the module parameter Behav iour of outputs in case...

Page 560: ...or in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 40 Different hard firmware versions in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3...

Page 561: ... 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The FBP diagnosis block does not contain this identifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module ...

Page 562: ... within the cor responding group Error on one channel of the group CH ERR4 Red CH ERR Module error Red Internal error Both LEDs CH ERR2 and CH ERR4 light up together Measuring Ranges Input Ranges of Voltage Current and Digital Input The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital input Overflow 11 7589 11 7589 23 5178 22 8142 Measured value too high 1...

Page 563: ...mal range or measured value too low 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32768 8000 Input Ranges Resistance Range Pt100 Pt 1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 160 0 C 150 1 C 80 0 C 70 1 C Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I ...

Page 564: ... 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C Underflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 60 0 C Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0000 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 32768 8000 Device Specifications I O Modules Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR0101...

Page 565: ...mA 4 0006 mA 0 0000 V 0 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA 0 mA 3 9994 mA 0 mA 0 mA Measured value too low 1 5 V 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA Underflow 0 V 0 V 0 mA 0 mA Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Und...

Page 566: ...rmal operation 0 15 A output loads Inrush current from UP at power up 0 020 A2s Max length of analog cables conductor cross sec tion 0 14 mm 100 m Weight 300 g Mounting position Horizontal or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O...

Page 567: ... at 0 C 60 C or EMC disturbance Relationship between input signal and hex code See table Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 4 9 1 Input Ranges of Voltage Current and Digital Input on page 537 Unused voltage inputs Are configured as unused Unused current inputs Have a low resistance can be left open circuited Overvoltage protection Yes Technical Data of the Analog Inputs if used as Digital Inputs Parameter Value Nu...

Page 568: ...dication of the output signals One LED per channel Resolution 12 bits sign Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 of full scale at 25 C Max 1 of full scale all ranges at 0 C 60 C or EMC disturbance Relationship between output signal and hex code See table Ä Chapter 1 5 2 2 4 9 3 Output Ranges Voltage ...

Page 569: ...ons available 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal name 3 16 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs DI0 to DI15 4 4 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the analog inputs AI0 to AI3 5 2 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the analog outputs AO0 to AO1 6 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal state of the configurable digital inputs outputs D...

Page 570: ...and power supply Internal supply voltage Via the expansion bus interface I O bus External supply voltage Via terminals UP and ZP process supply voltage 24 VDC Effect of incorrect input terminal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V Required terminal unit TU515 or TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 Electrical Connection For a detail...

Page 571: ... voltage UP 24 VDC 2 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 VDC 3 0 AI0 Positive pole of analog input signal 0 3 1 AI1 Positive pole of analog input signal 1 3 2 AI2 Positive pole of analog input signal 2 3 3 AI3 Positive pole of analog input signal 3 3 4 AI Negative pole of analog input signals 0 to 3 3 5 AO0 Positive pole of analog output signal 0 3 6 AO1 Positive pole of analog output signal 1 3 7 AO Negati...

Page 572: ...e switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules The PLC modules must not be removed while the plant is connected to a power supply Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connec...

Page 573: ...9 Terminal assignment of the module The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 7 Diagnosis on page 589 Connection of the Digital Inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital input DI0 Proceed with the digital inputs DI1 to DI15 in the same way Fig 80 Connection of the module The meaning of the LEDs is described in the Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 ...

Page 574: ...s are used as fast counter inputs connect a 470 W 1 W resistor in series to inputs DC16 DC17 Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 2 wire Configuration to the Analog Inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module DA501 provides a constant current source which is...

Page 575: ...aracteristic To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 3 wire Configuration to the Analog Inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module DA501 provides a constant current source which...

Page 576: ...conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 6 Parameterization on page 585 Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 5...

Page 577: ...ys Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 592 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors current with electri cally isolated power supply to the analog input AI0 Proce...

Page 578: ... Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 592 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no elec trically isolated power supply to the analog input AI0 ...

Page 579: ...ge 585 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Dis plays chapter Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 592 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of passive type Analog Sensors Current to the Analog Inputs The following figure s...

Page 580: ...onnection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage to Differential Analog Inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors which are remotely non isolated e g the negative terminal is remotely earthed are used Using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid earthing loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belon...

Page 581: ... 585 Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Dis plays chapter Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 592 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Use of Analog Inputs as Digital Inputs Se...

Page 582: ...the function of the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Dis plays chapter Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 592 Connection of Analog Output Loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device Specifications I O Modules Digital Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 5...

Page 583: ...the LEDs please refer to the Diagnosis and displays Dis plays chapter Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 1 8 State LEDs on page 592 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of Analog Output Loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device Specifications I O Modules Digital Analog I O Modules...

Page 584: ...ft open circuited Internal Data Exchange Without the Fast Counter With the Fast Counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 3 5 Digital outputs bytes 1 3 Analog inputs words 4 4 Digital outputs words 2 2 Counter input data words 0 4 Counter output data words 0 8 I O Configuration The module does not store configuration data itself It gets its parameterization data from the master device of the I ...

Page 585: ... Parameter length Internal 8 BYTE 8 0xY02 Check supply off 0 BYTE 1 0xY03 on 1 Fast counter 3 0 10 4 0 10 BYTE 0 not for FBP Behavior out puts at comm error 5 Off Last value Last value 5 sec Last value 10 sec Substi tute value Substitute value 5 sec Substitute value 10 sec 0 1 6 11 2 7 12 BYTE Off 0x00 0x0Y07 2 Setting Description On Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode...

Page 586: ...r on page 394 5 The parameter Behavior outputs at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Group Parameters for the Digital Part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default EDS Slot Index Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 1 ms 0x00 0x0Y05 Detect short circuit at out puts Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0x0Y06 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh BYTE 0 0x0000 0x...

Page 587: ...Con figuration on page 587 BYTE 0 0x0Y0F Input 3 Check channel see Ä Table 84 C hannel Moni toring on page 588 see Ä Table 84 C hannel Moni toring on page 588 BYTE 0 0x0Y10 Table 83 Channel Configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configurable 0 default Not used 1 0 V 10 V 2 Digital input 3 0 mA 20 mA 4 4 mA 20 mA 5 10 V 10 V 8 2 wire Pt100 50 C 400 C 9 3 wire...

Page 588: ...lot Index 0 Output 0 Channel con figuration see Ä Table 85 C hannel Con figuration on page 589 see Ä Table 85 C hannel Con figuration on page 589 BYTE 0 0x0Y11 Output 0 Check channel see Ä Table 86 C hannel moni toring on page 589 see Ä Table 86 C hannel moni toring on page 589 BYTE 0 0x0Y12 Output 0 Substitute value see Ä Table 87 S ubstitute Value on page 589 see Ä Table 87 S ubstitute Value on ...

Page 589: ...F Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 sec 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 sec 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 sec Depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 sec Depending on c...

Page 590: ...rt 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA501 4 14 1 10 2 22 29 5 47 Short circuit at a digital output Check connection 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA501 4 14 1 10 1 16 19 ...

Page 591: ...ntifier 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus or FBP 31 module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expan sion 1 10 Channel error I O bus or FBP module type 1 AI 3 AO 4 DC COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 ...

Page 592: ...an output CH ERR2 Red CH ERR3 Red CH ERR4 Red CH ERR 3 Module error Red Internal error 1 Indication LED is ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not gen erate an input signal 2 Brightness depends on the value of the analog signal 3 All of the LEDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Measuring Ranges Inp...

Page 593: ... too low 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input Range Resistor Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 160 0 C 150 1 C 80 0 C 70 1 C Device Specifications I ...

Page 594: ... C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C Underflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 60 0 C Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0000 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 32768 8000 Device Specifications I O Modules Digital Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR0...

Page 595: ...7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32512 8100 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Technical Data Technical Data of the Module The System Data of AC500 ...

Page 596: ...ight without terminal unit ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal mounting or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage u...

Page 597: ...A Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the configurable digital I O channels can be defined as input or output by the user pro gram This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 inputs outputs with transistors Distribution of...

Page 598: ...ltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length shielded 1000 m unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal must not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the clamp voltage to approx 36 V Consequently the input voltag...

Page 599: ...on Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V Fig 92 Digital input output circuit diagram ...

Page 600: ...be configured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs with RTDs Pt Ni 1 s Resolution Range 0 V 10 V 12 bits Range 10 V 10 V 12 bits sign Range 0 mA 20 mA 12 b...

Page 601: ...stribution of channels into groups 1 group for 2 channels Connection of the channels AO0 AO1 Terminals 3 5 and 3 6 Reference potential for AO0 to AO1 Terminal 3 7 AO for voltage output Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for current output Output type Unipolar Current Bipolar Voltage Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA each output ...

Page 602: ...ut module 16 DI 8 DC 4 AI 2 AO Active 1SAP 450 700 R0001 DA501 XC digital analog input output module 16 DI 8 DC 4 AI 2 AO XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 5 3 1 2 DA502 Digital Analog Input Output Module 16 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 4 analog inputs voltage current ...

Page 603: ... states of the configurable digital inputs outputs DC16 to DC23 7 1 green LED to display the state of the process supply voltage UP 8 4 red LEDs to display errors 9 Label 10 Terminal unit 11 DIN rail Sign for XC version Intended Purpose The device can be used as a decentralized I O extension module for S500 Communication Interface Modules e g CI592 CS31 CI501 PNIO CI541 DP CI581 CN or as a central...

Page 604: ... connection is carried out by using the 40 terminals of the terminal unit TU515 TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 The assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 DO0 Signal of the digital output DO0 1 1 DO1 Signal of the digital output DO1 1 2 DO2 Signal of the digital output DO2 1 3 DO3 Signal of the digital output DO3 1 4 DO4 Signal o...

Page 605: ...digital input output DC20 4 5 DC21 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC21 4 6 DC22 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC22 4 7 DC23 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC23 4 8 UP Process voltage UP 24 VDC 4 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 VDC The internal power supply voltage for the module s circuitry is carried out via the I O bus pro vided by a bus module or a ...

Page 606: ...oid high potential differences between different parts of the plant AI0 3 0 AI1 3 1 AI2 3 2 AI3 3 3 AO0 3 5 AO1 3 6 AI 3 4 AO 3 7 PTC PTC 1 8 3 8 2 8 UP 24 V DC 1 9 3 9 2 9 ZP 0 V DC16 4 0 DC17 4 1 DC18 4 2 DC19 4 3 DC20 4 4 DC21 4 5 DC22 4 6 DC23 4 7 4 8 4 9 D00 1 0 D01 1 1 DO2 1 2 DO3 1 3 DO4 1 4 DO5 1 5 DO6 1 6 DO7 1 7 D08 2 0 D09 2 1 DO10 2 2 DO11 2 3 DO12 2 4 DO13 2 5 DO14 2 6 DO15 2 7 Fig 93...

Page 607: ... Inputs Outputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the configurable digital input output DC16 and DC17 DC16 is connected as an input and DC17 is connected as an output Proceed with the configurable digital inputs outputs DC18 to DC23 in the same way Device Specifications I O Modules Digital Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 607 ...

Page 608: ...e shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the same way Fig 94 Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog inputs The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 6 Parameterization on page 618 Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 9 Measuring Ranges on page 625 Pt1...

Page 609: ...hannel flows through the resistance thermometer The constant current of the other channel flows through one of the cores The module calculates the meas ured value from the two voltage drops and stores it under the input with the higher channel number e g I1 In order to keep measuring errors as small as possible it is necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductor...

Page 610: ...er 1 5 3 1 2 9 Measuring Ranges on page 625 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 625 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Is...

Page 611: ...se refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 625 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no elec trically isolated pow...

Page 612: ... 5 3 1 2 9 Measuring Ranges on page 625 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 625 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Passive type Analog Sensors Current to the Analog Inputs Th...

Page 613: ...e of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage to Differential Analog Inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors which are remotely non isolated e g the negative terminal is remotely earthed are used Using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid earthing loops With differential input configurations two adjacent ...

Page 614: ...3 1 2 9 Measuring Ranges on page 625 Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 625 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Use of Analog Inputs a...

Page 615: ...hannel used For a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 625 Connection of Analog Output Loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device Specifications I O Modules Digital Analog I O Modules 2019 04 17 3...

Page 616: ...a description of the function of the LEDs please refer to Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 5 3 1 2 8 State LEDs on page 625 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of Analog Output Loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device Specifications I O Modules Digita...

Page 617: ... outputs can be left open circuited Internal Data Exchange Without the Fast Counter With the Fast Counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 3 5 Digital outputs bytes 1 3 Analog inputs words 4 4 Analog outputs words 2 2 Counter input data words 0 4 Counter output data words 0 8 I O Configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It draws its parameterization data from the maste...

Page 618: ...ue Internal value type Default EDS Slot Index Module ID 1 Internal 1815 WORD 1815 0x0Y01 Ignore module Internal Yes No BYTE No Parameter length Internal 8 BYTE 8 0xY02 Check supply off 0 BYTE 1 0xY03 on 1 Fast counter 3 0 10 2 0 10 BYTE 0 Not for FBP Behavior out puts at comm error 5 Off Last value Last value 5 s Last value 10 s Substitute value Substitute value 5 s Substitute value 10 s 0 1 6 11 ...

Page 619: ...connected to a CS31 bus module 5 The parameter Behavior outputs at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Group Parameters for the Digital Part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default EDS Slot Index Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 1 ms 0x00 0x0Y05 Detect short circuit at out puts Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0x0Y06 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh...

Page 620: ...on figuration on page 620 BYTE 0 0x0Y0F Input 3 Check channel see Ä Table 89 C hannel Moni toring on page 621 see Ä Table 89 C hannel Moni toring on page 621 BYTE 0 0x0Y10 Table 88 Channel Configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configu rable 0 default Not used 1 0 V 10 V 2 Digital input 3 0 mA 20 mA 4 4 mA 20 mA 5 10 V 10 V 8 2 wire Pt100 50 C 400 C 9 3 wire...

Page 621: ...Slot Index 0 Output 0 Channel con figuration see Ä Table 90 C hannel Con figuration on page 622 see Ä Table 90 C hannel Con figuration on page 622 BYTE 0 0x0Y11 Output 0 Check channel see Ä Table 91 C hannel Moni toring on page 622 see Ä Table 91 C hannel Moni toring on page 622 BYTE 0 0x0Y12 Output 0 Substitute value see Ä Table 92 S ubstitute Value on page 622 see Ä Table 92 S ubstitute Value on...

Page 622: ...t OFF Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 s 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 s 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 s Depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 s Depending on confi...

Page 623: ...11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA502 4 14 1 10 2 0 15 22 29 5 47 Short circuit at a digital output Check connection 11 12 ADR 1 10 Channel error DA502 4 14 1 10 1 16 1...

Page 624: ...e the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 10 decentralized communication interface module 1 10 ADR hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies depending on the master Module error I O bus 31 Module itself COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 Channel error I O bus module type 1 AI 3 AO 4 DC COM1 COM2 1 10 expansion 1 10 4 In case of module errors with chann...

Page 625: ...CH ERR3 Red CH ERR4 Red CH ERR 3 Module error Red Internal error 1 Indication LED is ON even if an input signal is applied to the channel and the supply voltage is off In this case the module is not operating and does not gen erate an input signal 2 Brightness depends on the value of the analog signal 3 All of the LEDs CH ERR1 to CH ERR4 light up together Measuring Ranges Input Ranges Voltage Curr...

Page 626: ...stor Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 80 0 C 70 1 C 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 70 0 C 0 1 C 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C...

Page 627: ...06 mA 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 V 0 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0000 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA 0 mA 3 9994 mA 0 mA 0 mA 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA 32512 8100 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Technical Data Technical Data of the Module The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1...

Page 628: ... ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an internal smart high side switch Technical Data of...

Page 629: ...s Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the configurable digital I O channels can be defined as input or output by the user pro gram This is done by interrogating or allocating the correspondi...

Page 630: ...ltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal must not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the clamp voltage to approx 36 V Consequently the input voltag...

Page 631: ...ent limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V Fig 104 Digital input output cir...

Page 632: ...t resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs with RTDs Pt Ni 1 s Resolution Range 0 V 10 V 12 bits Range 10 V 10 V 12 bits sign Range 0 mA 20 mA 12 bits Range 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Range RTD ...

Page 633: ...5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 3 7 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA Input resistance ca 3 5 kW Technical Data of the Analog Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 2 Distribution of channels into groups 1 group for 2 channels Connection of the channels AO0 AO1 Terminals 3 5 and 3 6 Reference potential for AO0 to AO1 Terminal 3 7 AO for voltage output Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 fo...

Page 634: ...g Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 250 800 R0001 DA502 digital analog input output module 16 DO 8 DC 4 AI 2 AO Active 1SAP 450 800 R0001 DA502 XC digital analog input output module 16 DO 8 DC 4 AI 2 AO XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 6 Function Modules 1 6 1 S500 eCo 1 6 1 1 FM562 for Pulse Train Output...

Page 635: ...in 10 Terminal block for axes signals and process supply voltage 11 pin 11 2 holes for wall mounting with screws 12 DIN rail 1 6 1 1 1 Intended Purpose The function module FM562 for pulse train output PTO is used for simple positioning tasks with servo drives or stepper drives FM562 provides 2 axes with 2 inputs and 2 pulse train out puts each It can be used at the following devices Communication ...

Page 636: ...us connector S500 PROFIBUS and PROFINET bus modules e g CI501 PNIO CI541 DP AC500 CPUs PM5xx Other AC500 I O modules The I O module must not be used as a decentralized I O module with CI590 CS31 HA bus modules The module must not be used as a decentralized communication interface module at CI58x CN or CI59x CS31 The electrical connection is carried out by using removable 9 pin and 11 pin terminal ...

Page 637: ...nnected The assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 C0 1 Input common for signals I0 and I1 2 I0 Input signal I0 axis enable and limit switch Device Specifications Function Modules S500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 637 ...

Page 638: ...al disturbances between each other For cable length 30 m unshielded cable can be used with Baldor and BSD servo drives normally For cable length 30 m shielded cable must be used for surge purpose The earthing of the shield should take place at the switch gear cabinet see chapter System Data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 The cable shields must be earthed at both ends of the c...

Page 639: ... sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with or O0 O1 Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages Be sure to co...

Page 640: ...Fig 105 Electrical connection of inputs to the FM562 sink inputs Device Specifications Function Modules S500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 640 ...

Page 641: ...f inputs to the FM562 source inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the pulse train outputs of the FM562 to a servo amplifier Device Specifications Function Modules S500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 641 ...

Page 642: ...Fig 107 Electrical connection differential of pulse train output Device Specifications Function Modules S500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 642 ...

Page 643: ...g resistors to eliminate signal reflections Normally the resistors are integrated in the interface connec tors 1 6 1 1 3 Internal Data Exchange Parameter Value Axes input data words 16 Axes output data words 16 1 6 1 1 4 I O Configuration The pulse train output module FM562 does not store configuration data itself Device Specifications Function Modules S500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 643 ...

Page 644: ...Max Module ID Internal 1830 WORD 0x0726 0 65535 Ignore module No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Parameter length Internal 19 BYTE 19 0 255 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0 255 Input Channels for Axis 1 Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max Input 0 channel configura tion No function Axis enable limit switch 0 1 BYTE No function 0x00 0 1 Input 0 input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms...

Page 645: ...0 0x00 0 65535 Unit is Hz Input Channels for Axis 2 Name Value Internal Value Internal Value Type Default Min Max Input 2 channel configura tion No function Axis enable limit switch 0 1 BYTE No function 0x00 0 1 Input 2 input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 1ms 0x00 0 3 Input 3 channel configura tion No function Stop Registration 0 1 2 BYTE No function 0x00 0 2 Input 3 input delay 0 1 ...

Page 646: ...ernal Value Type Default Min Max Output mode CW CCW Pulse Direc tion 0 1 BYTE CW CCW 0x00 0 1 Start fre quency 0 65535 0 65535 WORD 0 0x00 0 65535 Unit is Hz GSD file Ext_User_Prm_Data_Len Ext_User_Prm_Data_Const 0 0x17 0x07 0x27 0x00 0x13 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Device Specifications Function Modules S500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR01...

Page 647: ... Timeout inside the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 31 31 45 Process voltage is switched off ON OFF Process voltage ON 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies 14 I O bus 11 COM1 e g CS31 bus 12 COM2 The PNIO di...

Page 648: ...approx 1 s ERR Channel or module error Red No error or process voltage is missing Serious error in the module Axis related error P0 P3 Pulse output Yellow Output OFF Output ON LED follows the state of the outputs depending on frequency I0 I3 Digital Input Yellow Input OFF Input ON O0 O1 Reserved Yellow 1 6 1 1 8 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 eCo apply Ä Chapter 2 5 1 System Data AC500 eC...

Page 649: ...ection fuse for UP Not necessary Current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the L UP and M ZP terminals of the CPU bus module Ca 5 mA Galvanic isolation Yes between input groups and the output group and the rest of the module Isolated groups 5 groups 2 groups for 4 input channels 1 group for 4 pulse train output channels 1 group for process supply voltage 1 group for the rest of the module Su...

Page 650: ...1 source Type 1 sink Input signal range 24 VDC 24 VDC Signal 0 5 V 3 V 3 V 5 V Undefined signal 15 V 5 V 5 V 15 V Signal 1 30 V 15 V 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 5 V 3 V 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 30 V 15 V 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 5 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max permissible leakage current at 2 wire proxim...

Page 651: ...module 2 axes RS 422 4 DI 24 VDC Active 1TNE 968 901 R3101 Terminal block TA563 9 9 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3102 Terminal block TA563 11 11 pins screw front cable side 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3103 Terminal block TA564 9 9 pins screw front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3104 Terminal block TA564 11 11 pins screw front cab...

Page 652: ...display the signal states of the encoder 0 input 4 3 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the encoder 1 input 5 2 green LEDs to display the 5 V power supply states 6 2 yellow LEDs to display the signal state of the digital input I3 and I11 7 8 yellow LEDs to display the input output signal states 8 2 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the PWM pulse outputs 9 1 green LED to display ...

Page 653: ...n of standard inputs outputs range 1 6 2 1 2 Functionality Digital inputs outputs 24 VDC dedicated inputs outputs can be used for specific counting functions Catch touch operation counter value stored in separate vari able on external event rising or falling edge Set input to preset counter register with predefined value Set input to reset counter register End value output the output is set when p...

Page 654: ...nd TU542 for I O Modules on page 153 1 6 2 1 3 Electrical Connection The function module CD522 can be connected to the following devices via the I O bus con nector CS31 bus module DC551 CS31 Processor module PM5xx Other AC500 I O devices The electrical connection is carried out by using the 40 terminals of the Terminal Unit TU515 TU516 Ä Chapter 1 4 3 TU515 TU516 TU516 H and TU542 for I O Modules ...

Page 655: ...ided by a bus module or a processor module Thus the current consumption from 24 VDC power supply at the terminals L UP and M ZP of the processor bus module increases by 2 mA per CD522 The external power supply connection is carried out via the UP 24 VDC and the ZP 0 VDC terminals WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unfo...

Page 656: ...ry internal voltages The encoder is powered by the 5 V power supply which is integrated in CD522 1 0 A0 1 1 B0 1 2 Z0 1 3 5V0 1 4 0V 1 5 O0 1 6 0V 1 7 O1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP 2 0 A0 2 1 B0 2 2 Z0 2 3 I3 2 4 C4 2 5 C5 2 6 C6 2 7 C7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC A B Z 5 V DC A A B B Z Z The encoder is powered by the 5 V power supply which is integrated in the CD522 Connection of Encoders with Differential RS 422 S...

Page 657: ... 9 ZP 24 V DC A B Z 5 V DC A B Z 1 0 A0 1 1 B0 1 2 Z0 1 3 5V0 1 4 0V 1 5 O0 1 6 0V 1 7 O1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP 2 0 A0 2 1 B0 2 2 Z0 2 3 I3 2 4 C4 2 5 C5 2 6 C6 2 7 C7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC A B Z 24 V DC A A B B Z Z Connection of Encoders with 24 V Totem Pole Signal Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 657 ...

Page 658: ...ch is integrated in the CD522 1 0 A0 1 1 B0 1 2 Z0 1 3 5V0 1 4 0V 1 5 O0 1 6 0V 1 7 O1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP 2 0 A0 2 1 B0 2 2 Z0 2 3 I3 2 4 C4 2 5 C5 2 6 C6 2 7 C7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC A B Z 5 V DC A A B B Z Z The encoder is powered by the 5 V power supply which is integrated in the CD522 Connection of Encoders with 1 Vpp Sine Signal Connection of Absolute Encoders with SSI Interface and Differential RS...

Page 659: ... 1 4 0V 1 5 O0 1 6 0V 1 7 O1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP 2 0 A0 2 1 B0 2 2 Z0 2 3 I3 2 4 C4 2 5 C5 2 6 C6 2 7 C7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC 5 V DC D D Clk Clk Data Clk Connection of Absolute Encoders with an SSI Interface and an Opto coupler Inter face at CLK Input Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 659 ...

Page 660: ...inputs outputs I11 and C12 C15 in the same way 1 0 A0 1 1 B0 1 2 Z0 1 3 5V0 1 4 0V 1 5 O0 1 6 0V 1 7 O1 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP 2 0 A0 2 1 B0 2 2 Z0 2 3 I3 2 4 C4 2 5 C5 2 6 C6 2 7 C7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Proceed with the A0 B0 A1 B1 and Z1 in the same way Connection of Output Loads to the PWM Pulse Putputs Connection of Standard Inputs Outputs Connection of Sensors with Frequency Out puts Device Specifica...

Page 661: ...signal must be strong enough 0 4 V µs to be recognized cor rectly by the module Put a 1 kW resistor between 0 V and the Z terminal when using a standard output as time generator Proceed with the 5 V power supply 1 in the same way Each 5 V power supply provides a current of 100 mA max It is possible to par allel both integrated power supplies In this case the max current is 200 mA Connection of Sen...

Page 662: ...uts have no protection against reverse polarity 1 6 2 1 4 Internal Data Exchange Parameter Value Digital inputs bytes 0 Digital outputs bytes 0 Analog inputs words 12 Analog outputs words 16 1 6 2 1 5 I O Configuration The module itself does not store configuration data It receives its parameterization data from the master device of the I O bus CPU or bus module during power up of the system Hence...

Page 663: ... 2 No Yes 0 1 BYTE No 0x00 Not for FBP Parameter length Internal 42 BYTE 0 0 255 xx02 3 Check supply Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 0x0Y03 Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 8 ms 0x02 0 3 0x0Y04 Mode Counter 0 see table below 0 BYTE 0x00 0 15 0x0Y05 Counter 0 frequency limit No filter 50 Hz 500 Hz 5 kHz 20 kHz 0 1 2 3 4 BYTE No filter 0x00 0 4 0x0Y06 Counter 0 input level 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC ...

Page 664: ...0E Counter 1 input level 0 24 V DC 0 5 V DC Differen tial 1 Vpp sinus 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 24 V DC 0x00 0 3 0X0Y0F SSI 1 fre quency 200 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 2 3 4 BYTE 200 kHz 0x02 2 4 0x0Y10 SSI 1 res olution in bit 8 to 32 bit BYTE 16 bit 16 8 32 0x0Y11 SSI 1 code type Binary 0 BYTE Binary 0 0 0 0x0Y12 SSI 1 polling time 10 ms BYTE 10 1 255 0x0Y13 5 V sensor 1 supply Off On 0 BYTE Off 0x00 0 1 0x0Y14 Det...

Page 665: ...ex 1 n Table 94 Operating modes for counters 0 and 1 configuration table Internal value Operating modes of counter 0 No counter No PWM default value 1 1 1 UpDown counter A 2 2 1 UpDown with release input 3 3 2 UpDown counters A B 4 4 2 UpDown A B on falling edges 5 5 1 UpDown dynamic set B rising edge 6 6 1 UpDown dynamic set B falling edge 7 Not used 8 8 1 UpDown with release B 0 cross detection ...

Page 666: ...6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 FBP diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 4 3 14 1 10 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 9 Overflow diag nosis buffer New start 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 11 12 ADR 1 10 3 14 1 10 31 31 11 Process v...

Page 667: ...igh Clamp min max value in pro gram 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 1 0 1 10 PWM duty cycle out of range 0 1000 Clamp min value to 0 in program 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 1 0 1 11 5 V sensor supply too low Check wiring sensor power 11 12 ADR 1 10 4 14 1 10 1 0 1 18 Internal fuse on 0 V has blown 0 V not connected to GND Check wiring replace module 11 12 ADR 1 10 Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface i...

Page 668: ...nputs Yellow Input ON Input OFF LED follows the state of the inputs depending on frequency I3 and I11 Digital inputs Yellow Input ON the input voltage is even dis played if the supply voltage is OFF Input OFF C4 to C7 and C12 to C15 Configurable digital inputs outputs Yellow Input output ON the input voltage is even dis played if the supply voltage is OFF Input output OFF O0 and O1 Digital PWM out...

Page 669: ...e documented below Parameter Value Process supply voltage Connections Terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 for UP 24 VDC and 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for ZP 0 V Protection against reverse voltage Yes Rated protection fuse at UP 10 A fast Rated value 24 VDC Max ripple 5 Current consumption From UP 0 07 A max 0 008 A per input max 0 5 A per output 0 01 A for A B and Z inputs Via I O bus Ca 5 mA Inrush current f...

Page 670: ...8 ms configurable from 0 1 to 32 ms Input data length 24 bytes Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 3 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 5 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600...

Page 671: ...gure below Switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads Max 11 Hz with max 5 W Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Fig...

Page 672: ...utputs Terminals 1 9 4 9 negative pole of the process supply voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminals 1 8 4 8 positive pole of the process supply voltage signal name UP Indication of the output signals Brightness of the LED depends on the number of pulses emitted 0 to 100 pulse output mode only Output voltage for signal 1 UP 0 1 V Output voltage for signal 0 ZP ...

Page 673: ...tput current 10 mA Switching frequency 1 Mhz depending on firmware Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes Resistance to feedback against reverse polarity No Max cable length shielded Typ 12 5 m at 500 kHz depending on sensor Parameter Value Number of channels 2 Referenc...

Page 674: ...diagnosis LED and error message Parameter Value Number of reference inputs internally con nected to ZP through internal fuse 6 Max current per connection 0 5 A Internal fuse protection Terminals 1 4 and 1 6 2 A Terminals 3 4 to 3 7 2 A 1 6 2 1 10 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 260 300 R0001 CD522 encoder PWM module 2 encoder inputs 2 PWM outputs 2 digital inputs 24...

Page 675: ...e enabling AC500 communication modules and AC500 I O modules Ä Chapter 1 2 2 1 PM57x y PM58x y and PM59x y on page 65Ä Chapter 1 1 2 TF501 CMS and TF521 CMS Function Module Terminal Bases on page 13 For usage in extreme ambient conditions a XC version is available 1 Processor module PM592 ETH 2 Allocation between terminal no and signal name 3 16 green red LEDs to display the signal states at the a...

Page 676: ... powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces...

Page 677: ... channels as unused For the open circuit detection cut wire in IEPE mode each channel is pulled up to the positive supply rail by a high impedance If nothing is connected the maximum value will be read Ä Chapter 1 6 2 2 5 Measuring Ranges on page 691 Connection of IEPE Sensors Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 677 ...

Page 678: ...in gauges bridge network NOTICE Analog sensors should be electrically isolated against earth In order to avoid inaccuracy with the measuring results the analog sensors should also be iso lated against the power supply Connection of Active Type Analog Sensors Voltage with Electrically Iso lated Power Supply Connection of Active Type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply ...

Page 679: ...s to avoid relaxation currents influencing the measuring results and for optimal robustness against external noise The shield connection must be as short as possible 3 cm The analog shield is capacitive coupled internally with functional earth FE Generally to avoid unacceptable potential differences between different parts of the installation low resistance equipotential bonding conductors must be...

Page 680: ...d operation They are left open When using different power supplies for the encoder device and the FM502 CMS make sure that the reference potentials of both power supplies are interconnected Connection of Encoders with 5 V TTL Signal Connection of Encoders with 24 V Totem Pole Signal Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 680 ...

Page 681: ...MS The encoder is powered by the 5 V power supply which is integrated in the FM502 CMS Connection of Encoders with 1 Vpp Sine Signal Connection of Absolute Encoders with RS 422 Differen tial SSI Interface Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 681 ...

Page 682: ...rts of the installation low resistance equipotential bonding conductors must be laid Only for applications with low disturbance and or cables length 30 m the shield might be omitted The 5 V output provides a current of 100 mA max NOTICE Risk of damaging the FM502 CMS The 5 V output has no protection against reverse polarity Connection of Absolute Encoders with Optical SSI Interface opto coupler at...

Page 683: ...Connection of Standard Inputs Outputs Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 683 ...

Page 684: ...Internal Data Exchange Parameter Value Digital inputs bytes 4 Digital outputs bytes 8 Counter inputs words 4 Counter outputs words 2 Analog inputs words 16 Analog outputs words 0 Connection of Sensors with Frequency Out puts Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 684 ...

Page 685: ... 255 29 31 11 Process voltage too low 1845452 27 Replace I O module 4 5 255 29 31 13 FW update failed 1845452 29 Retry FW update 3 5 255 29 31 18 5 V sensor supply too low 1845452 34 Check wiring sensor power Replace I O module 3 5 255 29 31 19 Checksu m error in the I O module 1845452 35 Replace I O module 3 5 255 29 31 36 Internal data exchang e failure 1845452 52 Replace I O module 3 5 255 29 3...

Page 686: ... Remedy 1 2 3 4 4 5 255 29 0 15 5 Analog value overflow at an analog input 1845432 37 1845433 01 1845433 65 1845434 29 1845434 93 1845435 57 1845436 21 1845436 85 1845437 49 1845438 13 1845438 77 1845439 41 1845440 05 1845440 69 1845441 33 1845441 97 Check input value 4 5 255 29 0 15 7 Analog value under flow at an analog input 1845432 39 1845433 03 1845433 67 1845434 31 1845434 95 1845435 59 1845...

Page 687: ...e Device Module Channel Error identi fier Error mes sage Online number Remedy 1 2 3 4 23 1845436 87 1845437 51 1845438 15 1845438 79 1845439 43 1845440 07 1845440 71 1845441 35 1845441 99 4 5 255 29 0 1 10 Encount er counter input fre quency too high 1845432 42 1845433 06 Check fre quency filter param eter or sensor Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 687 ...

Page 688: ...ule Channel Error identi fier Error mes sage Online number Remedy 1 2 3 4 4 5 255 29 0 15 45 Cut wire at an analog input only in IEPE mode 1845432 77 1845433 41 1845434 05 1845434 69 1845435 33 1845435 97 1845436 61 1845437 25 1845437 89 1845438 53 1845439 17 1845439 81 1845440 45 1845441 09 1845441 73 1845442 37 Check terminal Device Specifications Function Modules S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 e...

Page 689: ...dy 1 2 3 4 4 5 255 29 0 15 46 Short cir cuit at an analog input only in IEPE mode 1845432 78 1845433 42 1845434 06 1845434 70 1845435 34 1845435 98 1845436 62 1845437 26 1845437 90 1845438 54 1845439 18 1845439 82 1845440 46 1845441 10 1845441 74 1845442 38 Check terminal 4 5 255 29 2 3 47 Short cir cuit at an digital output 1845434 07 1845434 71 Check terminal or output connec tion Remarks Device...

Page 690: ...AI15 Analog channel state Green Channel acti vated and OK Channel deactivated CMS meas urement run ning Red Short circuit only in IEPE mode over undervoltage only in 10V mode Cable break only in IEPE mode A B Z Encoder 0 inputs Yellow Input ON Input OFF LED follows the state of the inputs depending on frequency DI0 DI1 DC2 DC3 Digital inputs Yellow Input ON the input voltage is even dis played if ...

Page 691: ... System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for standard version The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Table 100 Technical Data of Process Supply Voltage Parameter Value Connections of terminals The terminals 1 8 4 8 7 8 1 9 4 9 7 9...

Page 692: ...l Data of the Device Parameter Value Weight FM502 CMS 215 g Weight FM502 CMS XC 220 g Mounting position Horizontal Vertical with derating max temperature 40 C Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hindered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet Deratings for operation of FM502 CMS XC between 60 C and 70 C No use of 24 V encoder mode Analog inputs maximum number of co...

Page 693: ...e difference between L and the input signal must not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the clamp voltage to approx 36 V The input voltage must range from 12 V to 30 V when L 24 V and from 6 V to 30 V when L 30 V Undefined signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24...

Page 694: ...ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short cir cuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Fig 113 Circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off Table 105 Technical Data of High Speed Input Encoder A B Z Parameter Value Number of cha...

Page 695: ...hnical Data of the Fast Outputs SI CLK Output B for Optical Interface Parameter Value Number of channels 1 Connection Terminals 1 3 1 4 Reference potential Terminals 1 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 for M 0 V Indication of output signal One LED per channel the LED is ON when SSI CLK output B is active Differential output voltage for signal 1 2 4 V at 10 mA Differential output voltage for signal 0 2 4 V at 10 m...

Page 696: ...n Terminals 2 0 2 7 5 0 5 1 for AI 3 0 3 7 6 0 6 7 for AI Indication of the input signal One bicolor LED per channel for signal and error mes sages Measurement resolution 23 Bit Resolution 32 bits external use Accurracy at 25 C 0 1 Accurracy over operating tempera ture and vibration 0 5 Sample rate bandwidth high 0 dB 50 kHz 20 kHz min 121 dB 22 5 kHz 25 kHz 10 kHz min 116 dB 11 25kHz 12 5 kHz 5 k...

Page 697: ...r temperature Input resistance AI to M Typ 27 Ohm PTC Channel input impedance AI AI 1 kHz 1 MOhm 2 MOhm 5 kHz 100 kOhm 40 kOhm 10 kHz 60 kOhm 25 kOhm 20 kHz 40 kOhm 8 kOhm Error detection Short circuit open wire Max cable length shielded depending on sensor 100 m 1 6 2 2 7 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP260400R0001 Function module FM502 CMS Active 1SAP460400R0001 Fu...

Page 698: ... Supply of the electronic circuitry of the I O modules attached Through the expansion bus interface I O bus Rotary switches For setting the CANopen Node ID for configura tion purposes 00h to FFh LED displays For system displays signal states errors and power supply External supply voltage Via terminals ZP UP and UP3 process supply voltage 24 VDC Transmission rates 10 20 50 125 250 500 800 kbit s 1...

Page 699: ...otential for all digital inputs and outputs Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Setting of the CANopen Node ID identifier With 2 rotary switches at the front side of the module Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear ca...

Page 700: ...grated configurable operating modes Parameter Value Inputs and outputs 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital transistor outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 1 7 1 2 CI581 CN 4 analog inputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 2 analog outputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Module wise electrically isolated Fas...

Page 701: ...EDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs DI0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 System LEDs PWR RUN CN RUN CN ERR S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the CANopen Node ID 11 10 terminals to connect the CANope...

Page 702: ... supported Bus connection Depending on used terminal unit TU510 9 pin D sub connector TU518 10 pin terminal block Processor Hilscher netX100 Expandability Max 10 S500 I O modules State display Module state PWR RUN CN RUN CN ERR E ERR I O bus Adjusting elements 2 rotary switches for generation of the node address Ambient temperature System data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 S...

Page 703: ...18 Ä Chapter 1 4 2 TU509 and TU510 for Communication Interface Modules on page 149 Ä Chapter 1 4 4 TU517 and TU518 for Communication Interface Modules on page 158 All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC Parameter Value Inputs and outputs 8 digital inputs 24 VDC delay time configu rable via softw...

Page 704: ...oltage ZP 0 V For a detailed description of the mounting disassembly and electrical connec tion of the module please refer to the System Assembly Construction and Con nection chapter Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 1248 With a separate UP3 power supply the digital outputs can be switched off exter nally This way an emergency off functionality can be realized Do not connect any voltages extern...

Page 705: ...is usually installed directly at the bus connector 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 1 2 4 3 6 6 6 120 120 Node 1 Node 2 Node N 5 5 Fig 114 CANopen interface bus terminating resistors connected to the line ends 1 CAN_GND 2 CAN_L 3 Shield 4 CAN_H 5 Data line shielded twisted pair 6 COMBICON connection CANopen interface Bus Terminating Resistors Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CANopen 2019 ...

Page 706: ... 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 Table 109 Assignment of the terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 CAN Non inverted signal of the CAN Bus 1 1 CAN Non inverted signal of the CAN Bus 1 2 CAN Inverted signal of the CAN Bus 1 3 CAN Inverted signal of the CAN Bus 1 4 Term CAN bus termination for CAN for bus termination Term must be connected with CAN 1 5 Term CAN bus termination for CAN connecting...

Page 707: ...egment termination resistors must be connected If TU517 or TU518 is used the bus termination resistors can be enabled by connecting the terminals Term and Term to the data lines CAN and CAN no external termination resistors are required see illustration below The following figures show the different connection options for the CANopen bus module 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 CANopen in CA...

Page 708: ...erminal Signal Description 2 0 AI0 Positive pole of analog input signal 0 2 1 AI1 Positive pole of analog input signal 1 2 2 AI2 Positive pole of analog input signal 2 2 3 AI3 Positive pole of analog input signal 3 2 4 AI Negative pole of analog input signals 0 to 3 2 5 AO0 Positive pole of analog output signal 0 2 6 AO1 Positive pole of analog output signal 1 2 7 AI Negative pole of analog output...

Page 709: ...er being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and t...

Page 710: ... 4 1 DO1 4 2 DO2 4 3 DO3 4 4 DO4 4 5 DO5 4 6 DO6 4 7 DO7 DI0 3 0 DI1 3 1 DI2 3 2 DI3 3 3 DI4 3 4 DI5 3 5 DI6 3 6 DI7 3 7 2 8 2 9 UP 24 V ZP 0 V 3 8 3 9 3 9 3 8 UP3 24 V ZP 0 V Fig 116 Connection of the bus module CI581 CN The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 8 Diagnosis on page 725 For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the sections Measuring R...

Page 711: ...eed with the digital inputs DI1 to DI7 in the same way 2 0 DI0 2 1 DI1 2 2 DI2 2 3 DI3 2 4 DI4 2 5 DI5 2 6 DI6 2 7 DI7 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 117 Connection of the digital inputs to the module CI581 CN Connection of the Digital Outputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 DO7 in the same way Device Specifications Com...

Page 712: ... For this the module CI581 CN provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 3 9 ZP 24 V DC Pt100 Pt1000 Ni100...

Page 713: ...on to the analog inputs AI0 and AI1 Proceed with the analog inputs AI2 and AI3 in the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Fig 120 Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration to the analog inputs With 3 wire configuration 2 adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case bot...

Page 714: ...the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC 10 10 V 0 10 V UIN Fig 121 Connection of active type analog sensors voltage with electrically isolated power supply to the analog inputs Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter...

Page 715: ...easuring Ranges on page 731 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 7 Parameterization on page 721 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no elec trically iso...

Page 716: ...0 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used For the measuring ranges that can be configured plese refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 10 Measuring Ranges on page 731 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 7 Parameterization on page 721 To avoid error messages configure unused analog input channels as unused Connection of Passive type Analog Sensors Current to the Analo...

Page 717: ...erential inputs are very useful if analog sensors which are remotely non isolated e g the negative terminal is remotely earthed are used Using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid earthing loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In this case both channels are configured acco...

Page 718: ...differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 10 Measuring Ranges on page 731 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 7 Parameterization on page 721 To avoid error messages configure unused analog input channels as unused Use of Analog In...

Page 719: ...es on page 731 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 7 Parameterization on page 721 Connection of Analog Output Loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 127 Connection of analog output loads voltage Devic...

Page 720: ...2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 128 Connection of analog output loads current Current 0 20 mA Load 0 500 W 1 channel used Current 4 20 mA Load 0 500 W 1 channel used For the measuring ranges that can be configured please refer to the sections Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 10 Measuring Ranges on page 731 and Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 1 2 7 Parameterization on page 721 Unused anal...

Page 721: ...slave node ID via rotary switches and the baud rate automatic detection The digital I O channels and the fast counter are configured via software 1 7 1 2 7 Parameterization Parameters of the Module Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Module ID 1 Internal 0x1C84 WORD 0x1C84 Parameter length Internal 54 BYTE 54 Error LED Fail safe function table error LED Failsafe function Ä Furthe...

Page 722: ...al out puts at communication error are only evaluated if the failsafe function is enabled Group Parameters for the Analog Part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Analog data format Standard Reserved 0 255 BYTE 0 Behavior analog outputs at com munication error Off Last value Last value 5 s Last value 10 s Substitute value Substitute value 5 s Substitute value 10 s 0 1 6 11 2 7 12...

Page 723: ...0 50 70 C 15 3 wire Pt100 50 70 C 16 2 wire Pt1000 50 400 C 17 3 wire Pt1000 50 400 C 18 2 wire Ni1000 50 150 C 19 3 wire Ni1000 50 150 C In the operating modes with 3 wire configuration or with differential inputs two adjacent analog inputs belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In these cases both channels are configured in the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address ...

Page 724: ...g Modes of the Analog Outputs Internal value Operating Modes individually configu rable 0 default Not used 128 10 V 10 V 129 0 20 mA 130 4 20 mA Table 115 Channel Monitoring Internal value Check channel 0 Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 None Table 116 Substitute Value Intended Behavior of Output Channel when the Control System Stops Required Setting of the Module Parameter Behavior of Outpu...

Page 725: ...st value 10 sec Substitute value Substitute value 5 sec Substitute value 10 sec 0 1 6 11 2 7 12 BYTE Off 0x00 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh BYTE 0 0x00 Detect voltage overflow at out puts 2 Off On 0 1 BYTE Off 0x00 1 The parameter Behavior digital outputs at communcation error is only analyzed if the failsafe mode is ON 2 The state externally voltage detected appears if the output of a ...

Page 726: ...ication Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The module performs reactivation automatically Thus an acknowledgement of the errors is not necessary The error message is stored via the LED E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 4 Bit 6 7 Byte 1 Byte ...

Page 727: ...11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O device Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O device type on socket Replace I O module check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Check modules and parame terization 4 31 31 ...

Page 728: ...ess supply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 0 7 46 Voltage feedback on deactivated dig ital output 6 Check terminals 4 31 2 0 7 47 Short circuit at dig ital output 7 Check terminals Channel error analog 4 31 1 0 3 48 Analog value over flow or broken wire at an analog input Check value or check terminals 4 31 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circ...

Page 729: ...d In this case start up is disabled while the external voltage is connected Otherwise this could produce reverse voltage flowing from this output to other digital outputs This diagnosis message appears for each channel 7 Short circuit After a short circuit has been detected the output is deactivated for 100ms seconds Subsequently a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears for e...

Page 730: ...s on the value of the analog signal AO0 to AO1 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal DI0 to DI7 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON the input voltage is even displayed if the supply voltage is OFF DO0 toDO7 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON UP Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK and initialization fin ished UP3 Green Process s...

Page 731: ...n 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 0 0000 0 4 Off 0 0000 0 0004 1 7593 0 0004 10 0000 3 9994 0 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 11 7589 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 0000 11 7589 0 0000 0 0000 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input Range Resistor Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 450 0 C 160 0 ...

Page 732: ... 23 5178 mA 20 0007 mA 22 8142 mA 20 0006 mA 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 10 0000 V 0 0004 V 20 0000 mA 0 0007 mA 20 0000 mA 4 0006 mA 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 V 0 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0000 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA 0 mA 3 9994 mA 0 mA 0 mA 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA 32512 8100 The repr...

Page 733: ...tion of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 0 1 ms configurable from 0 1 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 VDC Signal 0 3 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input...

Page 734: ...stive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following...

Page 735: ...ation of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs with RTDs Pt Ni 1 s Resolution Range 0 10 V 12 bits Range 10 10 V 12 bits sign Range 0 20 mA 12 bits Range 4 20 mA 12 bits Range RTD Pt100 PT1000 Ni1000 0 1 C Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and reso...

Page 736: ...2 Distribution of channels into groups 1 group for 2 channels Connection of the channels AO0 AO1 Terminals 1 5 1 6 Reference potential for AO0 to AO1 Terminal 2 7 AO for voltage output Terminal 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for current output Output type Unipolar Current Bipolar Voltage Galvanic isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA each output can be config...

Page 737: ...ating modes Operating modes Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 10 Fast Counter on page 394 1 7 1 2 12 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 228 100 R0001 CI581 CN CANopen bus module with 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO Active 1SAP 428 100 R0001 CI581 CN XC CANopen bus module with 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active st...

Page 738: ...low LEDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs DI8 DI15 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO8 DO15 6 2 green LEDs to display the supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 System LEDs PWR RUN CN RUN CN ERR S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the CANopen node ID 11 10 terminals to connect the...

Page 739: ... supported Bus connection Depending on used terminal unit TU510 9 pin D sub connector TU518 10 pin terminal block Processor Hilscher netX100 Expandability Max 10 S500 I O modules State display Module state PWR RUN CN RUN CN ERR E ERR I O bus Adjusting elements 2 rotary switches for generation of the node address Ambient temperature System data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 S...

Page 740: ...o 30 VDC Parameter Value Inputs and outputs 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital transistor outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 1 7 1 3 3 Electrical Connection The CANopen bus module is plugged on the I O terminal units TU517 Ä Chapter 1 4 4 TU517 and TU518 for Communication Interface Modules on page 158 or TU518 Ä Chapter 1 4 4 TU517 and TU518 for Communic...

Page 741: ... for the CANopen signals 1 5 6 9 1 Reserved 2 CAN Inverted signal of the CAN Bus 3 CAN_GND Ground potential of the CAN bus 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 CAN Non inverted signal of the CAN Bus 8 Reserved 9 Reserved Shield Cable shield Functional earth The ends of the data lines have to be terminated with a 120 W bus terminating resistor The bus terminating resistor is usually installed directl...

Page 742: ...ing resistors connected to the line ends 6 DeviceNet power supply 7 COMBICON connection DeviceNet interface 8 Data lines twisted pair cables 9 red 10 black 11 white 12 blue 13 bare The earthing of the shield should take place at the switch gear Please refer to Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CANopen 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 ...

Page 743: ...for CAN connecting alterna tive for terminal 1 6 1 8 CAN GND Ground potential of the CAN bus 1 9 CAN GND Ground potential of the CAN bus At the line ends of a bus segment termination resistors must be connected If TU517 or TU518 is used the bus termination resistors can be enabled by connecting the terminals Term and Term to the data lines CAN and CAN no external termination resistors are required...

Page 744: ...he configurable digital input output DC0 2 1 DC1 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC1 2 2 DC2 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC2 2 3 DC3 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC3 2 4 DC4 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC4 2 5 DC5 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC5 2 6 DC6 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC6...

Page 745: ...ure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has b...

Page 746: ...Ds on page 754 The maximum possible bus length of a CAN network depends on bit rate transmission rate and cable type The sum of all bus segments must not exceed the maximum bus length Bit Rate speed Bus Length 1 Mbit s 40 m 800 kbit s 50 m 500 kbit s 100 m 250 kbit s 250 m 125 kbit s 500 m 62 5 kbit s 1000 m 20 kbit s 2500 m 10 kbit s 5000 m Connection of the Digital Inputs The following figure sh...

Page 747: ... 4 3 DO11 4 4 DO12 4 5 DO13 4 6 DO14 4 7 DO15 4 8 UP 4 9 ZP 24 V DC Fig 134 Connection of configurable digital inputs outputs to the module CI582 CN Connection of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the configurable digital input output DC0 and DC1 DC0 is connected as an input and DC1 is connected as an output Proceed with the configurabl...

Page 748: ...anges of the switch position during operation will have no effect until the next module initialization The range of permitted CANopen slave addresses is 1 to 127 Setting a higher address 128 does not lead to an error response but results in a special mode DS401 In this special mode the device creates the node address by subtracting the value 128 from the address switch s value 1 7 1 3 6 I O Config...

Page 749: ...o the Fast Counter section Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 10 Fast Counter on page 394 Table 119 Error LED Failsafe function Setting Description On Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 failsafe mode off On Fai...

Page 750: ...ltage detected appears if the output of a channel DC0 DC7 is to be switched on while an external voltage is connected In this case start up is disabled while the externally voltage is con nected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diagnosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 3 The error state voltage overflow at outputs appears if external voltage at digital output...

Page 751: ...ication Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The module performs reactivation automatically Thus an acknowledgement of the errors is not necessary The error message is stored via the LED E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 063 AC500 display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 4 Bit 6 7 Byte 1 Byte ...

Page 752: ...eck process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O device Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O device type on socket Replace I O module check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Check modules and parame terization 4 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP3 too lo...

Page 753: ...tal output DO0 DO7 6 Check terminals 4 31 4 0 7 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DC0 DC7 6 Check terminals 4 31 2 0 7 47 Short circuit at dig ital output 7 Check terminals Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnosis via bus specific function blocks 0 4 or 10 position of the communication module 14 I O bus 31 module itself The identifier is not contained ...

Page 754: ...hannel 7 Short circuit After a short circuit has been detected the output is deactivated for 100ms Subsequently a new start up will be executed This diagnosis mes sage appears for each channel 1 7 1 3 9 State LEDs The LEDs are located at the front of the module There are 2 different groups The 5 system LEDs PWR CN RUN CN ERR S ERR and I O bus show the operation states of the module and display pos...

Page 755: ...supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK and initi alization finished UP3 Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 to CH ERR3 Red No error or process supply voltage missing Internal error Error on one channel of the corresponding group 1 7 1 3 10 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for stand...

Page 756: ...urrent per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DO0 to DO7 Terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Reference potential for a...

Page 757: ...he varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V Fig 136 Digital input output circuit diagram 1 Digital output 2 Varistors for demagnetization when inductive loads are turned off Technical Data of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the configurable I O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogating o...

Page 758: ...the channels DC0 to DC7 Terminals 2 0 to 2 7 The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V Fig 137 Digital input output circuit diagram 1 Digital input output 2 For demagnetization when inductive loads are turned off Technical Data of the Fast Counter Parameter Value Used inputs...

Page 759: ...d 8 DC XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 7 2 CS31 1 7 2 1 CI590 CS31 HA 16 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC CS31 bus connection Module wise electrically isolated Fast counter XC version for usage in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CS31 2019 04 17 3ADR010...

Page 760: ...s two RS485 interfaces for connecting the module to two separate CS31 buses to have redundancy backup or high availability In addition the CI590 CS31 HA provides 16 I O channels with 16 configurable digital inputs outputs C0 C15 in one group This group can be used as follows 24 VDC input 24 VDC transistor output 0 5 A max short circuit and overload protected re readable output combined input outpu...

Page 761: ...ge 168 1 7 2 1 3 Electrical Connection The CS31 HA bus module CI590 CS31 HA is plugged on CS31 terminal unit TU551 CS31 or TU552 CS31 Hereby it clicks in with two mechanical locks The terminal unit is mounted on a DIN rail or with two screws plus the additional accessory for wall mounting TA526 Mounting disassembling and electrical connection for the terminal units and the I O modules are describe...

Page 762: ... the configurable digital input output C6 3 7 C7 Signal of the configurable digital input output C7 3 8 UP Process voltage UP 24 VDC 3 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 VDC 4 0 C8 Signal of the configurable digital input output C8 4 1 C9 Signal of the configurable digital input output C9 4 2 C10 Signal of the configurable digital input output C10 4 3 C11 Signal of the configurable digital input output C11...

Page 763: ...y Fig 138 CI590 02 CAUTION Risk of influences to the connected sensors Some sensors may be influenced by the deactivated module outputs of CI590 CS31 HA Connect a 470 Ω 1 W resistor in series configurable inputs outputs C8 C9 if using them as fast counter inputs to safely avoid any influences The meaning of the LEDs is described in the chapter Ä Chapter 1 7 2 1 11 State LEDs on page 772 1 7 2 1 4 ...

Page 764: ...e terminal unit TU551 CS31 TU552 CS31 Fig 140 Electrical connection of CS31 bus A with CI590 CS31 HA located in the middle of the bus 1 Connection between the bus lines is located inside the terminal unit 2 Termination resistors are located in the terminal unit TU551 CS31 TU552 CS31 Option 1 Option 2 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CS31 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 764...

Page 765: ...ted at the bus end 1 Connection between the bus lines is located inside the CI590 CS31 HA module 2 Termination resistors are located in the CI590 CS31 HA module Option 3 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CS31 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 765 ...

Page 766: ... 1 5 Internal Data Exchange Parameter Without fast counter With fast counter only with AC500 Digital inputs bytes 2 expansion modules 5 expansion modules Digital outputs bytes 2 expansion modules 5 expansion modules Counter input data words 0 4 4 AI Counter output data words 0 8 8 AO 1 7 2 1 6 Addressing An address must be set at every module so that the field bus communication module can access t...

Page 767: ... manage two CS31 software modules in the digital area and five CS31 software modules in the analog area This corresponds to a maximum of 240 digital inputs 2 x 15 bytes and 240 digital outputs 2 x 15 bytes and 40 analog inputs 5 x 8 words and 40 analog outputs 5 x 8 words Address setting is done at the CI590 CS31 using two rotary switches at the module s front plate To enable the fast counter of t...

Page 768: ...urable chan nels can be used as input or output or re readable output by interrogation or allocation with the user program 1 7 2 1 9 Parametrization Arrangement of parameter data is performed by your master configuration software Automation Builder CAUTION Risk of configuration errors Contradictory parameter settings may cause configuration errors of the CI590 CS31 HA and attached I O modules Plea...

Page 769: ...0 1 2 3 BYTE 8 ms 0 x 02 Fast counter 0 10 3 0 10 BYTE Mode 0 0 x 00 Detection short circuit at outputs Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0 x 01 Behavior outputs at communi cation fault Off Last value Substitute value 0 1 2 BYTE Off 0 x 00 Substitute value 0 65535 0 0xffff WORD 0 1 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 and FBP the value is increased by 1 2 with CS31 and addresses less than 70 without the paramete...

Page 770: ...7th attached S500 I O module 4 CI590 CS31 HA diag nosis byte slot According to the I O bus specification passed on by modules to the fieldbus master 5 CI590 CS31 HA diag nosis byte channel According to the I O bus specification passed on by modules to the fieldbus master 6 CI590 CS31 HA diag nosis byte error code According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 and bit 6 coded error class 0 E1 1 E2 2 ...

Page 771: ... Different hard firm ware versions in the module 3 11 ADR 31 31 43 Internal error in the module 3 11 ADR 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 11 ADR 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 3 11 ADR 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 3 11 ADR 1 7 31 17 No communication to the I O module Replace I O module 3 11 ADR 31 31 31 28 Configurations from PLC A of PLC B are different...

Page 772: ...tifier applies 11 COM1 protocol CS31 bus only possible with COM1 2 With Device and CS31 bus master the hardware address of the CI590 CS31 HA 0 69 is output 3 With Module the following allocation applies 31 module itself 1 7 Expansion 1 7 4 In case of module errors with channel 31 Module itself is output 1 7 2 1 11 State LEDs Table 120 States of the LEDs LED Status Color LED OFF LED ON LED Flashes ...

Page 773: ...CPU B is pri mary RUN A LED off CI590 CS31 HA primary self selection No primary order from both PLC PLC B has been selected as primary RUN A LED on 2 primary orders PLC A is primary SYNC ERR Outputs from CPU A and CPU B Red Configuration conflict detected 10 Hz Not parameterized 2 Hz Switch over has occured C0 C15 Digital inputs outputs Yellow Input output OFF Input output ON the input voltage is ...

Page 774: ...al details are therefore documented below Technical Data of the Module Parameter Value Rated supply voltage of the module 24 VDC UP ZP Current consumption of the module UP 50 mA Process voltage UP Rated value 24 VDC for inputs and outputs Max current loadability for the supply terminals 10 A Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse at UP 10 A fast Electrical isolation CS31 bus...

Page 775: ...oads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an internal smart high side switch Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the configurable digital I O inputs outputs is defined as input or output by the user pro gram This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value Number of channe...

Page 776: ...above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal may not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the voltage to approx 36 V Fol lowing this the input voltage must range from 12 V to 30 V if UPx 24 V and from 6 V to 30 V if UPx 30 V Digital Inputs Outputs if Used as Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module Max 16 transistor outputs Reference potent...

Page 777: ...g drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization if inductive loads are switched off Fig 143 Digital input output circuit diagram Technical Data of the Fast Counter Parameter Value Used inputs C8 C9 Used outputs C10 Counting frequency Max 50 kHz Detailed description Operating modes For further information refer to fast counters in chapter system techn...

Page 778: ... 3DC11 4 5DC13 4 7DC15 4 8UP CH ERR3 CS31 PWR S ERR I O Bus 3 8UP 3 9ZP 3 3AI3 3 4AI 3 7AO 3 0AI0 3 1AI1 3 2AI2 3 5AO0 3 6AO1 CH ERR2 2 0DI0 2 2DI2 2 4DI4 2 6DI6 2 9ZP 2 1DI1 2 3DI3 2 5DI5 2 7DI7 2 8UP 1 9ZP 1 8UP 1 7FE 1 4FE 1 0R1 1 2B1 1 3B2 1 1R2 1 5B1 1 6B2 ADDR x1 0 5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 ADDR x10 0 5 9 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 I O bus 2 4 system LEDs 3 Allocation between term...

Page 779: ...version of the device is available 1 7 2 2 2 Functionality Interface RS485 CS31 protocol Address switches For setting the module s address 00d to 99d Digital inputs 8 24 VDC delay time configurable via soft ware Configurable digital inputs outputs 8 24 VDC 0 5 A max Analog inputs 4 configurable via software resolution 12 bits plus sign voltage current and RTD input Analog outputs 2 configurable vi...

Page 780: ...nation resistors for CS31 Bus Terminal 1 1 1 R2 Integrated termination resistors for CS31 Bus Terminal 2 1 2 B1 CS31 Bus bus line 1 1 3 B2 CS31 Bus bus line 2 1 4 FE Functional earth 1 5 B1 CS31 Bus bus line 1 1 6 B2 CS31 Bus bus line 2 1 7 FE Functional earth 1 8 UP Process voltage UP 24 VDC 1 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 VDC 2 0 DI0 Signal of the digital input DI0 2 1 DI1 Signal of the digital inpu...

Page 781: ...vices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that powe...

Page 782: ... 5 DC14 4 6 DC15 4 7 PTC PTC 1 8 3 8 2 8 4 8 UP 24 V DC 1 9 3 9 2 9 4 9 ZP 0 V CS31 Interface 5 V DC 0 V DC Fig 144 Terminal assignment of the CS31 bus module CI592 CS31 The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 9 Diagnosis on page 799 The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 8 Parameterization on page 794 Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 11 Mea...

Page 783: ... the configurable digital input output DC8 and DC9 DC8 is connected as an input and DC9 is connected as an output Proceed with the configurable digital inputs outputs DC10 to DC15 in the same way Fig 146 Connection of configurable digital inputs outputs Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CS31 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 783 ...

Page 784: ...ing figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the same way Fig 147 Connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog inputs Pt100 50 C 400 C 2 wire configuration 1 channel used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 2 wire configuration 1 channel used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire configuratio...

Page 785: ...her address must be the odd address channel 1 The constant current of one channel flows through the resistance thermometer The constant current of the other channel flows through one of the cores The module calculates the meas ured value from the two voltage drops and stores it under the input with the higher channel number e g I1 In order to keep measuring errors as small as possible it is necess...

Page 786: ... V 1 channel used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 8 Parameterization on page 794 Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 11 Measuring Ranges on page 802 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure sh...

Page 787: ...ing Ranges on page 802 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no elec trically isolated power supply to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs A...

Page 788: ... V 10 V 1 channel used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 8 Parameterization on page 794 Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 11 Measuring Ranges on page 802 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Passive type Analog Sensors Current to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of passive type...

Page 789: ...o Differential Analog Inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors are used which are remotely non isolated e g the minus terminal is remotely earthed The evaluation using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid earthing loops With differential input configurations two adjacent analog channels belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 I...

Page 790: ...han nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 8 Parameterization on page 794 Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 11 Measuring Ranges on page 802 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Use of Analog Inputs as Digital Inputs Several or all analog inputs can be co...

Page 791: ...on page 794 Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 11 Measuring Ranges on page 802 Connection of Analog Output Loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Fig 155 Connection of analog output loads voltage Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CS31 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 791 ...

Page 792: ... output AO1 in the same way Fig 156 Connection of analog output loads current Current 0 20 mA Load 0 500 W 1 channel used Current 4 20 mA Load 0 500 W 1 channel used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 8 Parameterization on page 794 Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 11 Measuring Ranges on page 802 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited 1 7 2 2 4 CS31 Bus ...

Page 793: ...nter input data words 0 4 Counter output data words 0 8 1 7 2 2 6 I O Configuration The CI592 CS31 module does not store configuration data itself The configurable channels are defined as inputs or outputs by the user program i e each of the configurable channels can be used as input or output or re readable output by interrogation or allocation by the user pro gram 1 7 2 2 7 Addressing An address...

Page 794: ...s adjusted with 71 Only the 0 no Counter mode does not operate If any other counter is selected e g 1 1 Up counter the module starts up and can be utilized Parameters of the Module if used without Fast Counter Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Module ID 1 Internal 2726 WORD 2726 Parameter length Internal 23 BYTE 23 Error LED Fail safe function 2 On 0 BYTE 0 Off by E4 1 Off by E...

Page 795: ...viourAOatCommunicationFault and behaviourDOatCommunicationFault are only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Group Parameters for the Digital Part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 1 ms 0x00 Fast counter No counter 1 Up counter 1 Up counter with release input 2 UpDown coun ters 2 UpDown 2 On falling edges 1 Updown dynamic set ri...

Page 796: ... Internal value type Default Analog data format Standard Reserved 0 255 BYTE 0 Behaviour AO at comm error Off Last value Last value 5 s Last value 10 s Substitute value Substitute value 5 s Substitute value 10 s 0 1 6 11 2 7 12 BYTE 0 The parameter Behaviour AO at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Channel Parameters for the Analog Inputs 4x Name Value Internal value Internal v...

Page 797: ...Pt1000 50 400 C 17 3 wire Pt1000 50 400 C 18 2 wire Ni1000 50 150 C 19 3 wire Ni1000 50 150 C In the operating modes with 3 wire configuration or with differ ential inputs two adjacent analog inputs belong together e g the channels 0 and 1 In these cases both channels are configured in the desired operating mode The lower address must be the even address channel 0 The next higher address must be t...

Page 798: ...4 Internal value Check channel 0 Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 None Table 125 Substitute Value 5 Intended behaviour of output channel when the control system stops Required setting of the module parameter Behav iour of outputs in case of a communication error Required setting of the channel parameter Substi tute value Output OFF Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s an...

Page 799: ...sum error in the I O module Replace I O module 3 11 ADR 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 11 ADR 31 31 40 Different hard firm ware versions in the module 3 11 ADR 31 31 43 Internal error in the module 3 11 ADR 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 11 ADR 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 11 ADR 31 31 26 Parameter error Check Master 3 11 ADR 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check...

Page 800: ... 31 1 7 8 11 6 48 Analog value over flow or broken wire at an analog input Check value or check terminals 4 11 ADR 31 1 7 8 11 6 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check value 4 11 ADR 31 1 7 8 11 6 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check terminals 4 11 ADR 31 1 7 12 13 7 4 Analog value over flow at an analog output Check output value 4 11 ADR 31 1 7 12 13 7 7 Analog value underflow at ...

Page 801: ...ashing PWR RUN System voltage Green Process supply voltage missing Internal supply voltage OK module ready for com munication with IO Con troller Start up pre paring com munication CS31 CS31 commu nication Green No communi cation at the CS31 bus module Communica tion at the CS31 bus OK Diagnosis mode S ERR Sum Error Red No error Internal error I O Bus Communica tion via the I O Bus Green No expans...

Page 802: ... group e g short circuit at an output CH ERR3 Red CH ERR4 Red CH ERR Module Error Red Internal error All of the LEDs CH ERR2 to CH ERR4 light up together 1 7 2 2 11 Measuring Ranges Input Ranges Voltage Current and Digital Input Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital input Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 11 7589 11 7589 23 5178 22 8142 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 11 7589 10 0004 11...

Page 803: ...l value Decimal Hex Overflow 450 0 C 160 0 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 60 0 C 60 0 C...

Page 804: ...16 bits 1 7 2 2 12 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for standard version The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur ...

Page 805: ...Digital Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DI0 to DI7 Terminals 1 0 to 1 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input...

Page 806: ...ical isolation Yes per module Technical Data of the Digital Inputs Outputs if used as Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DC8 to DC15 Terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 4 9 Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 ye...

Page 807: ...ole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminals 1 8 2 8 3 8 and 4 8 plus pole of the supply voltage signal name UP Output voltage for signal 1 UP 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP 24 V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP 10 A fast Demagnetizatio...

Page 808: ...roup with 4 channels Connection if channels AI0 to AI3 Terminals 3 0 to 3 3 Reference potential for AI0 to AI3 Terminal 3 4 AI for voltage and RTD meas urement Terminal 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 for current measurement Input type Unipolar Voltage 0 V 10 V current or Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 Bipolar Voltage 10 V 10 V Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be c...

Page 809: ...t value Overvoltage protection Yes Technical Data of the Analog Inputs if used as Digital Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module Max 4 Distribution of channels into groups 1 group of 4 channels Connections of the channels AI0 to AI3 Terminals 3 0 to 3 3 Reference potential for the inputs Terminals 1 9 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 ZP Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel Input signal v...

Page 810: ...n within the normal range Typ 0 5 max 1 Relationship between input signal and hex code Table Output Ranges Voltage and Current Ä Chapter 1 7 2 2 11 3 Output Ranges Voltage and Current on page 804 Unused outputs Are configured as unused default value and can be left open circuited 1 7 2 2 13 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 221 200 R0001 CI592 CS31 CS31 bus module wit...

Page 811: ...yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs outputs C8 to C23 5 2 rotary switches to set the module s address 00d to 99d 6 1 green LED to display the process voltage UP 7 3 red LEDs to display errors 8 4 system LEDs 9 Label 10 Terminal unit 11 DIN rail Sign for XC version 1 7 2 3 1 Intended Purpose The CS31 bus module DC551 CS31 can only be used together with the AC500 CPUs and ...

Page 812: ...ignal detected no damage up to 35 V Required terminal unit TU551 CS31 or TU552 CS31 Ä Chapter 1 4 7 TU551 CS31 and TU552 CS31 for CS31 Communication Interface Modules on page 168 1 7 2 3 3 Electrical Connection The CS31 bus module is plugged on the CS31 terminal unit TU551 or TU552 Ä Chapter 1 4 7 TU551 CS31 and TU552 CS31 for CS31 Communication Interface Modules on page 168 Hereby it clicks in wi...

Page 813: ...er 1 7 2 3 4 CS31 Bus Connections on page 814 Assignment of the other terminals Terminals Signal Description 1 0 to 1 7 RS 485 CS31 bus interface 2 0 to 2 7 I0 to I7 8 digital inputs 3 0 to 4 7 C8 to C23 16 digital inputs outputs Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 CS31 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 813 ...

Page 814: ...electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces CAUTION Risk of influences to the connected sensors Some sensors may be inf...

Page 815: ... 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 5V 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 CS31 Bus end CS31 bus out CS31 Bus end CS31 Bus end CS31 bus in Fig 158 CS31 Bus module in the middle of the CS31 Bus Details on CS31 wiring is described seperately Ä Chapter 2 6 4 8 CS31 System Bus on page 1282 1 7 2 3 5 Internal Data Exchange without the Fast Counter with the Fas...

Page 816: ...ysical address to identify the I O is address n switch address for the 1st module 120 I O address n 7 bit 8 15 1 for the 2nd module To be compatible with old CPU and EC500 using this physical address to address I O in user program Use only 6 I O modules with 32 DI Analog I O Analog limitation to 40 AI AO with 4 bus addresses used Case of DC551 CS31 with Fast Counter An additional bus address is us...

Page 817: ...I 16 AO 16 AO DC551 8 DI 16 DC 16 AI 16 AI 16 AO 16 AO DC551 8 DI 16 DC 16 AI 16 AI 16 AO 16 AO Switch mini n 4 mini n 6 mini n 8 mini n 10 address If the number of analog outputs is less than the number of analog inputs no additional address is necessary Change the type from analog in to analog I O 30 bus addresses used 1 bus address free 192 analog inputs 192 analog outputs 48DI 96DC 144 DI 96 D...

Page 818: ...ff On 0 1 Byte On 0x01 17 Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 Byte 8 ms 0x02 18 Fast counter 0 10 3 0 10 Byte Mode 0 0x00 Nr 1 Detection short cir cuit at out puts Off On 0 1 Byte On 0x01 Nr 1 Behaviour outputs at communi cation errors Off Last value Substitute value 0 1 2 Byte Off 0x00 Nr 1 Substitute value out puts Bit 15 Output 15 Bit 0 Output 0 0 65535 0 0xffff Word 0 1 With CS31 and ad...

Page 819: ...fication passed on by modules to the fieldbus master 5 DC551 CS31 diagnosis byte channel According to the I O bus specification passed on by modules to the fieldbus master 6 DC551 CS31 diagnosis byte error code According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 and bit 6 coded error class 0 E1 1 E2 2 E3 3 E4 Bit 0 to bit 5 coded error description passed on by modules to the fieldbus master 7 DC551 CS31 ...

Page 820: ...ksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 3 11 ADR 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 11 ADR 31 31 40 Different hard firm ware versions in the module 3 11 ADR 31 31 43 Internal error in the module 3 11 ADR 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 11 ADR 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 3 11 ADR 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 3 11 ADR 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check...

Page 821: ... Device and CS31 bus master the hardware address of the DC551 CS31 0 69 is output 3 With Module the following allocation applies 31 Module itself 1 7 Expansion 1 7 4 In case of module errors with channel 31 Module itself is output 1 7 2 3 12 Status LEDs The LEDs are on the front panels of the modules There are two different groups The 4 system LEDs PWR S ERR CS31 and I O Bus show the operating sta...

Page 822: ... Digital inputs outputs Yellow Input output OFF Input output ON the input voltage is even dis played if the supply voltage is OFF UP Process supply voltage and initializa tion Green Process voltage is missing Process voltage OK CH ERR2 Channel Error error mes sages in groups digital inputs outputs combined into the groups 2 to 4 Red No error Severe error within the cor responding group Error on on...

Page 823: ...input max 0 5 A per output Connections Terminals 1 8 4 8 for 24 V UP and 1 9 4 9 for 0 V ZP Max power dissipation within the module 6 W outputs unloaded Number of digital inputs 8 Number of configurable digital inputs outputs 16 Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Address setting With 2 rotary switches on the front panel Diagnosis ...

Page 824: ...e acc to EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 8 ms configurable from 0 1 to 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 V DC Signal 0 3 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shi...

Page 825: ... 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP 24 V Maximum value all channels together 10 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Rated protection fuse on UP 10 A fast Demagnetization when inductive loads are switched off With varistors integrated in the module see figure below Switching frequency With resistive loads On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp...

Page 826: ...signal 0 within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 within 15 V 30 V Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal may not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the voltage to approx 36 V Fol lowing thi...

Page 827: ...7 3 1 CI511 ETHCAT 4 analog inputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 2 analog outputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Cam switch functionality see also Extended Cam Switch Library Extended Cam switch functionality see also Extended Cam Switch Library Module wise electrically isolated Expandability with up to 10 S500 I O Modules Applicable for devi...

Page 828: ... LEDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs DI0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN NET DC S ERR I O Bus 9 2 rotary switches reserved for future extensions 10 Label 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the ter...

Page 829: ...TU508 ETH for Ethernet Communication Interface Modules on page 145 1 7 3 1 3 Electrical Connection The Ethernet bus module CI511 ETHCAT is plugged on the I O terminal unit TU507 ETH or TU508 ETH Properly seat the module and press until it locks in place The terminal unit is mounted on a DIN rail or with 2 screws plus the additional accessory for wall mounting TA526 For a detailed description of th...

Page 830: ... connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to ...

Page 831: ... AO 1 AO 3 0 DO0 3 1 DO1 3 2 DO2 3 3 DO3 3 4 DO4 3 5 DO5 3 6 DO6 3 7 DO7 DI0 2 0 DI1 2 1 DI2 2 2 DI3 2 3 DI4 2 4 DI5 2 5 DI6 2 6 DI7 2 7 1 8 1 9 UP 24 V ZP 0 V 2 8 2 9 3 9 3 8 UP3 24 V ZP 0 V 1 2 3 4 Fig 159 Connection of the bus module CI511 ETHCAT 1 4 analog inputs configurable for 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 4 20 mA Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 and digital signals 2 2 analog outputs configurable for 10 10 V 0 4 20...

Page 832: ...ction of the LEDs is described in the section State LEDs Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 8 Diag nosis on page 848 Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 2 wire Configuration When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI511 ETHCAT provides a constant current source which is multip...

Page 833: ...dule CI511 ETHCAT provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration 1 0 1 1 1 8 1 9 AI0 AI1 UP ZP UP ZP PTC 1 5 AI 2 3 1 Fig 161 Connection of resistance thermometers in 3 wire configuration 1 Pt100 3 wire Pt1000 3 wire Ni1000 3 wire 1 analog sensor requires 2 cha...

Page 834: ...tion on page 842 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring Ranges on page 851 The module CI511 ETHCAT performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic In order to avoid error messages from unused analog input channels it is useful to configure them as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with Electrically Isolated Power Supply The following figure shows the connection of active ty...

Page 835: ...4 20 mA Fig 163 Connection of active type analog sensors current with electrically isolated power supply 1 1 analog sensor requires 1 channel 2 Electrically isolated power supply for the analog sensor Current 0 20 mA 1 channel used Current 4 20 mA 1 channel used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 842 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 ...

Page 836: ...thin the full signal range Make sure that the potential difference never exceeds 1 V Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used if the sensor can provide this signal range The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 842 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring Ranges on page 851 In order to avoid error messages or long p...

Page 837: ... of low resistance Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage to Differential Inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors are used which are remotely non isolated e g the minus terminal is remotely earthed The evaluation using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoid earthing loops With differential input configurations two adjac...

Page 838: ... sensor 4 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V connected to differential inputs Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used The measuring ranges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 842 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring Ranges on page 851 In order to avoid error messages or long processing t...

Page 839: ...anges are described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 842 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring Ranges on page 851 Connection of Analog Output Loads Voltage Current The following figure shows the connection of analog output loads voltage current Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 EtherCAT 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 839 ...

Page 840: ...e described in the section Measuring Ranges Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 7 Parameterization on page 842 Ä Chapter 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring Ranges on page 851 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Assignment of the Ethernet Ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment The pin assignment is used for the EtherCAT master ...

Page 841: ...ves communication interface modules the ETH1 con nector is IN and the ETH2 connector is OUT At the EtherCAT master communication module the ETHCAT1 connector has to be used The ETHCAT2 connector is reserved for future extensions 1 7 3 1 4 Internal Data Exchange Parameter Value Digital inputs bytes 1 Digital outputs bytes 1 Analog inputs words 4 Analog outputs words 2 1 7 3 1 5 Addressing The Ether...

Page 842: ...f by E4 Off by E3 On failsafe Off by E4 failsafe Off by E3 failsafe 0 1 3 16 17 19 BYTE 0 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE 1 Table 129 Error LED Failsafe function 1 Setting Description On Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafemode off Off by E4 Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsa femode off Off by E3 Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 ...

Page 843: ...s in operational state the outputs are acti vated trough the user program 129 136 1 8 80 µs Module keeps in operational state the cam switch out puts are activated according to an inter polated timing infor mation 137 144 9 16 100 µs 145 170 17 32 200 µs 2 The parameter resolution defines the angle resolution of the track The value gives the number of increments related to 360 e g the value 36 000...

Page 844: ...n Pulsed Timed Comfort Cam shift Binary shift Multiturn cam Time timed Reference Multiturn timed MCX_CamSwitchSimple_c MCX_CamSwitchSimple_dc MCX_PulseSwitch_dc MCX_CamSwitchTimed_dc MCX_CamSwitchCom fort_dc MCX_CamShift_dc MCX_BinaryShift_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti_dc MCX_SwitchTimeTimed_dc MCX_BinaryReference_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti Timed_dc 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 BYTE 0 1 camType additionally to camToTra...

Page 845: ...ternal value type Default Input 0 channel configuration see 1 see 1 BYTE 0 Input 0 check channel see 2 see 2 BYTE 0 Input 3 channel configuration see 1 see 1 BYTE 0 Input 3 channel configuration see 2 see 2 BYTE 0 Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configurable 0 default Not used 1 0 10 V 2 Digital input 3 0 20 mA 4 4 20 mA 5 10 V 10 V 8 2 wire Pt100 50 400 C 9 3 wire...

Page 846: ...ss channel 1 Table 130 Channel Monitoring 2 Internal Value Check channel 0 Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 not used Channel Parameters for the Analog Outputs 2x Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Output 0 channel configu ration see 3 see 3 BYTE 0 Output 0 check channel see 4 see 4 BYTE 0 Output 0 substi tute value see 5 see 5 WORD 0 Output 1 channel configu ration see 3 s...

Page 847: ...ute value for 5 s Substitute value 5 s Depending on configura tion Substitute value for 10 s Substitute value 10 s Depending on configura tion Group Parameters for the Digital Part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Input delay 0 01 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 01 ms 0x00 Detect short circuits at outputs Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Behaviour DO at comm error Off Last value Last...

Page 848: ... module Replace I O module 3 31 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 31 31 31 40 Different hard firm ware versions in the module 3 31 31 31 43 Internal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 20 Slave to Slave mal function Check configu ration 3 31 31 31 41 Distributed Clock malfunction Check configu ration 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 3...

Page 849: ...at an analog input Check value or check terminals 4 31 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check terminals 4 31 3 0 1 48 Analog value over flow at an analog output Check output value 4 31 3 0 1 7 Analog value underflow at an analog output Check output value Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnos...

Page 850: ... the process supply voltage and the states of the inputs and outputs and display possible errors Table 134 States of the 5 System LEDs LED Color Off On Flashing 1x Flash 2x Flash PWR RUN Green Error in the internal supply voltage or process voltage missing Internal supply voltage OK Module is not config ured Yellow NET Green Init Operational Pre opera tional Safe opera tional Red No error PDI Watc...

Page 851: ...FF Output is ON UP Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK and initialization fin ished UP3 Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 to CH ERR3 Red No error or process supply voltage missing Internal error Error on one channel of the corresponding group 1 7 3 1 10 Measuring Ranges Input Ranges Voltage Current and Digital Input Range 0 10 V 10 10...

Page 852: ... The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input Range Resistor Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 450 0 C 160 0 C 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 160 0 C 150 1 C 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 400 0 C 0 1 C 150 0 C 0 1 C 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 0000 0 1 C 50 0 C...

Page 853: ... mA 0 mA 0 mA 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA 32512 8100 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits 1 7 3 1 11 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for standard version The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System...

Page 854: ...cess supply voltage UP UP3 Rated value 24 VDC for inputs and outputs Max load for the terminals 10 A Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP UP3 10 A fast Electrical isolation Ethernet interface against the rest of the module Inrush current from UP at power up On request Current consumption via UP normal operation 0 2 A Current consumption via UP3 0 06 A 0 5 A max per o...

Page 855: ...an internal smart high side switch Technical Data of the Digital Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DI0 to DI7 Terminals 2 0 to 2 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel t...

Page 856: ...V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP3 10 A fast Demagnetization with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms O...

Page 857: ...ainst Ethernet network Configurability 0 V 10 V 10 V 10 V 0 4 mA 20 mA Pt100 1000 Ni1000 each input can be config ured individually Channel input resistance Voltage 100 kW Current ca 330 W Time constant of the input filter Voltage 100 µs Current 100 µs Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs...

Page 858: ...t signals 1 LED per channel Input signal voltage 24 VDC Signal 0 30 V 5 V Undefined signal 5 V 13 V Signal 1 13 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 7 mA Input voltage 5 V Typ 1 4 mA Input voltage 15 V Typ 3 7 mA Input voltage 30 V 9 mA Input resistance Ca 3 5 kW Technical Data of the Analog Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 2 Distribution of channels into gr...

Page 859: ...ed default value and can be left open circuited 1 7 3 1 12 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 220 900 R0001 CI511 ETHCAT EtherCAT bus module 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 7 3 2 CI512 ETHCAT 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs out...

Page 860: ...w LEDs to display the signal states of the digital inputs DI0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 System LEDs PWR RUN NET DC S ERR I O Bus 9 2 rotary switches reserved for future extensions 10 Label 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the te...

Page 861: ...n page 145 1 7 3 2 3 Electrical Connection The Ethernet bus module CI512 ETHCAT is plugged on the I O terminal unit TU507 ETH or TU508 ETH Properly seat the module and press until it locks in place The terminal unit is mounted on a DIN rail or with 2 screws plus the additional accessory for wall mounting TA526 The electrical connection of the I O channels is carried out using the 30 terminals of t...

Page 862: ...ardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not be opened when in operation The same applies to the network interfaces NOTICE Risk of damaging the PLC modules ...

Page 863: ...message will appear After 5 seconds the module tries automatic reactivation 2 The outputs are not active Only the output with voltage feedback will not be set to active A diagnosis mes sage will appear CAUTION The process supply voltage must be included within the earthing concept of the plant e g earthing of the minus pole The module provide several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 7 3 2 9 Diagnos...

Page 864: ...ves communication interface modules the ETH1 con nector is IN and the ETH2 connector is OUT At the EtherCAT master communication module the ETHCAT1 connector has to be used The ETHCAT2 connector is reserved for future extensions 1 7 3 2 5 Internal Data Exchange Parameter Value Digital inputs bytes 1 Digital outputs bytes 1 Configurable digital inputs outputs bytes 1 1 1 7 3 2 6 Addressing The Ethe...

Page 865: ...e function 1 On Off by E4 Off by E3 On failsafe Off by E4 failsafe Off by E3 failsafe 0 1 3 16 17 19 BYTE 0 Check Supply Off On 0 1 BYTE 1 Table 137 Error LED Failsafe function 1 Setting Description On Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED lights up at errors o...

Page 866: ...keeps in operational state the outputs are acti vated trough the user program 129 136 1 8 80 µs Module keeps in operational state the cam switch out puts are activated according to an inter polated timing infor mation 137 144 9 16 100 µs 145 170 17 32 200 µs 2 The parameter resolution defines the angle resolution of the track The value gives the number of increments related to 360 e g the value 36...

Page 867: ...le_c MCX_CamSwitchSimple_dc MCX_PulseSwitch_dc MCX_CamSwitchTimed_dc MCX_CamSwitchComfort_dc MCX_CamShift_dc MCX_BinaryShift_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti_dc MCX_SwitchTimeTimed_dc MCX_BinaryReference_dc MCX_CamSwitchMulti Timed_dc 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 BYTE 0 1 camType additionally to camToTrack identifies the type of each cam switch and enables the use of a specific Function Block from the Extended Cam Sw...

Page 868: ...rrors is not necessary The error message is stored via the LED E1 E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identifier 000 063 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 ETHCAT Diagnosis block Class Interface Device Module Channel Error identifier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 Module error 3 31 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace I O module ...

Page 869: ... interface identifier applies Diagnosis via bus specific function blocks 0 4 or 10 Position of the Communication Module 14 I O Bus 31 Module itself The identifier is not contained in the CI512 ETHCAT diagnosis block 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 Module itself or ADR Hardware address e g of the DC551 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master 31 Modul...

Page 870: ...nsolicited State Change Application time out DC Green Distributed Clock not active Distributed Clock active Red S ERR Red No error Internal error I O Bus Green No expan sion mod ules con nected or communica tion error ETH1 Green No EtherCAT connection Link OK No data transfer Link OK Data transfer OK Yellow ETH2 Green No EtherCAT connection Link OK No data transfer Link OK Data transfer OK Yellow ...

Page 871: ...arameter Value Bus connection 2 x RJ45 Technology Hilscher netX100 Transfer rate 10 100 Mbit s full duplex Transfer method According to Ethernet II IEE802 3 Ethernet 100 base TX internal switch 2x RJ45 socket Expandability S500 I O Modules Up to 10 S500 I O Modules Index C0 and above Not available Index below C0 Indicators 5 LEDs for state indication Adjusting elements 2 rotary switches used for f...

Page 872: ...ference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Diagnosis See Diagnosis and Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 3 2 9 Diagnosis on page 868 Operation and error displays 34 LEDs totally Weight without terminal unit Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling...

Page 873: ...current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DO0 to DO7 Terminals 3 0 to 3 7 Reference potential for ...

Page 874: ...aristors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V Fig 171 Digital input output circuit diagram 1 Digital Output 2 Varistors for demagnetization when inductive loads are turned off Figure Technical Data of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the configurable I O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogatin...

Page 875: ...V 15 V 1 Signal 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is...

Page 876: ...max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for...

Page 877: ...solution 12 bits plus sign 2 analog outputs resolution 12 bits plus sign 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Module wise electrically isolated Fast Counter XC version for usage in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 Modbus 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 877 ...

Page 878: ...ates of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the process supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the IP address 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Terminal unit 13 DIN rail Sign for XC version Device Specifications Communic...

Page 879: ...e last BYTE of the IP 00h to FFh Analog inputs 4 configurable via software Analog outputs 2 configurable via software Digital inputs 8 24 VDC delay time configurable via soft ware Digital outputs 8 24 VDC 0 5 A max LED displays For system displays signal states errors and power supply External supply voltage Via terminals ZP UP and UP3 process supply voltage 24 VDC Required terminal unit TU507 or ...

Page 880: ...rgency off functionality can be realized Conditions for undisturbed operating with older I O expansion modules All I O expansion modules that are attached to the CI52x MODTCP must be powered up together with the CI52x MODTCP if the firmware version of these I O expansion modules is V1 9 or lower The firmware version is related to the index The index is printed on the module type label on the right...

Page 881: ...s conncted at the outputs DO0 DO7 The assignment of the other terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 AI0 Plus pole of analog input signal 0 1 1 AI1 Plus pole of analog input signal 1 1 2 AI2 Plus pole of analog input signal 2 1 3 AI3 Plus pole of analog input signal 3 1 4 AI Minus pole of analog input signals 0 to 3 1 5 AO0 Plus pole of analog output signal 0 1 6 AO1 Plus pole of analog output ...

Page 882: ... disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding ...

Page 883: ...equire ment on precision the shielding can also be omitted The following figures show the electrical connection of the Ethernet bus module CI521 MODTCP Fig 173 Connection of the bus module CI521 MODTCP Further information is provided in the System Technology chapter CI52x MODTCP Connection of the Digital Inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital input DI0 Proceed w...

Page 884: ...s Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 2 State LEDs on page 907 Connection of the Digital Outputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 DO7 in the same way Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 Modbus 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 884 ...

Page 885: ...00 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI521 MODTCP provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the...

Page 886: ...I521 MODTCP performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 3 wire Configuration to the Analog Inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this ...

Page 887: ...ll as possible it is necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 7 Parameterization on page 897 and Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring Ranges on page 909 Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1...

Page 888: ...hapter 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring Ranges on page 909 Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 903 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Isolated...

Page 889: ... on page 903 Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active ty...

Page 890: ...r 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring Ranges on page 909 Voltage 0 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 903 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Passive type Analog Sensors Current to the Analog Inputs The follo...

Page 891: ...ensors with fast initialization or without current peaks higher than 25 mA If not possible connect a 10 volt zener diode in parallel to AIx and ZP Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of Active type Analog ...

Page 892: ...too big potential difference with respect to ZP max 1 V Make sure that the potential difference never exceeds 1 V The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage to differential analog inputs AI0 and AI1 Proceed with AI2 and AI3 in the same way Fig 182 Connection of active type analog sensors voltage to differential analog inputs The following measuring ranges can b...

Page 893: ...puts AI1 to AI3 in the same way Fig 183 Use of analog inputs as digital inputs The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 7 Parameterization on page 897 and Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 9 Measuring Ranges on page 909 Digital input 24 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 903 Con...

Page 894: ...function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 903 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of Analog Output Loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device Specifications Communication Interface ...

Page 895: ...isplays Ä Chapter 1 7 4 1 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 903 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Assignment of the Ethernet Ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment Table 140 Pin assignment RJ45 jack Interface Pin Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 ...

Page 896: ...with the ABB IP Configuration Tool If the last byte of the IP is set to 0 the address switch will be used instead Address switch position 255 is mapped to fixed IP 192 168 0 254 independent of other stored settings This is a backup so the module can always get a valid IP address and can be config ured by the ABB IP Configuration Tool Address switch position 0 is mapped to last byte equal 1 and DHC...

Page 897: ... master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No mas...

Page 898: ...at least one parameter is set only the configured masters clients have write rights on the CI52x MODTCP device all other masters clients still have read access to the CI52x MODTCP device Table 141 Error LED Failsafe function Setting Description On Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 F...

Page 899: ... Configura tion on page 900 Table Operating modes of the analog inputs Ä Table 142 Ch annel Configura tion on page 900 BYTE 0 Input 0 Check channel Table Channel montoring Ä Table 143 Ch annel Monitoring on page 900 Table Channel montoring Ä Table 143 Ch annel Monitoring on page 900 BYTE 0 Input 3 Channel configuration Table Operating modes of the analog inputs Ä Table 142 Ch annel Configura tion ...

Page 900: ... must be the even address channel 0 The next higher address must be the odd address channel 1 The converted analog value is available at the higher address channel 1 Table 143 Channel Monitoring Internal Value Check Channel 0 default Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 Not used Channel Parameters for the Analog Outputs 2x Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Output 0 Channel co...

Page 901: ...ute value Ä Table 146 Su bstitute Value on page 901 WORD 0 Table 144 Channel Configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog outputs individually configu rable 0 default Not used 128 10 V 10 V 129 0 20 mA 130 4 20 mA Table 145 Channel Monitoring Internal value Check channel 0 Plausib ility cut wire short circuit 3 None Table 146 Substitute Value Intended behaviour of output channel when...

Page 902: ... Off Last value Last value 5 sec Last value 10 sec Substitute value Substitute value 5 sec Substitute value 10 sec 0 1 6 11 2 7 12 BYTE Off 0x00 Substitute value at output 0 255 00h FFh BYTE 0 0x0000 Detect voltage overflow at out puts 2 Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 1 The parameters Behaviour DO at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON 2 The state externally voltage detected appears if...

Page 903: ... to the fieldbus master 4 Diagnosis Byte error code According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 and bit 6 coded error class 0 E1 1 E2 2 E3 3 E4 Bit 0 to bit 5 coded error description 5 Diagnosis Byte flags According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The modules performs reactivation auto...

Page 904: ...ternal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 31 26 Parameter error Check Master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 No process voltage UP Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O module Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O module...

Page 905: ...ap terminal unit 9 Remove wrong I O module and plug pro jected I O module 4 1 10 31 5 42 No communication with I O module on hot swap terminal unit 9 Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 54 I O module does not support hot swap 8 9 Power off system and replace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication with hot swap ter minal unit 9 Restart if error persists replace terminal unit 4 31 31 31 46 Voltage fe...

Page 906: ...ply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 0 7 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DO0 DO7 6 Check terminals 4 31 2 0 7 47 Short circuit at dig ital output 7 Check terminals Channel error analog 4 31 1 0 3 48 Analog value over flow or broken wire at an analog input Check value or check terminals 4 31 1 0 3 7 Analog value underflow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circu...

Page 907: ...ld produce reverse voltage from this output to other digital outputs This diagnosis message appears per channel 7 Short circuit After a detected short circuit the output is deactivated for 100ms Then a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears per channel 8 In case of an I O module doesn t support hot swapping do not perform any hot swap operations also not on any other terminal...

Page 908: ...reen No connection at Ethernet inter face Connected to Ethernet inter face Yellow Device is trans mitting telegrams Device is trans mitting telegrams Table 148 States of the 27 Process LEDs LED Color OFF ON Flashing AI0 to AI3 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal AO0 to AO1 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON brightness depends on the value of the anal...

Page 909: ... 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 10 0000 0 0004 10 0000 0 0004 20 0000 0 0007 20 0000 4 0006 On 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 0 0000 0 4 Off 0 0000 Normal range or measured value too low 0 0004 1 7593 0 0004 10 0000 3 9994 0 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 10 0004 11 7589 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 0 0000 11 7589 0 0000 0 0000 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds t...

Page 910: ... 0 C 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 60 0 C 32768 8000 Output Ranges Voltage and Current Range 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 11 7589 V 10 0004 V 23 5178 mA 20 0007 mA 22 8142 mA 20 0006 mA 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 10 0000 V 0 0004 V 20 0000 mA 0 0007 mA 20 0000 mA 4 0006 mA 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 V ...

Page 911: ...d voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP UP3 10 A fast Electrical isolation Ethernet interface against the rest of the module Inrush current from UP at power up On request Current consumption via UP normal operation 0 2 A Current consumption via UP3 0 06 A 0 5 A max per output Connections Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 for 24 V UP Terminal 3 8 for 24 V UP3 Terminals 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 for 0 V ZP Max power di...

Page 912: ...annels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DI0 to DI7 Terminals 2 0 to 2 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input del...

Page 913: ...load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes sof...

Page 914: ... Indication of the input signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs with RTDs Pt Ni 1 s Resolution Range 0 10 V 12 bits Range 10 10 V 12 bits sign Range 0 20 mA 12 bits Range 4 20 mA 12 bits Range RTD Pt100 PT1000 Ni1000 0 1 C Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory an...

Page 915: ...2 Distribution of channels into groups 1 group for 2 channels Connection of the channels AO0 AO1 Terminals 1 5 1 6 Reference potential for AO0 to AO1 Terminal 1 7 AO for voltage outputTerminal 1 9 2 9 and 3 9 for current output Output type Unipolar Current Bipolar Voltage Electrical isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA each output can be confi...

Page 916: ... Counter Operating modes See Operating modes 1 7 4 1 11 Ordering Data Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 222 100 R0001 CI521 MODTCP Modbus TCP bus module 4 AI 2 AO 8 DI and 8 DO Active 1SAP 422 100 R0001 CI521 MODTCP XC Modbus TCP bus module 4 AI 2 AO 8 DI and 8 DO XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 7 4 2 CI522 M...

Page 917: ... states of the digital outputs DO8 DO15 6 2 green LEDs to display the process supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the IP address 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Terminal unit 13 DIN rail Sign for XC version Device Specifications Comm...

Page 918: ...ble via soft ware Digital outputs 8 24 VDC 0 5 A max LED displays For system displays signal states errors and power supply External supply voltage Via terminals ZP UP and UP3 process supply voltage 24 VDC Required terminal unit TU507 or TU508 Ä Chapter 1 4 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet Communi cation Interface Modules on page 145 1 7 4 2 3 Electrical Connection The Ethernet bus module CI...

Page 919: ...on modules that are attached to the CI52x MODTCP must be powered up together with the CI52x MODTCP if the firmware version of these I O expansion modules is V1 9 or lower The firmware version is related to the index The index is printed on the module type label on the right side Modules as of index listed in the following table can be powered up independently S500 I O module type First index with ...

Page 920: ...n cut off of the digital outputs should be used by deactivation of the supply voltage UP3 be sure that no external voltage is conncted at the outputs DO8 DO15 and DC0 DC7 The assignment of the other terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 DC0 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC0 1 1 DC1 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC1 1 2 DC2 Signal of the configurable digital ...

Page 921: ... 8 UP3 Process voltage UP3 24 VDC 3 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 VDC WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal o...

Page 922: ...may carry internal voltages The following figure shows the electrical connection of the Ethernet bus module CI522 MODTCP Fig 187 Connection of the bus module CI522 MODTCP Further information is provided in the System Technology chapter CI52x MODTCP Connection of the Digital Inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital input DI8 Proceed with the digital inputs DI9 to D...

Page 923: ... Ä Chapter 1 7 4 2 8 1 State LEDs on page 934 Connection of the Digital Outputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital output DO8 Proceed with the digital outputs DO9 DO15 in the same way Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 Modbus 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 923 ...

Page 924: ...t output DC0 and DC1 DC0 is connected as an input and DC1 is connected as an output Proceed with the configurable digital inputs outputs DC2 to DC7 in the same way CAUTION If a DC channel is used as input the source for the input signals should be the impressed UP3 of the device Ä Chapter 1 7 4 2 3 Electrical Connection on page 918 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 Modbus ...

Page 925: ...nal unit for the Communication Interface Module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment Table 149 Pin assignment RJ45 jack Interface Pin Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NC not used 5 NC not used 6 RxD Receive data 7 NC not used 8 NC not used Shield Cable shield Functional earth For further information regarding wiring and c...

Page 926: ...s only during power up i e changes of the switch position during operation will have no effect until the next module initialization 1 7 4 2 6 I O Configuration The CI522 MODTCP stores configuration parameters IP address configuration module param eters The digital I O channels are configured via software Details about configuration are described in Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 4 2 7 Parameteri z...

Page 927: ... IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Master IP for Write restriction 4 No master IP Master IP 0 0 0 0 W X y z ARRAY 0 3 OF BYTE 0 0 0 0 Timeout for Bus supervision No supervision 10 ms timeout 20 ms timeout 0 1 2 BYTE No supervision IO Mapping Structure 3 Fixed Mapping Dynamic Map ping 0 1 B...

Page 928: ...ng Description On Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 Failsafe mode off On Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode on Off by E4 Failsafe Error LED S ERR l...

Page 929: ...ile an externally voltage is connected In this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diag nosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 3 The error state voltage overflow at outputs appears if externally voltage at digital outputs DC0 DC7 and accordingly DO8 DO15 has exceeded the process supply v...

Page 930: ...rror code According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 and bit 6 coded error class 0 E1 1 E2 2 E3 3 E4 Bit 0 to bit 5 coded error description 5 Diagnosis Byte flags According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error 6 Reserved 0 In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The modules performs reactivation automatically Thus an acknowledge...

Page 931: ...ernal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 31 26 Parameter error Check Master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O module Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O modul...

Page 932: ...on hot swap terminal unit 9 Remove wrong I O module and plug pro jected I O module 4 1 10 31 5 42 No communication with I O module on hot swap terminal unit 9 Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 54 I O module does not support hot swap 8 9 Power off system and replace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication with hot swap ter minal unit 9 Restart if error persists replace terminal unit 4 1 6 255 2 0 4...

Page 933: ...e I O module 4 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP3 gone Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 10 Voltage overflow at outputs above UP3 level 5 Check termi nals check process supply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 8 15 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DO8 DO15 6 Check terminals 4 31 4 0 7 46 Externally voltage...

Page 934: ...p is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected Otherwise this could produce reverse voltage from this output to other digital outputs This diag nosis message appears per channel 7 Short circuit After a detected short circuit the output is deactivated for 2000ms Then a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears per channel 8 In case of an I O module doesn t support h...

Page 935: ...itting telegrams Device is trans mitting telegrams Table 152 States of the 29 Process LEDs LED Color OFF ON Flashing DC0 to DC7 Yellow Input Output is OFF Input Output is ON DI8 to DI15 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON the input voltage is even displayed if the supply voltage is OFF DO8 to DO15 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON UP Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK and i...

Page 936: ...ax power dissipation within the module 6 W Number of digital inputs 8 Number of digital outputs 8 Number of configurable digital inputs outputs 8 Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Ethernet 10 100 base TX internal switch 2 x RJ45 socket Setting of the IO Device identifier With 2 rotary switches at the front side of the module Diag...

Page 937: ...rence potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 0 1 ms configurable from 0 1 32 ms Input signal voltage 24 VDC Signal 0 3 V 5 V Undefined Signal 5 V 15 V Signal 1 15 V 30 V Ri...

Page 938: ... load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against 24V signals Yes sof...

Page 939: ... Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DC0 to DC7 Terminals 1 0 to 1 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type a...

Page 940: ...ltage signal name UP3 Output voltage for signal 1 UP3 0 8 V Output delay 0 1 or 1 0 On request Output current Rated value per channel 500 mA at UP3 24 V Max value all channels together 4 A Leakage current with signal 0 0 5 mA Fuse for UP3 10 A fast Demagnetization with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request Wit...

Page 941: ... kHz Mode 9 max 35 kHz Mode 10 max 20 kHz Detailed description See Fast Counter Operating modes See Operating modes 1 7 4 2 10 Ordering Data Ordering No Scope of delivery Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 222 200 R0001 CI522 MODTCP Modbus TCP bus module 8 DC 8 DI and 8 DO Active 1SAP 422 200 R0001 CI522 MODTCP XC Modbus TCP bus module 8 DC 8 DI and 8 DO XC version Active For planning and commissioning...

Page 942: ... DI6 3 4 DI4 3 7 DI7 3 1 DI1 UP 24VDC 100W PROFIBUS DP Slave 4AI 2AO 8DI 8DO Input 24VDC Output 24VDC 0 5A S ERR I O Bus STA2 DP STA1 DP PWR RUN ADDR x10H x01H ADDR 4 C 3 B 2 A 1 9 0 8 F 7 E 6 D 5 4 C 3 B 2 A 1 9 0 8 F 7 E 6 D 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 I O bus 2 Allocation between terminal number and signal name 3 6 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the analog inputs outputs AI0 ...

Page 943: ...uts 24 VDC in 1 group 8 digital outputs 24 VDC in 1 group 0 5 A max Fast counter Module wise electrically isolated XC version for usage in extreme ambient conditions available 1 7 5 1 2 Functionality Parameter Value Interface PROFIBUS Protocol PROFIBUS DP DP V0 and DP V1 Power supply From the process supply voltage UP Supply of the electronic circuitry of the I O expansion modules attached Through...

Page 944: ... replaced without re wiring the terminal units The terminals 2 8 and 3 8 as well as 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 are electrically interconnected within the terminal unit and have always the same assignment independent of the inserted module Terminals 2 8 and 3 8 Process supply voltage UP 24 VDC Terminal 4 8 Process supply voltage UP3 24 VDC Terminals 2 9 3 9 and 4 9 Process supply voltage ZP 0 V With a separat...

Page 945: ... V RxD TxD P RxD TxD N Data Line B Data Line A 6 3 8 5 The earthing of the shield should take place at the switch gear cabinet see System Data AC500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 Mounting on Terminal Units TU517 or TU518 The assignment of the terminals 1 0 1 9 Terminal Signal Description 1 0 B Data line B receive and send line positive 1 1 B Data line B receive and send line posit...

Page 946: ... using TU517 TU518 the bus termination resistors can be enabled by connecting the terminals TermA and TermB to the data lines A and B no external termination resistors are required see illustration below 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 5 V DC GND PROFIBUS in PROFIBUS out 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 5 V DC GND PROFIBUS end Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S5...

Page 947: ...r of the cores 0 64 mm Conductor cross section of the cores 0 34 mm Cable resistance per core 55 W km Loop resistance resistance of two cores 110 W km Cable Length The maximum possible cable length of a PROFIBUS subnet within a segment depends on the baud rate transmission rate Baud rate Maximum cable length 9 6 kBaud to 93 75 kBaud 1200 m 187 5 kBaud 1000 m 500 kBaud 400 m 1 5 MBaud 200 m 3 MBaud...

Page 948: ...f the digital output DO6 4 7 DO7 Signal of the digital output DO7 4 8 UP3 Process voltage UP3 24 VDC 4 9 ZP Process voltage ZP 0 VDC WARNING Removal Insertion under power The devices are not designed for removal or insertion under power Because of unforeseeable consequences it is not allowed to plug or unplug devices with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process vol...

Page 949: ...al differences between different parts of the installation low resistance equipotential bonding conductors must be laid For simple applications low electromagnetic disturbances no high requirement on precision the shielding can also be omitted The following figures show the electrical connection of the PROFIBUS DP bus module CI541 DP PTC AI0 AI1 AI2 AI3 AI 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 PTC 2 5 2 6 2 7 AO0 A...

Page 950: ...e following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 DO7 in the same way 4 0 DO0 4 1 DO1 4 2 DO2 4 3 DO3 4 4 DO4 4 5 DO5 4 6 DO6 4 7 DO7 4 8 UP3 4 9 ZP 24 V DC The meaning of the LEDs is described in Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 9 State LEDs on page 970 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFIBUS 2019 04 17 3ADR0101...

Page 951: ...re configuration 1 channel used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 2 wire configuration 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 9 State LEDs on page 970 The module CI541 DP performs a linearization of the resistance characteristic To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Resistance Thermomet...

Page 952: ...the conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 7 Parameterization on page 960 Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1...

Page 953: ... Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 9 State LEDs on page 970 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors current with electri cally isolated power supply to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the a...

Page 954: ...rcuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no elec trically isolat...

Page 955: ...on page 960 Voltage 0 V 10 V 1 channel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 9 State LEDs on page 970 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Passive type Analog Sensors Current to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of passi...

Page 956: ...n measuring range 4 mA 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage to Differential Analog Inputs Differential inputs are very useful if analog sensors are used which are remotely non isolated e g the minus terminal is remotely earthed The evaluation using differential inputs helps to considerably increase the measuring accuracy and to avoi...

Page 957: ... Voltage 0 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used Voltage 10 V 10 V with differential inputs 2 chan nels used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 9 State LEDs on page 970 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Use of Analog Inputs as Digital Inputs Several or all analog inputs can be con...

Page 958: ...7 5 1 9 State LEDs on page 970 Connection of Analog Output Loads Voltage The following figure shows the connection of analog output loads voltage to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way 2 0 AI0 2 1 AI1 2 2 AI2 2 3 AI3 2 4 AI 2 5 AO0 2 6 AO1 2 7 AO 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 24 V DC The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 7 Parameterization on page ...

Page 959: ... 2 9 ZP 24 V DC The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 7 Parameterization on page 960 Current 0 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used Current 4 mA 20 mA Load 0 W 500 W 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 8 Diagnosis on page 965 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited 1 7 5 1 4 Internal Da...

Page 960: ...meters of the Module Table 153 Parameters of the Module Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Module ID 1 Internal 0x1C20 WORD 0x1C20 Parameter length Internal 47 BYTE 47 Reserved 1 byte 0 0 BYTE 0 Error LED Fail safe function see Ä Table 154 Set tings Error LED Failsafe func tion on page 961 On 0 BYTE 0 Off by E4 1 Off by E3 2 On failsafe 16 Off by E4 fail safe 17 Off by E3 fail s...

Page 961: ...ghts up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 Failsafe mode on The parameters Behaviour analog outputs at communication error and Behaviour digital out puts at communication error are only evaluated if failsafe function is enabled Group Parameters for the Analog Part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Analog data format Standard Reserved 0 255 BYTE 0 Behaviour analog outputs at c...

Page 962: ...des of analog inputs Ä Table 155 Op eration modes of analog inputs on page 962 BYTE 0 Input 3 Check channel Settings channel monitoring Ä Further infor mation on page 963 Settings channel monitoring Ä Further infor mation on page 963 BYTE 0 Channel Configuration Table 155 Operation modes of analog inputs Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configurable 0 default Not us...

Page 963: ...ab le Operation modes of analog outputs on page 964 BYTE 0 Output 0 Check channel Channel moni toring Ä Table 158 Table channel monitoring on page 964 Channel moni toring Ä Table 158 Table channel monitoring on page 964 BYTE 0 Output 0 Substi tute value Substitute value Ä Table 159 Table Substitute value on page 964 Substitute value Ä Table 159 Table Substitute value on page 964 WORD 0 Output 1 Ch...

Page 964: ...Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 sec 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 sec 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 sec depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 sec depending on configura...

Page 965: ...e 944 In this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diagnosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 1 7 5 1 8 Diagnosis Structure of the Diagnosis Block via DPM_SLV_DIAG Function Block Byte Number Description Possible Values 1 Data length header included 7 2 PROFIBUS DP V1 coding Vendor specifi...

Page 966: ...d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 06 3 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 6 Bit 6 7 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Bit 0 5 PRO FIBUS DP diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 Module errors 3 31 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 3 31 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 31 31 31 40 ...

Page 967: ... 31 17 No communication with I O device Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O device type on socket Replace I O module Check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Check modules and parame terization 4 1 10 31 5 8 I O module removed from hot swap terminal unit or defective module on hot swap ter minal unit 9 Plug I O module replace I O module 4...

Page 968: ...lace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication with hot swap ter minal unit 9 Restart if error persists replace terminal unit 4 31 31 31 46 Reverse voltage from digital outputs DO0 DO7 to UP3 4 Check connec tion 4 31 1 10 31 31 34 No response during initialization of the I O module Replace I O module 4 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 45 Process volt...

Page 969: ...ue underflow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check terminals 4 31 3 0 1 4 Analog value over flow at an analog output Check output value 4 31 3 0 1 7 Analog value underflow at an analog output Check output value Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnosis via bus specific function blocks 0 4 or 10 Position of the Communicatio...

Page 970: ...ecuted This diagnosis message appears per channel 8 In case of an I O module doesn t support hot swapping do not perform any hot swap operations also not on any other terminal units slots as modules may be damaged or I O bus communication may be disturbed 9 Diagnosis for hot swap available as of version index F0 1 7 5 1 9 State LEDs The LEDs are located at the front of module There are 2 different...

Page 971: ...Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK CH ERR1 to CH ERR3 Red No error or process supply voltage missing Internal error Error on one channel of the corresponding group 1 7 5 1 10 Measuring Ranges Input Ranges Voltage Current and Digital Input Range 0 10 V 10 10 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Digital input Overflow 11 7589 11 7589 23 5178 22 8142 Measured value too high 11 7589 10 0004 11 7589...

Page 972: ...alue too low 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32768 8000 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits Input Range Resistor Range Pt100 Pt1000 50 70 C Pt100 Pt1000 50 400 C Ni1000 50 150 C Overflow 80 0 C 450 0 C 160 0 C Measured value too high 450 0 C 400 1 C 160 0 C 150 1 C Device Specifications Communicatio...

Page 973: ...derflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 60 0 C Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 0 0000 1 500 FFFF FE0C Measured value too low 501 600 FE0B FDA8 Underflow 32768 8000 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFIBUS 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 973 ...

Page 974: ... V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA Underflow 0 V 0 mA 0 mA Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 6912 27648 FFFF E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Underflow 32512 8100 The represented resolution corresponds to 16 bits 1 7 5 1 11 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä C...

Page 975: ...tion within the module 6 W Configurable digital inputs outputs 8 Number of digital inputs 8 Number of digital outputs 8 Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Setting of the PROFIBUS DP identifier With 2 rotary switches at the front side of the module Diagnose See Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 8 Diagnosis on page 965 Operation and error...

Page 976: ...Input signal voltage 24 VDC 0 Signal 3 V 5 V Undefined Signal 5 V 15 V 1 Signal 15 V 30 V Ripple with signal 0 Within 3 V 5 V Ripple with signal 1 Within 15 V 30 V Input current per channel Input voltage 24 V Typ 5 mA Input voltage 5 V 1 mA Input voltage 15 V 2 mA Input voltage 30 V 8 mA Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Technical Data of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number ...

Page 977: ...verload Resistance to feedback against 24 V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The module provides several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 7 5 1 8 Diagnosis on page 965 The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V 1 Dig...

Page 978: ...ts sign Range 0 20 mA 12 bits Range 4 20 mA 12 bits Range RTD Pt100 PT1000 Ni1000 0 1 C Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range Typ 0 5 max 1 Relationship between input signal and hex code Tables Input Ranges Voltage Current and Dig ital Input and Input Range Resistor Unused inputs Are configured as unused def...

Page 979: ...y 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA each output can be configured individually Output resistance load as current output 0 500 W Output loadability as voltage output 10 mA max Indication of the output signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Resolution 12 bits sign Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resol...

Page 980: ... 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO Active 1SAP 424 100 R0001 CI541 DP XC PROFIBUS DP bus module 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 7 5 2 CI542 DP 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Module wise electrically isolated Fast counter XC version fo...

Page 981: ...al outputs DO8 DO15 6 2 green LEDs to display the process supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 DP STA2 DP S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the PROFIBUS ID 11 9 pole D SUB connector to connect the PROFIBUS DP signals 12 Terminal unit 13 DIN rail Sign for XC version 1 7 5 2 1 Intended Purpose The PROFIBUS ...

Page 982: ...apter 1 4 2 TU509 and TU510 for Communication Interface Modules on page 149 or TU510 Ä Chapter 1 4 2 TU509 and TU510 for Communication Interface Modules on page 149 and accordingly TU517 Ä Chapter 1 4 4 TU517 and TU518 for Communication Interface Mod ules on page 158 or TU518 Ä Chapter 1 4 4 TU517 and TU518 for Communication Interface Modules on page 158 Properly seat the module and press until it...

Page 983: ...eactivation of the supply voltage UP3 be sure that no external voltage is conncted at the outputs DO0 DO7 and DC0 DC7 Possibilities of Connection Mounting on terminal units TU509 or TU510 The assignment of the 9 pole female D SUB connector for the PROFIBUS DP signals Serial Inter face Pin Signal Description 1 5 6 9 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 B PROFIBUS DP signal B 4 Reserved 5 DGND Ground for 5 V pow...

Page 984: ...ive 1 3 A Data line A receive and send line nega tive 1 4 TermB Bus termination data line B 1 5 TermB Bus termination data line B 1 6 TermA Bus termination data line A 1 7 TermA Bus termination data line A 1 8 DGND Reference potential for data transmis sion 1 9 DGND Reference potential for data transmis sion At the line ends of a bus segment termination resistors must be connected If using TU517 T...

Page 985: ... located inside the TU but inside the bus module CI541 DP I e when removing the device from the TU the bus termination resistors are not connected to the bus any more The bus itself will not be disconnected if a device is removed If using TU517 TU518 the max permitted baud rate is limited to 1 5 MBaud Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFIBUS 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_U...

Page 986: ...ut DC0 2 1 DC1 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC1 2 2 DC2 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC2 2 3 DC3 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC3 2 4 DC4 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC4 2 5 DC5 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC5 2 6 DC6 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC6 2 7 DC7 Signal of the configurabl...

Page 987: ... connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to ...

Page 988: ...DC2 2 2 DC3 2 3 DC4 2 4 DC5 2 5 DC6 2 6 DC7 2 7 Connection of the Digital Inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital input DI8 Proceed with the digital inputs DI9 to DI15 in the same way 3 0 DI8 3 1 DI9 3 2 DI10 3 3 DI11 3 4 DI12 3 5 DI13 3 6 DI14 3 7 DI15 3 8 UP 3 9 ZP 24 V DC Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFIBUS 2019 04 17 3ADR010121...

Page 989: ...ter 1 7 5 2 9 State LEDs on page 997 Connection of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the configurable digital input output DC0 and DC1 DC0 is connected as an input and DC1 is connected as an output Proceed with the configurable digital inputs outputs DC2 to DC7 in the same way CAUTION If a DC channel is used as input the source for the ...

Page 990: ...module reads the position of the rotary switches only during power up i e changes of the switch position during operation will have no effect until the next module initialization 1 7 5 2 6 I O Configuration The CI542 DP PROFIBUS DP bus configuration is handled by PROFIBUS DP master with the exception of the slave bus ID via rotary switches and the baud rate automatic detection The digital I O chan...

Page 991: ... operating modes see Fast Counter Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 10 Fast Counter on page 394 Table 162 Settings Error LED Failsafe function Setting Description On Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 Failsafe...

Page 992: ...etected appears if the output of a channel DC0 DC7 should be switched on while an externally voltage is connected In this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diagnosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 3 The error state voltage overflow at outputs appears if externally voltage at dig ital...

Page 993: ...tion passed on by modules to the fieldbus master 6 Diagnosis Byte error code According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 and bit 6 coded error class 0 E1 1 E2 2 E3 3 E4 Bit 0 to bit 5 coded error description 7 Diagnosis Byte flags According to the I O bus specification Bit 7 1 coming error Bit 6 1 leaving error In cases of short circuit or overload the digital outputs are turned off The modules p...

Page 994: ...t hard firm ware versions in the module 3 31 31 31 43 Internal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 31 26 Parameter error Check Master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O ...

Page 995: ...ule on hot swap ter minal unit 9 Plug I O module replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 28 Wrong I O module plugged on hot swap terminal unit 9 Remove wrong I O module and plug pro jected I O module 4 1 10 31 5 42 No communication with I O module on hot swap terminal unit 9 Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 54 I O module does not support hot swap 8 9 Power off system and replace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 42 No ...

Page 996: ...place I O module 4 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP3 gone Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 10 Voltage overflow at outputs above UP3 level 5 Check termi nals check process supply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 8 15 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DO0 DO7 6 Check terminals 4 31 4 0 7 46 Externally volt...

Page 997: ... Other wise this could produce reverse voltage from this output to other digital out puts This diagnosis message appears per channel 7 Short circuit After a detected short circuit the output is deactivated for 100ms Then a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears per channel 8 In case of an I O module doesn t support hot swapping do not perform any hot swap operations also not ...

Page 998: ...or process supply voltage missing Internal error Error on one channel of the corresponding group 1 7 5 2 10 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for standard version The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are valid for the XC version Only additional details are therefore documented below Tec...

Page 999: ...ght without terminal unit Ca 125 g Mounting position Horizontal Or vertical with derating output load reduced to 50 at 40 C per group Cooling The natural convection cooling must not be hin dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage ...

Page 1000: ...ta of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DO0 to DO7 Terminals 4 0 to 4 7 Reference potential for all outputs Terminals 2 9 4 9 minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminal 4 8 plus pole of the supply voltage signal name UP...

Page 1001: ...ductive loads are turned off Technical Data of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the configurable I O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 inputs outputs with transistors Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group for 8 channels If the chan...

Page 1002: ... Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal may not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the voltage to approx 36 V Fol lowing this the input voltage must range from 12 V to 30 V when UPx 24 V and from 6 V to...

Page 1003: ... V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V 1 Digital input output 2 For demagnetization when inductive loads are turned off Technical Data of the Fast Counter Parameter Value Used...

Page 1004: ...Processor Module The Communication Interface Modules CIxyz PNIO act as IO Devices in a PROFINET network Additionally the communication module CM589 PNIO 4 can be used to setup a AC500 PLC to act as IO Device in a PROFINET network The difference of the CIxyz PNIO devices can be found in their input and output characteristics Ä Chapter 1 7 6 1 1 1 Characteristics of CI50x PNIO on page 1004 The chara...

Page 1005: ... in PROFINET networks The network connection is performed via 2 RJ45 connectors which are integrated in the Terminal Unit The Bus Module contains 22 I O channels with the following properties 4 analog inputs 1 0 1 3 configurable as 10 10 V 0 10 V 10 10 V differential voltage 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 for each 2 wire and 3 wire 24 V digital input function 2 analog outputs 1 5 1 6 configur...

Page 1006: ...drate Configurable from 300 bit s to 115 200 bit s Technical Data of the Serial Interfaces of CI506 PNIO Parameter Value Number of serial interfaces 2 Connectors for serial interfaces X11 for COM1 X12 for COM2 Supported physical layers RS 232 RS 422 RS 485 Supported protocols ASCII Baudrate Configurable from 300 bit s to 115 200 bit s Technical Data of the CANopen Interfaces CI506 PNIO Parameter V...

Page 1007: ...I0 DI7 5 8 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the digital outputs DO0 DO7 6 2 green LEDs to display the process supply voltage UP and UP3 7 3 red LEDs to display errors CH ERR1 CH ERR2 CH ERR3 8 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the I O device identifier 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Terminal unit 13 D...

Page 1008: ... of the electronic circuitry of the I O expansion modules attached Through the expansion bus interface I O bus Rotary switches For setting the I O device identifier for configu ration purposes 00h to FFh LED displays For system displays signal states errors and power supply External supply voltage Via terminals ZP UP and UP3 process supply voltage 24 VDC Effect of incorrect input terminal connecti...

Page 1009: ...verse voltage This ist not intended usage CAUTION Risk of malfunction by not intended usage If the function cut off of the digital outputs should be used by deactivation of the supply voltage UP3 be sure that no external voltage is conncted at the outputs DO0 DO7 The assignment of the other terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 AI0 Plus pole of analog input signal 0 1 1 AI1 Plus pole of analog...

Page 1010: ... or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present prior to proceeding The devices must not b...

Page 1011: ...tic disturbances no high require ment on precision the shielding can also be omitted The following figures show the electrical connection of the Ethernet bus module CI501 PNIO Further information is provided in the System Technology chapter PROFINET Connection of the Digital Inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital input DI0 Proceed with the digital inputs DI1 to ...

Page 1012: ...n page 1035 Connection of the Digital Outputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital output DO0 Proceed with the digital outputs DO1 DO7 in the same way Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFINET 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1012 ...

Page 1013: ...rough them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI501 PNIO provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog input channels The following figure shows the connection of resistance thermometers in 2 wire configuration to the analog input AI0 Proceed with the analog inputs AI1 to AI3 in the same way Device Specifications Communication...

Page 1014: ...unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Resistance Thermometers in 3 wire Configuration to the Analog Inputs When resistance thermometers Pt100 Pt1000 Ni1000 are used a constant current must flow through them to build the necessary voltage drop for the evaluation For this the module CI501 PNIO provides a constant current source which is multiplexed over the max 4 analog...

Page 1015: ...necessary to have all the involved conductors in the same cable All the conductors must have the same cross section The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 7 Parameterization on page 1024 Pt100 50 C 70 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt100 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Pt1000 50 C 400 C 3 wire configuration 2 chan nels used Ni1000 50 C 150 C 3 ...

Page 1016: ... V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 1030 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Current with Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of activ...

Page 1017: ...w resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 mA 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage with no Electrically Isolated Power Supply to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage with no elec trically isolated power supply to the anal...

Page 1018: ...hannel used Voltage 10 V 10 V 1 channel used The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 1030 To avoid error messages from unused analog input channels configure them as unused Connection of Passive type Analog Sensors Current to the Analog Inputs The following figure shows the connection of passive type analog se...

Page 1019: ...n 25 mA If not possible connect a 10 volt zener diode in parallel to AIx and ZP Unused input channels can be left open circuited because they are of low resistance To avoid error messages through unused analog input channels in measuring range 4 mA 20 mA these channels should be configured as Not used Connection of Active type Analog Sensors Voltage to Differential Analog Inputs Differential input...

Page 1020: ... sensors must not have a too big potential difference with respect to ZP max 1 V Make sure that the potential difference never exceeds 1 V The following figure shows the connection of active type analog sensors voltage to differential analog inputs AI0 and AI1 Proceed with AI2 and AI3 in the same way The following measuring ranges can be configured Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 7 Parameterization on page 1024...

Page 1021: ...e configured Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 7 Parameterization on page 1024 Digital input 24 V 1 channel used Effect of incorrect input ter minal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V The function of the LEDs is described under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 1030 Connection of Analog Output Loads Voltage The following figure shows the ...

Page 1022: ...ribed under Diagnosis and displays Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 1030 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Connection of Analog Output Loads Current The following figure shows the connection of output loads to the analog output AO0 Proceed with the analog output AO1 in the same way Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFINET 2019 ...

Page 1023: ... 2 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs on page 1030 Unused analog outputs can be left open circuited Assignment of the Ethernet Ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the following pin assignment Table 165 Pin assignment RJ45 jack Interface Pin Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit data 2 TxD Transmit data 3 RxD Receive data 4 NC not used 5 NC not u...

Page 1024: ...fect until the next module initialization 1 7 6 2 6 I O Configuration The CI501 PNIO stores some PROFINET configuration parameters I O device identifier I O device type and IP address configuration No more configuration data is stored The analog digital I O channels are configured via software Details about configuration are described in Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 6 2 7 Parameteri zation on pa...

Page 1025: ...e time 4 5 ms process cycle time 5 6 ms process cycle time 6 7 ms process cycle time 7 8 ms process cycle time 8 9 ms process cycle time 9 10 ms process cycle time 10 11 ms process cycle time 11 12 ms process cycle time 12 13 ms process cycle time 13 14 ms process cycle time 14 15 ms process cycle time 15 16 ms process cycle time 16 Check supply off on 0 1 BYTE 1 Fast counter 0 10 3 0 10 BYTE 0 Re...

Page 1026: ...rors of all error classes Failsafe mode on Off by E4 Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode on Off by E3 Failsafe Error LED S ERR lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 Failsafe mode on The parameters Behaviour AO at comm error and Behaviour DO at comm error are only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Group Parameters for the Analog Part N...

Page 1027: ...027 Table Operating modes of the analog inputs Ä Table 167 Ch annel Configura tion on page 1027 BYTE 0 Input 3 Check channel Table Channel montoring Ä Table 168 Ch annel Monitoring on page 1028 Table Channel montoring Ä Table 168 Ch annel Monitoring on page 1028 BYTE 0 Table 167 Channel Configuration Internal value Operating modes of the analog inputs individually configurable 0 default Not used 1...

Page 1028: ...ing modes of the analog outputs Ä Further infor mation on page 1029 BYTE 0 Output 0 Check channel Table Channel monitoring Ä Table 170 Ch annel Monitoring on page 1029 Table Channel monitoring Ä Table 170 Ch annel Monitoring on page 1029 BYTE 0 Output 0 Substi tute value Table Substitute value Ä Table 171 Su bstitute Value on page 1029 Table Substitute value Ä Table 171 Su bstitute Value on page 1...

Page 1029: ...tput OFF Off 0 Last value infinite Last value 0 Last value for 5 s and then turn off Last value 5 sec 0 Last value for 10 s and then turn off Last value 10 sec 0 Substitute value infinite Substitute value Depending on configuration Substitute value for 5 s and then turn off Substitute value 5 sec Depending on configuration Substitute value for 10 s and then turn off Substitute value 10 sec Dependi...

Page 1030: ...on page 1008 In this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected The monitoring of this state and the resulting diagnosis message can be disabled by setting the parameters to OFF 1 7 6 2 8 Diagnosis and State LEDs Structure of the Diagnosis Block via PNIO_DEV_ALARM Function Block Byte Number Description Possible Values 1 Diagnosis Byte slot number 31 CI501 PNIO e g...

Page 1031: ... E4 d1 d2 d3 d4 Identi fier 000 06 3 AC500 Display Display in Class Comp Dev Mod Ch Err PS501 PLC Browser Byte 4 Bit 6 7 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Bit 0 5 PNIO diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error Identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 Module errors 3 31 31 31 19 Checksum error in the I O module Replace I O module 3 31 31 31 3 Timeout in the I O module 3 31 31 31 40 Diff...

Page 1032: ...odule 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O device type on socket Replace I O module Check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least one module does not support failsafe function Check modules and parame terization 4 1 10 31 5 8 I O module removed from hot swap terminal unit or defective module on hot swap ter minal unit 9 Plug I O module replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 28 Wrong I O module plugged on hot swap te...

Page 1033: ...inal unit 4 31 31 31 46 Voltage feedback on activated digital outputs DO0 DO7 on UP3 4 Check terminals 4 31 1 10 31 31 34 No response during initialization of the I O module Replace I O module 4 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 1 6 255 2 0 45 The connected Communication Module has no con nection to the net work Check cabeling 4 31 31 31 45 No process voltage U...

Page 1034: ...ow at an analog input Check value 4 31 1 0 3 47 Short circuit at an analog input Check terminals 4 31 3 0 1 4 Analog value over flow at an analog output Check output value 4 31 3 0 1 7 Analog value underflow at an analog output Check output value Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnosis via bus specific function blocks 0 4 or 10 Position of the communication module 1...

Page 1035: ... case of an I O module doesn t support hot swapping do not perform any hot swap operations also not on any other terminal units slots as modules may be damaged or I O bus communication may be disturbed 9 Diagnosis for hot swap available as of version index F0 State LEDs The LEDs are located at the front of module There are 2 different groups The 5 system LEDs PWR STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR and I O Bu...

Page 1036: ... Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal AO0 to AO1 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON brightness depends on the value of the analog signal DI0 to DI7 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON the input voltage is even displayed if the supply voltage is OFF DO0 toDO7 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON UP Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage O...

Page 1037: ...0 0000 0 0000 0 4 Off 0 0004 1 7593 0 0004 10 0000 3 9994 0 Measured value too low 10 0004 11 7589 Underflow 0 0000 11 7589 0 0000 0 0000 Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range Normal range or measured value too low 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 1 4864 6912 27648 FFFF ED00 E500 9400 Measured value too low 27649 32512 93FF 8100 Unde...

Page 1038: ... 1 C 0 0 C 0 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C 0 1 C 50 0 C Measured value too low 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C 50 1 C 60 0 C Underflow 60 0 C 60 0 C 60 0 C Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32767 7FFF Measured value too high 4500 4001 1194 0FA1 1600 1501 0640 05DD 800 701 0320 02BD Normal range 4000 1500 700 1 0FA0 05DC 02BC 0001 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFINET 2019 04 17 3ADR01...

Page 1039: ...mA 20 0006 mA Normal range 10 0000 V 0 0004 V 20 0000 mA 0 0007 mA 20 0000 mA 4 0006 mA 0 0000 V 0 0000 mA 4 0000 mA 0 0004 V 10 0000 V 0 mA 0 mA 3 9994 mA 0 mA 0 mA Measured value too low 10 0004 V 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA 0 mA Underflow 11 7589 V 0 mA 0 mA Range Digital value Decimal Hex Overflow 32511 7EFF Measured value too high 32511 27649 7EFF 6C01 Normal range 27648 1 6C00 0001 0 0000 Devic...

Page 1040: ...r inputs and outputs Max load for the terminals 10 A Protection against reversed voltage Yes Rated protection fuse on UP UP3 10 A fast Electrical isolation Ethernet interface against the rest of the module Inrush current from UP at power up On request Current consumption via UP normal operation 0 2 A Current consumption via UP3 0 06 A 0 5 A max per output Connections Terminals 1 8 and 2 8 for 24 V...

Page 1041: ...ainst reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloads on isolated multi channel modules occur as every channel is protected individually by an internal smart high side switch Parameter Value Bus connection 2 x RJ45 Switch Integrated Technology Hilscher netX100 Transfer rate 10 100 Mbit s full duplex Transfer ...

Page 1042: ...hannels Terminals of the channels DI0 to DI7 Terminals 2 0 to 2 7 Reference potential for all inputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Indication of the input signals 1 yellow LED per channel the LED is ON when the input signal is high signal 1 Input type according EN 61131 2 Type 1 Input delay 0 1 or 1 0 Typ 0 1 ms configurable from 0 1 32 ms Input signal voltage 2...

Page 1043: ...on with inductive DC load Via internal varistors see figure below this table Output switching frequency With resistive load On request With inductive loads Max 0 5 Hz With lamp loads 11 Hz max at 5 W max Short circuit proof overload proof Yes Overload message I 0 7 A Yes after ca 100 ms Output current limitation Yes automatic reactivation after short circuit overload Resistance to feedback against...

Page 1044: ...nnel brightness depends on the value of the analog signal Conversion cycle 1 ms for 4 inputs 2 outputs with RTDs Pt Ni 1 s Resolution Range 0 V 10 V 12 bits Range 10 V 10 V 12 bits sign Range 0 mA 20 mA 12 bits Range 4 mA 20 mA 12 bits Range RTD Pt100 PT1000 Ni1000 0 1 C Conversion error of the analog values caused by non linearity adjustment error at factory and resolution within the normal range...

Page 1045: ... and 3 9 for current output Output type Unipolar Current Bipolar Voltage Electrical isolation Against internal supply and other modules Configurability 10 V 10 V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA each output can be configured individually Output resistance load as current output 0 W 500 W Output loadability as voltage output 10 mA max Indication of the output signals 1 LED per channel brightness depends on th...

Page 1046: ...0001 CI501 PNIO V3 PROFINET bus module 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO Active 1SAP 420 600 R0001 CI501 PNIO XC V3 PROFINET bus module 8 DI 8 DO 4 AI and 2 AO XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 7 6 3 CI502 PNIO XC 8 digital inputs 24 VDC 8 digital outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max 8 configurable digital inputs outputs 24 VDC 0 5 A max Module wis...

Page 1047: ...A1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 9 Label 10 2 rotary switches for setting the IO device identifier 11 Ethernet interfaces ETH1 ETH2 on the terminal unit 12 Terminal unit 13 DIN rail Sign for XC version 1 7 6 3 1 Intended Purpose The PROFINET bus module CI502 PNIO is used as communication interface module in PRO FINET networks The network connection is performed via 2 RJ45 connectors which are inte gr...

Page 1048: ...pter 1 4 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet Communication Interface Modules on page 145 1 7 6 3 3 Electrical Connection The Ethernet bus module CI502 PNIO is plugged on the I O terminal unit TU507 ETH Ä Chapter 1 4 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet Communication Interface Modules on page 145 or TU508 ETH Ä Chapter 1 4 1 TU507 ETH and TU508 ETH for Ethernet Com munication Interface Modules...

Page 1049: ...ended usage If the function cut off of the digital outputs should be used by deactivation of the supply voltage UP3 be sure that no external voltage is conncted at the outputs DO0 DO7 and DC0 DC7 The assignment of the other terminals Terminal Signal Description 1 0 DC0 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC0 1 1 DC1 Signal of the configurable digital input output DC1 1 2 DC2 Signal of ...

Page 1050: ... power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed a...

Page 1051: ... Connection of the Digital Inputs The following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital input DI8 Proceed with the digital inputs DI9 to DI15 in the same way Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFINET 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1051 ...

Page 1052: ...e following figure shows the electrical connection of the digital output DO8 Proceed with the digital outputs DO9 DO15 in the same way The meaning of the LEDs is described in Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 6 3 8 1 State LEDs on page 1061 Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFINET 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1052 ...

Page 1053: ... 4 DI14 2 0 DI8 2 1 DI9 2 2 DI10 2 3 DI11 DI12 2 5 DI13 2 6 2 7 DI15 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 3 0 DO8 3 1 DO9 3 2 DO10 3 3 DO11 3 4 DO12 3 5 DO13 3 6 DO14 3 7 DO15 3 8 UP3 3 9 ZP The meaning of the LEDs is described in Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 6 3 8 1 State LEDs on page 1061 Assignment of the Ethernet Ports The terminal unit for the communication interface module provides two Ethernet interfaces with the follo...

Page 1054: ...uration parameters I O device identifier I O device type and IP address configuration No more configuration data is stored The digital I O channels are configured via software Details about configuration are described in Parameterization Ä Chapter 1 7 6 3 7 Parameteri zation on page 1054 1 7 6 3 7 Parameterization Parameters of the Module Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Modul...

Page 1055: ... cycle time 10 11 ms process cycle time 11 12 ms process cycle time 12 13 ms process cycle time 13 14 ms process cycle time 14 15 ms process cycle time 15 16 ms process cycle time 16 Check supply off on 0 1 BYTE 1 Fast counter 0 10 2 0 10 BYTE 0 1 With a faulty ID the module reports a parameter error and does not perform cyclic process data transmission 2 Counter operating modes Ä Chapter 1 5 1 2 ...

Page 1056: ... Failsafe mode on The parameter Behaviour DO at comm error is only analyzed if the Failsafe mode is ON Group Parameters for the Digital Part Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default Input delay 0 1 ms 1 ms 8 ms 32 ms 0 1 2 3 BYTE 0 1 ms 0x00 Detect short cir cuit at outputs Off On 0 1 BYTE On 0x01 Behaviour DO at comm error 1 Off Last value Last value 5 sec Last value 10 sec Substitut...

Page 1057: ...ow may produce reverse voltage 1 7 6 3 8 Diagnosis Structure of the Diagnosis Block via PNIO_DEV_ALARM Function Block Byte Number Description Possible Values 1 Diagnosis Byte slot number 31 CI502 PNIO e g error at integrated 8 DI 8 DO 1 1st connected S500 I O module 10 10th connected S500 I O module 2 Diagnosis Byte module number According to the I O bus specification passed on by modules to the f...

Page 1058: ...rnal error in the module 3 31 31 31 36 Internal data exchange failure 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer Restart 3 31 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP too low Check process supply voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP gone Check process supply voltage 3 31 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O device Replace I O module 3 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O device...

Page 1059: ...n hot swap terminal unit 9 Remove wrong I O module and plug pro jected I O module 4 1 10 31 5 42 No communication with I O module on hot swap terminal unit 9 Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 5 54 I O module does not support hot swap 8 9 Power off system and replace I O module 4 1 10 31 6 42 No communication with hot swap ter minal unit 9 Restart if error persists replace terminal unit 4 1 6 255 2 0 45...

Page 1060: ... I O module 4 31 31 31 11 Process voltage UP3 too low Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 45 Process voltage UP3 gone Check process supply voltage 4 31 31 31 10 Voltage overflow at outputs above UP3 level 5 Check termi nals check process supply voltage Channel error digital 4 31 2 8 15 46 Externally voltage detected at digital output DO0 DO7 6 Check terminals 4 31 4 0 7 46 Externally voltage d...

Page 1061: ...n this case the start up is disabled as long as the externally voltage is connected Otherwise this could produce reverse voltage from this output to other digital outputs This diag nosis message appears per channel 7 Short circuit After a detected short circuit the output is deactivated for 2000 ms Then a new start up will be executed This diagnosis message appears per channel 8 In case of an I O ...

Page 1062: ...EDs LED Color OFF ON Flashing DC0 to DC7 Yellow Input Output is OFF Input Output is ON DI8 to DI15 Yellow Input is OFF Input is ON the input voltage is even displayed if the supply voltage is OFF DO8 to DO15 Yellow Output is OFF Output is ON UP Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage OK and initialization fin ished UP3 Green Process supply voltage missing Process supply voltage...

Page 1063: ...outputs 8 Input data length 12 bytes Output data length 20 bytes Reference potential for all digital inputs and outputs Minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Setting of the IO Device identifier With 2 rotary switches at the front side of the module Diagnosis See Diagnosis and Displays Ä Chapter 1 7 6 3 8 Diagnosis on page 1057 Operation and error displays 34 LEDs totally Weight without t...

Page 1064: ...ectionless remote procedure Call LLDP link layer discovery protocol MRP MRP Client Acyclic services PNIO read write sequence max 1024 bytes per telegram Process Alarm service Supported alarm types Process Alarm Diagnostic Alarm Return of SubModule Plug Alarm Pull Alarm Min bus cycle 1 ms Conformance class CC A Protective functions according to IEC 61131 3 Protected against short circuit reverse su...

Page 1065: ...ta of the Digital Outputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group of 8 channels Terminals of the channels DO0 to DO7 Terminals 3 0 to 3 7 Reference potential for all outputs Terminals 1 9 3 9 minus pole of the supply voltage signal name ZP Common power supply voltage For all outputs terminal 3 8 plus pole of the supply voltage signal name UP...

Page 1066: ...ductive loads are turned off Technical Data of the Configurable Digital Inputs Outputs Each of the configurable I O channels is defined as input or output by the user program This is done by interrogating or allocating the corresponding channel Parameter Value Number of channels per module 8 inputs outputs with transistors Distribution of the channels into groups 1 group for 8 channels If the chan...

Page 1067: ... Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m Due to the direct connection to the output the demagnetizing varistor is also effective at the input see figure above This is why the difference between UPx and the input signal may not exceed the clamp voltage of the varistor The varistor limits the voltage to approx 36 V Fol lowing this the input voltage must range from 12 V to 30 V when UPx 24 V and from 6 V to...

Page 1068: ... V signals Yes software controlled supervision Max cable length Shielded 1000 m Unshielded 600 m The following drawing shows the circuitry of a digital input output with the varistors for demag netization when inductive loads are switched off 2 1 UPx 24 V ZPx 0 V 1 Digital input output 2 For demagnetization when inductive loads are turned off Technical Data of the Fast Counter Parameter Value Used...

Page 1069: ...odule 8 DI 8 DO and 8 DC XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 7 6 4 CI504 PNIO 3 serial UART interfaces RS 232 RS 422 or RS 485 Module wise electrically isolated XC version for usage in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFINET 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1069 ...

Page 1070: ...F 7 E 6 D 5 x10H ADDR 4 C 3 B 2 A 1 9 0 8 F 7 E 6 D 5 1 2 2 10 11 12 2 3 4 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 10 1 I O bus 2 3 x 3 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the serial interfaces COM1 COM2 and COM3 3 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 4 Allocation between terminal number and signal name of the serial interfaces 5 2 rotary switches for setting the IO device identifier 6 1 green...

Page 1071: ...Chapter 1 4 5 TU520 ETH for PRO FINET Communication Interface Modules on page 161 1 7 6 4 3 Electrical Connection The PROFINET Bus Module CI504 PNIO is plugged on the terminal unit TU520 ETH Ä Chapter 1 4 5 TU520 ETH for PROFINET Communication Interface Modules on page 161 Properly seat the module and press until it locks in place The terminal unit is mounted on a DIN rail or with 2 screws plus th...

Page 1072: ... signal terminal TxD 3 Rx Tx N RS 485 Inverted I O signal terminal for each channel RS 422 Inverted transmit signal terminal TxD 4 Term N RS 485 Internal line terminating resistor for inverted signal Rx Tx N terminal RS 422 Inverted receive signal terminal RxD 5 RTS RS 232 Request To Send signal terminal for each channel 6 TxD RS 232 Transmit signal terminal for each channel 7 SGND RS 232 Signal g...

Page 1073: ...isk of damaging the PLC modules Overvoltages and short circuits might damage the PLC modules Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you begin with operations at the system Never connect any voltages or signals to reserved terminals marked with Reserved terminals may carry internal voltages The module provide several diagnosis functions Ä Chapter 1 7 6...

Page 1074: ...e 17 Off by E3 fail safe 19 Remarks 1 With a faulty module ID the module reports a parameter error and does not perform cyclic process data transmission Table 181 Error LED Failsafe function 2 Setting Description On Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode off Off by E4 Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode off Off by E3 Error LED lights ...

Page 1075: ... 40 BYTE 1 Number of frames Data blocks in transmission FIFO 1 40 1 40 BYTE 1 Behavior during reception FIFO overflow Discard new received frames 1 BYTE 2 Overwrite oldest frame in FIFO 2 Discard new received frames and send PRO FINET alarm 3 Overwrite oldest frame in FIFO and send PROFINET alarm 4 Physical layer RS232 1 BYTE 1 RS485 2 RS422 3 RTS control None 0 BYTE 1 Telegram 1 RTS CTS DTE DTE 2...

Page 1076: ...one 0 BYTE 0 XON XOFF 2 Baudrate Channel inac tive 0 DWORD 19200 300 bit s 300 1200 bit s 1200 4800 bit s 4800 9600 bit s 9600 14400 bit s 14400 19200 bit s 19200 38400 bit s 38400 38400 bit s 57600 57600 bit s 57600 115200 bit s 115200 Parity No parity 0 BYTE No parity Odd parity 1 Even parity 2 Data bits 5 bits 0 BYTE 8 6 bits 1 7 bits 2 8 bits 3 Stop bits 1 bit 0 BYTE 1 2 bits 1 Device Specific...

Page 1077: ...et to value Character Timeout the value in the parameter Character Timeout must be set to 0 The parameter End Value must be set to 32 equivalent to 32 bits character timeout Only 32 bits character timeout is supported Checksum is only supported if a telegram ending selection is active Please refer to AC500 serial channel documentation for additional precautions Precautions for RS 485 RS 422 DTE DC...

Page 1078: ...NIO diag nosis block Class Inter face Device Module Channel Error identi fier Error message Remedy 1 2 3 Module error 3 31 31 31 43 Internal error in the module Replace module 3 31 31 31 9 Overflow diagnosis buffer New start 3 31 31 31 26 Parameter error Check master 3 31 31 31 11 Process voltage too low Check process voltage 3 31 31 31 45 Process voltage gone Check process voltage 3 1 10 31 31 17...

Page 1079: ...les and parame terization 4 31 31 1 3 26 Parameter error Check modules and parame terization Remarks 1 In AC500 the following interface identifier applies Diagnosis via bus specific Function Blocks 0 4 or 10 Position of the Communication Module 14 I O Bus 31 Module itself The identifier is not contained in the CI504 PNIO diagnosis block 2 With Device the following allocation applies 31 Module itse...

Page 1080: ...ot configured STA2 ETH System LED SF Green Got identification request from I O controller Red No system error System error collective error S ERR Red No error Internal error I O Bus Green No expansion modules con nected or com munication error Expansion mod ules connected and operational Table 183 States of the 4 Ethernet State LEDs LED Color OFF ON Flashing ETH1 Link Green No connection at Ethern...

Page 1081: ...transmitting RS 422 Channel is enabled able to receive and transmit COMx ERR Red Channel enabled no error OR Channel deacti vated Channel boot up Channel error receive buffer overflow Table 185 State of the Power Supply LED LED Color OFF ON Flashing UP Green No process voltage available Process voltage available 1 7 6 4 9 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data...

Page 1082: ...in dered by cable ducts or other parts in the switch gear cabinet Electrical isolation Ethernet interface against the rest of the module each serial port against each other and the rest of the module Diagnosis See Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 7 6 4 7 Diagnosis on page 1077 NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuo...

Page 1083: ...larm Diagnostic Alarm Return of SubModule Plug Alarm Pull Alarm Min bus cycle 1 ms Conformance class CC A Protective functions according to IEC 61131 3 Protected against short circuit reverse supply overvoltage reverse polarity Electrical isolation from the rest of the module Priorization with the aid of VLAN ID including priority level Technical Data of the Serial Interfaces Parameter Value Numbe...

Page 1084: ...erial interfaces XC version Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 7 6 5 CI506 PNIO 2 serial UART interfaces RS 232 RS 422 or RS 485 1 CANopen master interface Module wise electrically isolated XC version for usage in extreme ambient conditions available Device Specifications Communication Interface Modules S500 PROFINET 2019 04 17 3ADR010121...

Page 1085: ...ellow LEDs to display the signal states of the serial interfaces COM1 and COM2 3 1 green and 1 yellow LEDs to display the signal states of the CANopen interface 4 5 system LEDs PWR RUN STA1 ETH STA2 ETH S ERR I O Bus 5 Allocation between terminal number and signal name of the serial interfaces 6 Allocation between terminal number and signal name of the CANopen interface 7 2 rotary switches for set...

Page 1086: ...s For setting the IO Device identifier for configu ration purposes 00h to FFh LED displays For system displays field bus indication errors and power supply Power supply Via terminals UP and ZP process supply voltage 24 VDC Effect of incorrect input terminal connection Wrong or no signal detected no damage up to 35 V Required terminal unit TU520 Ä Chapter 1 4 5 TU520 ETH for PRO FINET Communication...

Page 1087: ...erminal Signal Description 1 Term P RS 485 Internal line terminating resistor for non inverted signal Rx Tx P RS 422 Non inverted receive signal terminal RxD 2 Rx Tx P RS 485 Non inverted I O signal terminal for each channel RS 422 Non inverted transmit signal terminal TxD 3 Rx Tx N RS 485 Inverted I O signal terminal for each channel RS 422 Inverted transmit signal terminal TxD 4 Term N RS 485 In...

Page 1088: ...efore you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is removed and that the area has been thoroughly checked to ensure that flammable materials are not present ...

Page 1089: ...nection Details on page 1288 1 7 6 5 5 Addressing The module reads the position of the rotary switches only during power up i e changes of the switch position during operation will have no effect until the next module initialization 1 7 6 5 6 I O Configuration The CI506 PNIO stores some PROFINET configuration parameters Slave station name Slave station type IP address configuration MAC address Pro...

Page 1090: ... safe mode off On Failsafe Error LED lights up at errors of all error classes Failsafe mode on Off by E4 Failsafe Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 E2 and E3 Failsafe mode on Off by E3 Failsafe Error LED lights up at errors of error classes E1 and E2 Fail safe mode on All values are validated during the parameterization of the CI506 PNIO according to the appended expansion modules ...

Page 1091: ...ol None 0 BYTE 1 Telegram 1 RTS CTS DTE DTE 2 RTS CTS DTE DCE 3 RTS CTS DCE DTE 4 TLS RTS leading cycle 0 850 ms 0 850 WORD 0 CDLY RTS trailing cycle 0 850 ms 0 850 WORD 0 Character timeout 0 32 bits 0 32 WORD 0 Telegram ending selection None 0 BYTE None String check reception 1 Telegram length 2 Character timeout 4 Telegram ending character 0 255 0 255 BYTE 0 Telegram ending value 0 65535 0 65535...

Page 1092: ...er not visible and fixed with the correct value Certain parameters are not visible if a certain physical layer is selected This concept of parameterization provides a better usability than configuring via GSDML see below Configuration via GSDML use by non ABB PROFINET configuration tool All parameters are visible independent of the configured physical layer via parameter Physical Layer The user mu...

Page 1093: ...ameters of the CANopen Master Name Value Internal value Internal value type Default CANopen master baudrate 1000 kbit s 0 DWORD 0 800 kbit s 1 500 kbit s 2 250 kbit s 3 125 kbit s 4 100 kbit s 5 50 kbit s 6 20 kbit s 7 10 kbit s 8 CANopen master SYNC object ID 0x01 to 0x7FFF 1 32767 DWORD 0x80 CANopen master SYNC cycle time SYNC OFF 0 DWORD 0 1 ms to 65535 ms 1 65535 CANopen master heartbeat produ...

Page 1094: ...Internal value type Default Identifier 0 2047 CAN2A 0 2047 CAN2A WORD CAN2A 0 0 536870911 CAN2B 0 536870911 CAN2B DWORD CAN2B Receive buffer size size in numbers of telegrams 1 32 1 32 BYTE 1 Behaviour on receive buffer overflow Overwrite 0 BYTE 0 Discard 1 Overwrite and send diagnos tics PRO FINET alarm 3 Discard and send diagnos tics PRO FINET alarm 4 The following table describes the values in ...

Page 1095: ...sis Block via PNIO_DEV_ALARM Function Block Byte Number Description Possible Values 1 Diagnosis Byte slot number 31 CI506 PNIO e g error at integrated serial interface 1 1st connected S500 I O module 10 10th connected S500 I O module 2 Diagnosis Byte module number According to the I O bus specification passed on by modules to the fieldbus master 3 Diagnosis Byte channel According to the I O bus sp...

Page 1096: ...age too low Check process voltage 3 1 10 31 31 17 No communication with I O Module Replace I O module 4 1 10 31 31 31 At least 1 I O Module does not support failsafe mode Check I O mod ules and parame terization 4 1 10 31 31 32 Wrong I O Module type on socket Replace I O module Check configu ration 4 1 10 31 31 34 No response during initialization of the I O Module Replace I O Module Serial Channe...

Page 1097: ...CI506 PNIO diagnosis block 2 With Device the following allocation applies ADR Hardware address e g of the CI506 PNIO 3 With Module the following allocation applies dependent of the master 31 Module itself 4 All CANopen master and slave diagnostics are not available as PRO FINET alarms instead they can be read via PROFINET acyclic service In AC500 PLC these are available in form of Function Blocks ...

Page 1098: ...d Device is not configured STA2 ETH System LED SF Green Got identification request from I O controller Red No system error System error collective error S ERR Red No error Internal error I O Bus Green No expansion modules con nected or com munication error Expansion mod ules connected and operational Table 192 States of the 4 Ethernet State LEDs LED Color OFF ON Flashing ETH1 Link Green No connect...

Page 1099: ... receiving data from the serial interface flashing rate depending on the telegram recep tion frequency COMx STA Yellow RS 232 RTS signal not active RS 485 Channel is in reception mode RS 422 Channel is not enabled RS 232 RTS signal is active RS 485 Channel is transmitting RS 422 Channel is enabled able to receive and transmit COMx ERR Red Channel enabled no error or Channel deacti vated Channel bo...

Page 1100: ...lash A Node Guard or a Heartbeat event occurred Table 195 State of the Power Supply LED LED Color OFF ON Flashing UP Green No process voltage available Process voltage available 1 7 6 5 10 Technical Data The System Data of AC500 and S500 Ä Chapter 2 6 1 System Data AC500 on page 1248 are valid for standard version The System Data of AC500 XC Ä Chapter 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC on page 1309 are va...

Page 1101: ...n Ethernet interface against the rest of the module each serial and CAN port against each other and the rest of the module Diagnosis See Diagnosis Ä Chapter 1 7 6 5 8 Diagnosis on page 1095 NOTICE Attention All I O channels digital and analog are protected against reverse polarity reverse supply short circuit and continuous overvoltage up to 30 VDC Multiple overloads No effects of multiple overloa...

Page 1102: ...tive functions according to IEC 61131 3 Protected against short circuit reverse supply overvoltage reverse polarity Electrical isolation from the rest of the module Priorization with the aid of VLAN ID including priority level Technical Data of the Serial Interfaces Parameter Value Number of serial interfaces 2 Connectors for serial interfaces X11 for COM1 X12 for COM2 Supported physical layers RS...

Page 1103: ...TC Adaptor with Serial RS 485 COM2 and Real time Clock on page 1114 during power failures The CPU monitors the discharge degree of the battery An diagnoses message is output before the battery condition becomes critical about 2 weeks before After the diagnosis message has appeared the battery should be replaced as soon as possible The handling instructions of the battery manufacturer must be obser...

Page 1104: ...300 days at 25 C As long as the CPU is powered the battery will only be discharged by its own leakage current The battery must meet die following technical data Parameter Value Battery designation CR2032 Description Manganese dioxide button cell primary cell not rechargeable Nominal voltage 3 VDC Capacity 230 mAh measured with 5 6 kW load at 20 C discharging down to 2 0 V Typical lifetime at 25 C ...

Page 1105: ...ly of the processor module is turned off WARNING Risk of electric shock With an opened option cover energized parts of the processor module could be touched Always turn off and disconnect the power supply for the processor module before you open the option cover Make sure that the option cover is closed before reconnecting the pro cessor module to the power supply 2 Remove the option cover of the ...

Page 1106: ...closed before reconnecting the processor module to the power supply Insertion removal of the adaptor and replacement of the battery is also described in the installa tion instruction for TA561 RTC See https new abb com products ABB1SAP181400R0001 or use the QR code Click tab Documentation and select Operating Instruction The option cover is available as a spare part see TA570 spare part set for AC...

Page 1107: ...scharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Observe the following rules when handling the system Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static Wear an approved grounding wrist strap Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment If available use a static safe workstation When not in use store the equipment in...

Page 1108: ...on board ð Remove SD memory card if installed terminal block COM2 Remove the option board from the CPU by lifting it up with a screwdriver Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1108 ...

Page 1109: ...ot be disassembled and not be disposed of in fire Exhausted batteries must be recycled to respect the environment Dispose of battery properly according to disposal procedures for lithium batteries Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1109 ...

Page 1110: ...Required temperature range for discharge 0 C 70 C After replacement of the battery the real time clock RTC date and time must be set again by the user Don t use a battery older than 3 years for replacement e g battery kept too long in stock Batteries must be stored in a dry place Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1110 ...

Page 1111: ...e sure that the 2 noses of the expansion module fit to the holes of the CPU PCB See white circle in figure above 7 Refit the option cover of the CPU ð Remember to re insert a SD memory card first if it has been removed previously Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1111 ...

Page 1112: ...in China only Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 1 4 TA562 RS Serial RS 485 Adaptor The TA562 RS serial RS 485 adaptor is used for equipping AC500 eCo processor modules with a second serial interface COM2 The COM2 interface can be used for online access free protocol communication Modbus RTU client and server CAUTION The serial RS 485 I...

Page 1113: ...et for AC500 eCo pro cessor modules Ä Chapter 1 8 1 7 TA570 Spare Part Set on page 1121 Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1TNE 968 901 R4300 TA562 RS serial RS 485 adaptor for PM55x PM56x Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 1 5 TA569 RS ISO Serial RS 485 Isolated Adaptor The TA569 RS ISO serial RS 485 isolated adaptor is used ...

Page 1114: ...No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 186 400 R0001 TA569 RS ISO serial RS 485 isolated adaptor for PM55x PM56x Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 1 6 TA562 RS RTC Adaptor with Serial RS 485 COM2 and Real time Clock The TA562 RS RTC serial RS 485 and real time clock adaptor is used for equipping AC500 eCo processor modules with a...

Page 1115: ...001 or use the QR code Click tab Documentation and select Operating Instruction The option cover is available as a spare part see TA570 spare part set for AC500 eCo pro cessor modules Ä Chapter 1 8 1 7 TA570 Spare Part Set on page 1121 WARNING Risk of death by electric shock The terminals of the module can carry 240 V voltage Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switch...

Page 1116: ...mal operation Observe the following rules when handling the system Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static Wear an approved grounding wrist strap Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment If available use a static safe workstation When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging Device Specificatio...

Page 1117: ...on board ð Remove SD memory card if installed terminal block COM2 Remove the option board from the CPU by lifting it up with a screwdriver Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1117 ...

Page 1118: ...ot be disassembled and not be disposed of in fire Exhausted batteries must be recycled to respect the environment Dispose of battery properly according to disposal procedures for lithium batteries Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1118 ...

Page 1119: ...Required temperature range for discharge 0 C 70 C After replacement of the battery the real time clock RTC date and time must be set again by the user Don t use a battery older than 3 years for replacement e g battery kept too long in stock Batteries must be stored in a dry place Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1119 ...

Page 1120: ...e sure that the 2 noses of the expansion module fit to the holes of the CPU PCB See white circle in figure above 7 Refit the option cover of the CPU ð Remember to re insert a SD memory card first if it has been removed previously Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1120 ...

Page 1121: ...P and PM56x xP lithium battery included available in China only Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 1 7 TA570 Spare Part Set The TA570 spare part set is used to replace lost or damaged parts of AC500 eCo processor modules It contains the following parts Option Cover Terminal block for power supply Terminal block for serial RS 485 adaptor...

Page 1122: ...lug wire connection from side Usage for Ä Chapter 1 8 1 4 TA562 RS Serial RS 485 Adaptor on page 1112 Ä Chapter 1 8 1 5 TA569 RS ISO Serial RS 485 Isolated Adaptor on page 1113 Ä Chapter 1 8 1 6 TA562 RS RTC Adaptor with Serial RS 485 COM2 and Real time Clock on page 1114 Conductor cross section Solid 0 14 mm 1 5 mm Flexible with wire end ferrule only 0 14 mm 1 5 mm Stripped conductor end 7 mm Fas...

Page 1123: ...ened switch 1 means closed switch 3 Terminal block for power supply connector of processor module PM55x PM56x The input simulator TA571 SIM is used for test and training purposes with AC500 eCo pro cessor modules PM55x and PM56x It can simulate 6 digital 24 VDC input signals to the digital inputs DI0 DI5 of onboard I Os The diagram below shows the electrical connection of the input simulator Inten...

Page 1124: ...A571 SIM CAUTION Risk of damaging the Input Simulator or PLC modules The input simulator must only be used with AC500 eCo processor mod ules PM55x and PM56x Never use the input simulator with other devices The input simulator must only be used for test and training purposes Never use it within productive plants 2 Remove the terminal block for power supply from the processor module by a flat blade ...

Page 1125: ... 24 VDC or 100 240 VAC See PM55x PM56x Ä Chapter 1 2 1 1 4 Power Supply on page 27 With input simulator TA571 SIM the digital 24 VDC inputs DI0 DI5 of can be turned OFF and ON separately If the lever of the switch is on the right side the input is ON If the lever of the switch is on the left side the input is OFF To remove the input simulator follow the procedure shown below Usage Removal Device S...

Page 1126: ...Terminal 4 L for 24 VDC and terminal 5 M for 0 VDC Rated value 24 VDC Max ripple 5 Protection against reversed voltage Yes Electrical isolation Yes per module Isolated Groups 1 6 channels per group Weight On request Mounting position Horizontal or vertical Table 200 Technical Data of the Inputs Parameter Value Number of channels per module 6 digital input channels 24 VDC Distribution of the channe...

Page 1127: ...s TK50x can be used Other cables may cause communication faults and must not be used 1 Install the device driver for the programming cable see Ä Installation of Cable Driver on page 1128 Once you have installed the device driver of the cable in your Windows system make sure that you use always the same USB port of your com puter Otherwise Windows will ask you to install the driver a second time if...

Page 1128: ... Phase 1TNE 968 901 R2100 TK504 programming cable USB single conductors length 3 m Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only Ordering Data Installation of Cable Driver Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1128 ...

Page 1129: ...ontent of the InstallationPackage 3 2 Installation 4 2 1 Installation Steps 4 2 2 Pre Installation Routine 4 3 Communication 6 3 1 Virtual Communication Port Configuration 6 4 Automation Builder Communication 8 5 Uninstallation Update 10 Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1129 ...

Page 1130: ...504 programming cable cannot be used for AC500 V3 Processor Mod ules 1 2 PC System Requirements Platform Microsoft Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 10 CD ROM drive USB port available for connecting the TK503 TK504 programming cable NOTICE Microsoft Windows and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the USA and or other countries All other product and company names are trade mar...

Page 1131: ...f the new hardware in Windows after the TK503 programming cable or TK504 programming cable is plugged in for the first time NOTICE Before you connect the TK503 TK504 programming cable with the PC install the USB driver first 2 2 Pre Installation Routine 1 Uninstall all existing versions of the driver software 2 Start the pre installation of the driver by calling TK503_TK504_Installer exe NOTICE Yo...

Page 1132: ...u have ad ministrator rights Acknowledge the following dialog with Allow Windows 7 users only Windows will display an error message after clicking Install On this condition decrypt the installation folder Then start TK503_TK504_Installer exe with the Run as administrator option again Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1132 ...

Page 1133: ...04 programming cable is plugged in a USB interface Windows creates a vir tual communication port COM port All communication ports can be viewed in the Windows Control Panel under Device Manager 4 In the Ports settings click Properties to set the baud rate Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1133 ...

Page 1134: ...Set the COM port number under Advanced up to COM32 NOTICE When configuring the communication connection in CODESYS the baud rate can also be set separately for each COM connection Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1134 ...

Page 1135: ...root node and select Communication Parameters 5 Select the new virtual COM port NOTICE The port number must be the same as the port number in the Device manager Port TK503 TK504 programming cable COMx Otherwise the communication cannot be built up The number of COM ports depends on the availability on your computer The baud rate can be selected between 19200 and 115200 bps 6 In CODESYS create the ...

Page 1136: ...PROGRAMMING CABLE TK503 TK504 3ADR020159M0201 1 en_US 9 Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1136 ...

Page 1137: ..._US 5 Uninstallation Update 1 In the Windows Control Panel open the Device Manger 2 Right click on the entryTK503 TK504 programming cable and select Uninstall or Update Driver Device Specifications Accessories AC500 eCo 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1137 ...

Page 1138: ...vail ABB AG does not ac cept any responsibility whatsoever for potential errors or possible lack of infor mation in this document We reserve all rights in this document and in the subject matter and illustrations con tained therein Any reproduction disclo sure to third parties or utilization of its contents in whole or in parts is forbid den without prior written consent of ABB AG Copyright 2017 2...

Page 1139: ...vail ABB AG does not ac cept any responsibility whatsoever for potential errors or possible lack of infor mation in this document We reserve all rights in this document and in the subject matter and illustrations con tained therein Any reproduction disclo sure to third parties or utilization of its contents in whole or in parts is forbid den without prior written consent of ABB AG Copyright 2017 2...

Page 1140: ...vail ABB AG does not ac cept any responsibility whatsoever for potential errors or possible lack of infor mation in this document We reserve all rights in this document and in the subject matter and illustrations con tained therein Any reproduction disclo sure to third parties or utilization of its contents in whole or in parts is forbid den without prior written consent of ABB AG Copyright 2017 2...

Page 1141: ...TU or CS31 system bus The RS 485 isolator TK506 supports the processor modules PM55x and PM56x with the following ordering numbers and version indices 1TNE968900Rxxxx with version index A3 see image below 1SAP12xx00Rxxxx independent of the version index Ä Table 7 Processor Modules for AC500 eCo on page 36 The isolator provides galvanic isolation of the RS 485 communication signals It is supplied v...

Page 1142: ...pull down resistors must be activated It is recom mended to activate the pull up and the pull down resistors at the bus master These 2 resistors are integrated inside the TK506 RS 485 isolator They can be activated by connecting the termi nals 1 2 and 3 4 of the terminal block with cable bridges The following figure shows an RS 485 bus with the bus master at the line end 1 Master at the bus line e...

Page 1143: ... up resistors only at 1 master The cable shields must be grounded Ä Chapter 2 5 4 4 CS31 bus on page 1214 The following figure shows an CS31 bus with the bus master at the line end CS31 Slave RxD TxD P RxD TxD N Shield CS31 Slave RxD TxD P RxD TxD N Shield 120 Ω 1 2 3 4 5 120 Ω 1 2 1 Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination with 120 W resistors 2 Direct grounding ...

Page 1144: ...2 k 38 4 k and 187 5 k CS31 system bus 187 5 k Connector at the communication line 5 pin screw terminal block Connector at PM554 or PM564 D sub 9 male Cable type and specification Twisting rate minimum 10 per meter with common shield Capacitance between the cores 55 nF km Characteristic impedance 120 W Recommended cable cross section Conductor cross section 0 5 mm Resistance per core 40 W km Thinn...

Page 1145: ...storage SD The SD memory card is used to back up user data and store user programs or project source codes as well as to update the internal CPU firmware The processor modules can be operated with and without SD memory card AC500 AC500 eCo processor modules are supplied without SD memory card It therefore must be ordered separately The MC memory card can be read on a PC with a standard memory card...

Page 1146: ...nly when the RUN LED does not blink Otherwise the SD memory card and or files on it might get corrupted and or normal PLC operation might be disturbed Unpack the SD memory card and insert it into the opening of the front face of the processor module until locked Fig 194 Insertion PM57x PM58x PM59x and PM56xx Fig 195 Insertion PM55x xP and PM56x xP Insertion of the SD Memory Card Device Specificati...

Page 1147: ... provided in the chapter Storage Devices Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 180 100 R0001 MC502 SD memory card Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 2 2 TA521 Lithium Battery Manganese dioxide lithium battery 3 V 560 mAh Non rechargeable The TA521 lithium battery is the only applicable battery for the AC500 processor modules...

Page 1148: ...own leakage current To avoid a short battery discharge the battery should always be inserted or replaced while the process module is under power then the battery is correctly recognized and will not shortly discharged Parameter Value Nominal voltage 3 V Nominal capacity 560 mAh Temperature range index below C0 Operating 0 C 60 C Storage 20 C 60 C Transport 20 C 60 C Temperature range index C0 and ...

Page 1149: ...ism press it down and slip down the door The door is attached to the front face of the processor module and cannot be removed 2 Remove the TA521 battery from its package and hold it by the small cable 3 Insert the battery connector into the small connector port of the compartment The con nector is keyed to find the correct polarity red plus pole above 4 Insert first the cable and then the battery ...

Page 1150: ...be removed 2 Remove the old TA521 battery from the battery compartment by pulling it by the small cable Remove then the small connector from the socket do this best by lifting it out with a screwdriver 3 Follow the previous instructions to insert a new battery CAUTION Risk of explosion Do not open re charge or disassemble a lithium battery Attempts to charge lithium batteries lead to overheating a...

Page 1151: ...24 Dummy Communication Module 1 Type 2 Label TA524 is used to cover an unused communication module slot of a terminal base Ä Chapter 1 1 1 TB51x TB54x on page 4 and TB56xx It protects the terminal base from dust and inad vertent touch TA524 is mounted in the same way as a common communication module Ä Chapter 2 6 3 6 Mounting and Demounting the Communication Modules on page 1271 Purpose Handling I...

Page 1152: ...its while screwing up Handling of the wall mounting accessory is described in detail in the section Mounting and Dis assembling the Terminal Unit Ä Mounting with Screws on page 1264 and Mounting Disassem bling Terminal Bases and Function Module Terminal Bases Ä Mounting with Screws on page 1262 Parameter Value Weight 5 g Dimensions 67 mm x 35 mm x 5 5 mm Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phas...

Page 1153: ...ry condition becomes critical about 2 weeks before After the warning message has appeared the battery should be replaced as soon as possible Do not short circuit or re charge the battery It can cause excessive heating and explosion Do not disassemble the battery Do not heat up the battery and not put into fire Risk of explosion Store the battery in a dry place Replace the battery with supply volta...

Page 1154: ...ight 17 g Dimensions Diameter of the battery ca 18 mm Height of the battery ca 35 mm Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 182 700 R0001 TA541 lithium battery Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 2 5 1 Insertion The TA541 lithium battery is the only applicable battery for Processor Modules PM595 FE L L M M 5 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 1 ...

Page 1155: ...y lifting it out with a screwdriver 3 Remove the battery from its package and hold it by the small cable 4 Insert the battery connector into the small connector port of the compartment The con nector is keyed to find the correct polarity red plus pole right side 5 Insert the battery into the battery compartment on the left side as shown in the picture Device Specifications Accessories AC500 Standa...

Page 1156: ...ing it out with a screwdriver Follow the previous instructions to insert a new battery CAUTION Risk of explosion Do not open re charge or disassemble a lithium battery Attempts to charge lithium batteries lead to overheating and possible explosions Prevent them from heat and fire and store them in a dry place Never short circuit or operate lithium batteries with the polarities reversed The batteri...

Page 1157: ...For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 2 7 TK501 Programming Cable Cable on PC side D sub 9 pole female RS 232 for COM interface Cable on AC500 side D sub 9 pole male RS 232 for COM2 interface Cable length 5 m Technical Data Ordering Data Device Specifications Accessories AC500 Standard 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1157 ...

Page 1158: ...ide SUB D female Cable side SUB D male AC500 side SUB D female RxD TxD FE Housing 1 9 CTS Programming cable TK501 5 9 1 6 TxD RTS FE Housing FE TK501 PC TK501 AC500 7 8 7 8 Cable side SUB D male Cable side SUB D female Device Specifications Accessories AC500 Standard 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1158 ...

Page 1159: ...and tightened there Parameter Value Connector at the PC COM interface D sub 9 pole female Connector at the Processor Module COM2 D sub 9 pole male Cable length 5 m Cable type LiYCY 5 x 0 14 mm shielded Weight 220 g Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 180 200 R0001 TK501 programming cable D sub D sub length 5 m Classic For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in...

Page 1160: ...9 CTS Programming cable TK502 FE PE 7 8 7 8 Cable side Plug 1 SUB D female Cable side Plug 1 SUB D female PC side SUB D male Cable side Plug 2 terminal block female Cable side Plug 2 terminal block female AC500 side terminal block male Device Specifications Accessories AC500 Standard 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1160 ...

Page 1161: ...COM interface D sub 9 pole female Connector at the AC500 CPU COM1 terminal block 9 pole female Cable length 5 m Cable type LiYCY 5 x 0 14 mm shielded Weight 220 g Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 180 200 R0101 TK502 programming cable terminal block D sub length 5 m Classic For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 2 9 TK503 Programmi...

Page 1162: ... your computer 2 Plug the 9 pin D sub male connector to the connector at the processor module and tighten it there 3 Plug the USB connector to an USB interface at your PC Parameter Value Connector at the PC USB interface USB connector type A Connector at the Processor Module D sub 9 pin male Length 3 m Cable type Programming cable Weight 0 4 kg Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1TNE 968...

Page 1163: ...Device Specifications Accessories AC500 Standard 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1163 OPERATION INSTRUCTION PROGRAMMING CABLE TK503 TK504 USB DRIVER INSTALLATION ...

Page 1164: ...al Blocks These terminal blocks must only be used with AC500 eCo I O Modules and AC500 eCo processor modules The TA563 TA565 terminal blocks are used to connect process signals and process voltages to AC500 eCo I O modules and AC500 eCo processor modules with P extension inside their type designator only 3 different kind of terminal blocks are available Screw terminals with cable insertion on the ...

Page 1165: ...0 if all terminal screws are tightened Conductor cross section flexible with ferrule with without plastic sleeve Min 0 25 mm2 Max 1 5 mm2 Table 202 Spring Terminals TA565 Parameter Value Type Front terminal Conductor cross section Solid 0 5 mm2 to 2 5 mm2 Flexible 0 5 mm2 to 2 5 mm2 Stripped conductor end 10 mm Degree of protection IP 20 Conductor cross section flexible with ferrule with without p...

Page 1166: ...pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3105 Terminal Block TA565 9 9 pole spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active 1TNE 968 901 R3106 Terminal Block TA565 11 11 pole spring front cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 4 S500 1 8 4 1 CP E Economic Range Device Specifications Accessories S500 2019 04 17 3A...

Page 1167: ...nal standards Table 203 Ordering Data Order No Type Input Output Overload capacity Module width mm 1SVR427030R0000 CP E 24 0 75 100 240 VAC or 120 370 VDC 24 VDC 0 75 A 22 5 1SVR427031R0000 CP E 24 1 25 100 240 VAC or 90 375 VDC 24 VDC 1 25 A 40 5 1SVR427032R0000 CP E 24 2 5 100 240 VAC or 90 375 VDC 24 VDC 2 5 A 40 5 1SVR427034R0000 CP E 24 5 0 115 230 VAC auto select or 210 370 VDC 24 VDC 5 A 63...

Page 1168: ...ficiency of up to 94 They are equipped with overheat protection and active power factor correction Combinded with a broad AC and DC input range and extensive world wide approvals the CP C 1 power supplies are the preferred choice for professional DC applica tions Typical efficiency of up to 94 Power reserve design delivers up to 150 of the nominal output current Signaling outputs for DC OK and pow...

Page 1169: ...32 1 0 I0 1 1 I1 1 2 I2 1 3 I3 1 4 I4 1 5 I5 1 6 I6 1 7 I7 1 8 UP 1 9 ZP 2 0 I8 2 1 I9 2 2 I10 2 3 I11 2 4 I12 2 5 I13 2 6 I14 2 7 I15 2 8 UP 2 9 ZP 3 0 C16 3 1 C17 3 2 C18 3 3 C19 3 4 C20 3 5 C21 3 6 C22 3 7 C23 3 8 UP 3 9 ZP 4 0 C24 4 1 C25 4 2 C26 4 3 C27 4 4 C28 4 5 C29 4 6 C30 4 7 C31 4 8 UP 4 9 ZP CH ERR3 CH ERR4 16 DI 16 DC Input 24 V DC Output 24 V DC 0 5 A CH ERR2 CH ERR1 UP 24VDC 200W 1 ...

Page 1170: ...ameter Value Use For labelling channels of I O modules Mounting Snap on to the module Weight 20 g Dimensions 82 mm x 67 mm x 13 mm Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 180 500 R0001 TA523 Pluggable Marker Holder 10 pieces Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 4 4 TA525 Plastic Markers Accessory to label AC500 and S500 modules ...

Page 1171: ... ERR1 2 UP 24VDC 200W UP 24VDC 200W 1 1 Module without Plastic Marker TA525 2 Module with Plastic Marker TA525 The Plastic Markers are suitable for labelling AC500 and S500 modules CPUs communication modules and I O modules The small plastic parts can be written with a standard waterproof pen The Plastic Markers are inserted under a slight pressure For disassembly a small screwdriver is inserted a...

Page 1172: ...x 5 5 mm Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 180 800 R0001 TA526 wall mounting acces sory Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 1 8 4 6 TA535 Protective Caps for XC Devices Accessory to cover unused connectors of XC devices in salt mist environments One TA535 package includes 3 different cap types 20 pieces per type Cap for RJ45 ...

Page 1173: ... For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only Device Specifications Accessories S500 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1173 ...

Page 1174: ...Ä Chapter 2 4 Overall Information valid for complete AC500 Product Family on page 1178 Details that are only valid for a specific AC500 sub family are described in separate sections Consider the Safety Instructions In the description special attention must be paid to designs using electrical iso lation earthing and EMC measures for the reasons stated Consider the safety instructions for AC500 prod...

Page 1175: ...h any particular installation ABB cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by ABB with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual No liability is assumed for the direct or indirect conse quences of the improper use improper application or inadequate maintenance of these devi...

Page 1176: ...f the specified data NOTICE PLC Damage due to missing Earthing Ensure to earth the devices The earthing switch cabinet earthing PE is supplied both by the mains connection or 24 V supply voltage and via DIN rail The DIN rail must be connected to the earth before the device is subjected to any power The earthing may be removed only if it is certain that no more power is being supplied to the contro...

Page 1177: ... with the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is ...

Page 1178: ...s suitably designed for those specific environmental conditions that will be present and appropriately designed to prevent personal injury resulting from accessibility to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Subsequent sections of this publication may contain additional information regarding specific enclosure type ratings that are required to compl...

Page 1179: ...the power being ON Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before you connect or disconnect any signal or terminal block remove mount or replace a module Disconnecting any powered devices while energized in a hazardous location could result in an electric arc which could create a flammable ignition resulting in fire or explosion Make sure that power is remove...

Page 1180: ...ial data exchange Bus data transmission speed 1 8 Mb s Minimum bus cycle time 500 µs 1 Galvanic isolation I O Bus is galvanic connected to CPU and communication interface logic ciruits Galvanic isolation of I O Bus is I O module specific See each module specification for details Protection against electrostatic discharge ESD TB5xx TB56xx with protection diodes no ESD discharge allowed on the port ...

Page 1181: ... places for cases that might result in dan gerous parasitic voltages or if modules could be destroyed The coding either makes it impossible to insert the module to the wrong place or blocks its elec trical function outputs are not activated The following figures show the possible encodings For processor modules with Ethernet interface For processor modules with ARCNET interface System Assembly Con...

Page 1182: ...odules For communication interface modules For I O modules 24 VDC System Assembly Construction and Connection Overall Information valid for complete AC500 Product Family Mechanical Encoding 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1182 ...

Page 1183: ...ith PROFINET interface For I O modules 120 VAC 230 VAC For positioning modules System Assembly Construction and Connection Overall Information valid for complete AC500 Product Family Mechanical Encoding 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1183 ...

Page 1184: ...ion or 24 V supply voltage and via DIN rail The DIN rail must be connected to the earth before the device is subjected to any power The earthing may be removed only if it is certain that no more power is being supplied to the control system System Assembly Construction and Connection Overall Information valid for complete AC500 Product Family Earthing Concept Block Diagrams 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 1...

Page 1185: ... UP CH ERRx 0V UP 24V Inputs outputs I O Bus I Os I O interface 1 M 1 M ZP ZP Block Diagram Digital I O Mod ules System Assembly Construction and Connection Overall Information valid for complete AC500 Product Family Earthing Concept Block Diagrams 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1185 ...

Page 1186: ...ves must not emit electro magnetic noises Advant Controller components have a very high noise immunity When the wiring and earthing instructions are met an error free operation is given High electro magnetic noises of nearby mounted applications must be taken in consideration during the planning phase An EMC compatible earthing concept will also guarantee an error free operation here Block Diagram...

Page 1187: ...toothed lock washers under screw connections Fig 198 Assembly wrong Fig 199 Assembly correct Make a connection between the DIN rails and PE Protective Earth For this use an earthing wire with a minimum conductor cross section of 10 mm The wire is connected to the DIN rail with an M6 screw A large area contact of the DIN rail with the metallic mounting plate improves the EMC behav iour significantl...

Page 1188: ... module connected The connection between the PE bar and the shield bar must have a low impe dance 2 4 4 4 Switch Gear Cabinet The connections between the switch gear cabinet the mounting plates the PE bar and the shield bar must have a low impedance Earth the switch gear cabinet doors with short and highly flexible conductors Only use filament lamps bulbs or fluorescent tubes with interference sup...

Page 1189: ...net 1 2 Cabinet 2 3 Power supply for the CPU 4 Fuse for the CPU power 5 Power supply for the I Os 6 Fuse for the I O power 7 For fuses for the contacts of the relay outputs 8 0V rail 9 Earthing of the 0V rail 10 Cabinet earthing 11 Equipotential bonding between the cabinets min 16 mm2 12 Cable shields earthing 13 Fieldbus connection e g Ethernet 2 4 5 Power Consumption of an Entire Station The pow...

Page 1190: ...vided by the same power supply unit The CPU and the I O modules should however be fused separately Of course also separate power supplies are possible 2 4 5 1 Calculation of the total Current Consumption In the example the AC500 control system consists of the following devices CPU PM5xx ETH 4 communication modules 7 I O modules digital and analog As well as the required terminal bases and terminal...

Page 1191: ... terminals then the following values are the result for an example shown above ICPU ICx II O bus IUPx ILOADx CPU communication module part CPU 0 110 A C1 0 050 A C2 0 085 A C3 0 050 A C4 0 050 A I O module part Analog1 0 002 A 0 150 A Analog2 0 002 A 0 150 A 0 160 A Analog3 0 002 A 0 100 A 0 080 A Analog4 0 002 A 0 100 A 0 080 A Digital1 0 002 A 0 050 A 8 000 A Digital2 0 002 A 0 050 A 8 000 A Dig...

Page 1192: ...f existing Dispose the products according to the local regulations Devices of AC500 product family are free from pollutants and are no danger for the environ ment 2 5 AC500 eCo 2 5 1 System Data AC500 eCo 2 5 1 1 Environmental Conditions Table 207 Process and Supply Voltages Parameter Value 24 VDC Voltage 24 V 15 20 Protection against reverse polarity Yes 100 VAC Voltage 100 V 15 10 Frequency 50 6...

Page 1193: ...ing 800 hPa 2000 m Storage 660 hPa 3500 m 2 5 1 2 Creepage Distances and Clearances The creepage distances and clearances meet the requirements of the overvoltage category II pollution degree 2 2 5 1 3 Insulation Test Voltages Routine Test Parameter Value 200 V 240 V circuits against other circuitry 2500 V 1 2 50 µs 100 V 127 V circuits against other circuitry 1500 V 1 2 50 µs 100 V 240 V circuits...

Page 1194: ...lectrically not isolated Not applicable Not applicable FBP interface 350 V AC 2 s Ethernet 350 V AC 2 s ARCNET 350 V AC 2 s 2 5 1 4 Power Supply Units For the supply of the modules power supply units according to PELV specifications must be used 2 5 1 5 Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic Compatibility Device suitable for Industrial applications Yes Domestic applications No Immunity agai...

Page 1195: ... RS 485 interfaces COM 1 kV Serial RS 232 interfaces COM not for PM55x and PM56x 1 kV ARCNET 1 kV FBP 1 kV Ethernet 1 kV I O supply DC out 1 kV Immunity against the influence of line con ducted interferences CW conducted According to IEC 61000 4 6 zone B crite rion A Test voltage 3 V zone B 10 V is also met High energy surges According to IEC 61000 4 5 zone B crite rion B Power supply AC 2 kV CM 1...

Page 1196: ...onding chapter of the Main catalog PLC Automation 2 5 2 Mechanical Dimensions 2 5 2 1 Switchgear Cabinet Assembly Information on EMC conforming assembly and construction is provided within the overall functions section Ä Chapter 2 4 4 EMC Conforming Assembly and Construction on page 1186 NOTICE PLC damage due to wrong enclosures Due to their construction degree of protection IP 20 according to EN ...

Page 1197: ... recommended to mount the modules on an earthed mounting plate or an earthed DIN rail independent of the mounting location Fig 201 Installation of AC500 S500 modules in a switch gear cabinet 1 Cable duct 2 Distance from cable duct 20 mm 3 Mounting plate earthed System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1197 ...

Page 1198: ...vibration applications and horizontal mounting we also recommend to place end stop terminals at the right and left side of the device to properly secure the modules e g type BADL P N 1SNA399903R0200 2 5 2 2 Mechanical Dimensions AC500 eCo All mechanical dimensions are given in millimeters and inches The value in brackets is the inch value Fig 202 Side front and back view 2 5 2 3 Mechanical Dimensi...

Page 1199: ...e damage while the controller is energized All devices are grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow chromate stell DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials e g aluminium plastic etc that can corrode oxidize or are poor conductors can result in improper or intermittent grounding 2 5 3 1 Mounting and Demounting of the AC500 eCo CPUs NOTICE...

Page 1200: ... of PM55x xP and PM56x xP Ä Chapter 1 2 1 1 PM55x xP and PM56x xP on page 21 for electrical connection 1 Remove IO modules if connected Demounting a Processor Module Mounted on a DIN Rail System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1200 ...

Page 1201: ...luded into the earthing concept of the plant Do NOT use isolating washers One TA566 Wall Mounting Accessory Ä Chapter 2 5 5 9 TA566 Wall Mounting Accessory on page 1243 is needed per processor module 1 Snap in the TA566 at the back side of the processor module Mounting a Pro cessor Module on a Metal Plate System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR...

Page 1202: ...on of PM55x xP and PM56x xP Ä Chapter 1 2 1 1 PM55x xP and PM56x xP on page 21 for electrical connection 1 Remove IO modules if connected Demounting a Processor Module Mounted on a Metal Plate System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1202 ...

Page 1203: ...rews on a metal plate NOTICE Risk of function faults The S500 eCo I O modules are earthed via the DIN rail The DIN rail must be included into the earthing concept of the plant Use only metal screws Mounting I O Modules on a DIN Rail System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1203 ...

Page 1204: ...DIN rail then snap it in below 2 Attach I O module by hand to an other module The serial I O bus is connected automati cally System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1204 ...

Page 1205: ... isolating screws or washers Use metal screws on the metal plate The metal plate must be included into the earthing concept of the plant Do NOT use isolating washers Demounting I O Modules Mounted on a DIN Rail Mounting I O Modules on a Metal Plate System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1205 ...

Page 1206: ... needed per S500 eCo I O module 1 Snap in the TA566 at the back side of the I O module 2 Attach the I O module by hand to an other module The serial I O bus is connected auto matically System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1206 ...

Page 1207: ...3 Fasten the I O module with two screws max diameter 4 mm to the metal plate System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1207 ...

Page 1208: ...tailed information such as technical data of your mounted devices AC500 product family refer to the hardware device specification of the appropriate device Demounting I O Modules Mounted on a Metal Plate System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Connection and Wiring 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1208 ...

Page 1209: ...ht side is the output The M terminals are internally interconnected The supply can be easily looped through to the onboard digital inputs CAUTION Risk of damaging the processor module and the connected modules Voltages 35 VDC DC variants only or 288 VAC AC variants only might damage the processor module and the connected modules Make sure that the supply voltage never exceeds 35 VDC 288 VAC CAUTIO...

Page 1210: ...ks Table 208 Pin assignment Serial Interface Pin Signal Description Serial Interface 1 FE Functional earth 2 SGND 0 V power supply internally connected to M terminal 3 RxD TxD P Receive Transmit positive 4 Reserved Reserved not connected 5 SGND 0 V power supply internally connected to M terminal 6 3 3 V 3 3 V power supply 7 Reserved Reserved not connected 8 RxD TxD N Receive Transmit negative 9 Re...

Page 1211: ...r The following figure shows an RS 485 bus with the bus master at one line end 1 Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination with 120 Ω resistors 2 Slave within the bus line 3 Slave at the bus line end bus termination with 120 Ω resistors If the master is located within the bus line it does not need a terminating resistor The pull up and the pull down resistors howev...

Page 1212: ...ogramming or data exchange Supported protocols Modbus or serial data exchange using special software function blocks The serial interface COM2 is connected via a 5 pole terminal block and can be used for online access free protocol communication Modbus RTU client and server The serial RS 485 Interface is not electrically isolated It is not intended to use COM2 to establish a CS31 system bus If the...

Page 1213: ...rial RS 485 COM2 and Real time Clock on page 1233 Table 209 Pin assignment Serial Interface Pin Description 1 2 3 4 5 1 Terminator P 2 TxD RxD P 3 TxD RxD N 4 Terminator N 5 Functional earth The following figure shows an RS 485 bus with the bus master at the line end 1 Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination with 120 Ω resistors 2 Slave within the bus line 3 Slav...

Page 1214: ...n page 24 Connection of the bus signals pin 3 and pin 8 Bus line Construction 2 cores twisted with common shield Conductor cross section 0 22 mm 24 AWG Recommendation 0 5 mm corresponds to 0 8 mm Twisting rate 10 per meter symmetrically twisted Core insulation Polyethylene PE Resistance per core 100 Ω km Characteristic impedance ca 120 Ω 100 Ω 150 Ω Capacitance between the cores 55 nF km if higher...

Page 1215: ... Master is at the end of the bus line 1 Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination with 120 Ω resistors 2 Direct earthing with clip or steel plate 1 5 6 9 1 2 CS31 Slave RxD TxD P RxD TxD N Shield CS31 Slave RxD TxD P RxD TxD N Shield 120 Ω 270 Ω pull up 270 Ω pull down 120 Ω Fig 205 Bus topology for a CS31 bus at COM1 Master is within the bus line 1 Master within t...

Page 1216: ...rrying metal connections earthing bars steel constructions etc the direct earthing is chosen CS31 Shield BUS 2 BUS 1 Slave CS31 Slave COM1 1 5 6 9 120 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω 2 4 3 3 1 CS31 Master Fig 208 Direct earthing 1 Direct earthing with clip or steel plate 2 Earth of Cabinet 1 3 Current carrying connection 4 Earth of Cabinet 2 Earthing Case A System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Conn...

Page 1217: ... the master and capacitive earthing at the modules 1 Cabinet 1 2 Cabinet earthing 3 Direct earthing with clip or steel plate 4 Cabinet 2 5 Capacitive earthing with 0 1 µF X type capacitor directly on the cabinet steel plate Everywhere is valid The total length of the earthing connections between the shield of the Ter minal Base and the earthing bar must be as short as possible max 25 cm The conduc...

Page 1218: ... affected by a possibly occurring collision i e the area the collision can propagate over This however only applies if the components operate in half duplex mode since the CSMA CD access method is only used in this mode If the components operate in full duplex mode no collisions can occur Reliable operation of the collision detection method is important which means that it has to be able to detect...

Page 1219: ... 47100 IEC 189 2 Pair 1 white blue blue green red white brown white blue Pair 2 white orange orange black yellow green yellow white orange Pair 3 white green green blue orange grey pink white green Pair 4 white brown brown brown slate blue red white brown Two general variants are distinguished for the pin assignment of the normally used RJ45 con nectors EIA TIA 568 version A and version B The wiri...

Page 1220: ...he Modbus client operating mode of an interface is set with the Function Block COM_MOD_MAST The Modbus operating mode and the interface parameters are set in the PLC configuration Description of the Modbus protocol Supported standard PM55x and PM56x EIA RS 485 PM57x PM58x and PM59x EIA RS 232 RS 485 Number of connection points 1 client Max 1 server with RS 232 interface Max 31 servers with RS 485 ...

Page 1221: ...data and store user programs or project source codes as well as to update the internal CPU firmware The processor modules can be operated with and without SD memory card AC500 AC500 eCo processor modules are supplied without SD memory card It therefore must be ordered separately The MC memory card can be read on a PC with a standard memory card reader AC500 pro cessor modules are equipped with an ...

Page 1222: ...he SD memory card and insert it into the opening of the front face of the processor module until locked Fig 212 Insertion PM57x PM58x PM59x and PM56xx Fig 213 Insertion PM55x xP and PM56x xP To remove the SD memory card push on the card until it moves forward By this the card is unlocked and can be removed Insertion of the SD Memory Card System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handli...

Page 1223: ...ded in the chapter Storage Devices Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 180 100 R0001 MC502 SD memory card Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 5 5 2 MC503 SD Memory Card Adaptor The MC503 SD memory card adaptor is used for expanding processor modules PM55x xP or PM56x xP with a SD memory card slot A SD memory card MC502 is not...

Page 1224: ...or module is turned off WARNING Risk of electric shock With an opened option cover energized parts of the processor module could be touched Always turn off and disconnect the power supply for the processor module before you open the option cover Make sure that the option cover is closed before reconnecting the pro cessor module to the power supply 2 Remove the option cover of the processor module ...

Page 1225: ...nnecting the processor module to the power supply Insertion removal of the adaptor and replacement of the battery is also described in the installa tion instruction for TA561 RTC See https new abb com products ABB1SAP181400R0001 or use the QR code Click tab Documentation and select Operating Instruction The option cover is available as a spare part see TA570 spare part set for AC500 eCo pro cessor...

Page 1226: ... cause internal damage and affect normal operation Observe the following rules when handling the system Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static Wear an approved grounding wrist strap Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment If available use a static safe workstation When not in use store the equipment in appropriate stat...

Page 1227: ... SD memory card if installed terminal block COM2 Remove the option board from the CPU by lifting it up with a screwdriver System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1227 ...

Page 1228: ...d and not be disposed of in fire Exhausted batteries must be recycled to respect the environment Dispose of battery properly according to disposal procedures for lithium batteries System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1228 ...

Page 1229: ...ure range for discharge 0 C 70 C After replacement of the battery the real time clock RTC date and time must be set again by the user Don t use a battery older than 3 years for replacement e g battery kept too long in stock Batteries must be stored in a dry place System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1229 ...

Page 1230: ... noses of the expansion module fit to the holes of the CPU PCB See white circle in figure above 7 Refit the option cover of the CPU ð Remember to re insert a SD memory card first if it has been removed previously System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1230 ...

Page 1231: ...ive For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 5 5 4 TA562 RS Serial RS 485 Adaptor The TA562 RS serial RS 485 adaptor is used for equipping AC500 eCo processor modules with a second serial interface COM2 The COM2 interface can be used for online access free protocol communication Modbus RTU client and server CAUTION The serial RS 485 Interface is not e...

Page 1232: ...ro cessor modules Ä Chapter 2 5 5 12 TA570 Spare Part Set on page 1247 Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1TNE 968 901 R4300 TA562 RS serial RS 485 adaptor for PM55x PM56x Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 5 5 5 TA569 RS ISO Serial RS 485 Isolated Adaptor The TA569 RS ISO serial RS 485 isolated adaptor is used for equipping AC5...

Page 1233: ...roduct Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 186 400 R0001 TA569 RS ISO serial RS 485 isolated adaptor for PM55x PM56x Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 5 5 6 TA562 RS RTC Adaptor with Serial RS 485 COM2 and Real time Clock The TA562 RS RTC serial RS 485 and real time clock adaptor is used for equipping AC500 eCo processor modules with a real time clock...

Page 1234: ... code Click tab Documentation and select Operating Instruction The option cover is available as a spare part see TA570 spare part set for AC500 eCo pro cessor modules Ä Chapter 2 5 5 12 TA570 Spare Part Set on page 1247 WARNING Risk of death by electric shock The terminals of the module can carry 240 V voltage Make sure that all voltage sources supply and process voltage are switched off before yo...

Page 1235: ...erve the following rules when handling the system Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static Wear an approved grounding wrist strap Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment If available use a static safe workstation When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging System Assembly Construction and Con...

Page 1236: ... SD memory card if installed terminal block COM2 Remove the option board from the CPU by lifting it up with a screwdriver System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1236 ...

Page 1237: ...d and not be disposed of in fire Exhausted batteries must be recycled to respect the environment Dispose of battery properly according to disposal procedures for lithium batteries System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1237 ...

Page 1238: ...ure range for discharge 0 C 70 C After replacement of the battery the real time clock RTC date and time must be set again by the user Don t use a battery older than 3 years for replacement e g battery kept too long in stock Batteries must be stored in a dry place System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1238 ...

Page 1239: ... noses of the expansion module fit to the holes of the CPU PCB See white circle in figure above 7 Refit the option cover of the CPU ð Remember to re insert a SD memory card first if it has been removed previously System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1239 ...

Page 1240: ...aptor on page 1225 and TA562 RS RTC Ä Chapter 2 5 5 6 TA562 RS RTC Adaptor with Serial RS 485 COM2 and Real time Clock on page 1233 during power failures The CPU monitors the discharge degree of the battery An diagnoses message is output before the battery condition becomes critical about 2 weeks before After the diagnosis message has appeared the battery should be replaced as soon as possible The...

Page 1241: ...d Real time Clock on page 1233 The battery lifetime is the time the battery can operate the RTC while the CPU is not powered The typical lifetime is 300 days at 25 C As long as the CPU is powered the battery will only be discharged by its own leakage current The battery must meet die following technical data Parameter Value Battery designation CR2032 Description Manganese dioxide button cell prima...

Page 1242: ...ges 24 V are connected to the relay group Table 212 Screw type Terminals TA563 TA564 Parameter Value Type Front terminal or side terminal depending on model Conductor cross section Solid 0 5 mm2 to 2 5 mm2 Flexible 0 5 mm2 to 2 5 mm2 Stripped conductor end TA563 8 mm TA564 10 mm Width of the screwdriver 3 5 mm Fastening torque 0 4 Nm 0 5 Nm Degree of protection IP 20 if all terminal screws are tig...

Page 1243: ...ont cable front 6 pieces per unit Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 5 5 9 TA566 Wall Mounting Accessory The TA566 wall mounting accessory is used for mounting S500 eCo I O modules and AC500 eCo processor modules without DIN rail The TA566 is snapped into the back side of the device s housing Ä Chapter 2 5 3 2 Mounting and Demounting of S...

Page 1244: ... range input voltage Mounting on DIN rail High efficiency of up to 90 Low power dissipation and low heating Wide ambient temperature range from 40 C 70 C No load proof overload proof continuous short circuit proof Power factor correction depending on the type Approved in accordance with all relevant international standards System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessori...

Page 1245: ... 40 5 1SVR427032R0000 CP E 24 2 5 100 240 VAC or 90 375 VDC 24 VDC 2 5 A 40 5 1SVR427034R0000 CP E 24 5 0 115 230 VAC auto select or 210 370 VDC 24 VDC 5 A 63 2 1SVR427035R0000 CP E 24 10 0 115 230 VAC auto select or 210 370 VDC 24 VDC 10 A 83 1SVR427036R0000 CP E 24 20 0 115 230 VAC or 120 370 VDC 24 VDC 20 A 175 System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 eCo Handling of Accessories 2019 0...

Page 1246: ...4 They are equipped with overheat protection and active power factor correction Combinded with a broad AC and DC input range and extensive world wide approvals the CP C 1 power supplies are the preferred choice for professional DC applica tions Typical efficiency of up to 94 Power reserve design delivers up to 150 of the nominal output current Signaling outputs for DC OK and power reserve mode Hig...

Page 1247: ...ng parts Option Cover Terminal block for power supply Terminal block for serial RS 485 adaptor Every spare is included 6x inside TA570 Table 216 Option Cover Parameter Value Weight 5 g Dimensions 40 mm x 40 mm x 3 mm Table 217 Terminal Block for Power Supply Parameter Value Type Screw clamp plug wire connection from front Usage For AC500 eCo processor modules Conductor cross section Solid 0 2 mm 2...

Page 1248: ...e end ferrule only 0 14 mm 1 5 mm Stripped conductor end 7 mm Fastening torque 0 4 Nm Degree of protection IP20 Dimensions 19 05 mm x 8 7 mm x 19 1 mm Weight 5 g Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1TNE 968 901 R3203 TA570 spare part set for AC500 eCo processor mod ules 3x6 pieces Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 6 AC500 Standa...

Page 1249: ...stroyed NOTICE Improper voltage level or frequency range which cause damage of AC inputs AC voltage above 264 V Frenquency below 47 Hz or above 62 4 Hz NOTICE Improper connection leads cause overtemperature on terminals PLC modules may be destroyed by using wrong cable type wire size and cable temperature classification Parameter Value Temperature Operating 0 C 60 C Horizontal mounting of modules ...

Page 1250: ...µs COM interfaces electrically not isolated Not applicable Not applicable FBP interface 500 V 1 2 50 µs Ethernet 500 V 1 2 50 µs ARCNET 500 V 1 2 50 µs 230 V circuits against other circuitry 1350 V AC 2 s 120 V circuits against other circuitry 820 V AC 2 s 120 V 240 V circuits against other circuitry 1350 V AC 2 s 24 V circuits supply 24 V inputs outputs analogue inputs outputs if they are electri...

Page 1251: ...minal Bases The connectors between the Terminal Bases and Processor Modules or Communication Modules must not be touched during operation The same is valid for the I O Bus with all modules involved Immunity against the influence of radiated CW radiated According to IEC 61000 4 3 zone B criterion A Test field strength 10 V m Immunity against fast transient interference vol tages burst According to ...

Page 1252: ... 94 Vibration resistance acc to EN 61131 2 all three axes 2 Hz 8 4 Hz continuous 3 5 mm 8 4 Hz 150 Hz continuous 1 g higher values on request Shock test All three axes 15 g 11 ms half sinusoidal Mounting of the modules DIN rail according to DIN EN 50022 35 mm depth 7 5 mm or 15 mm Mounting with screws Screws with a diameter of 4 mm Fastening torque 1 2 Nm 2 6 1 7 Approvals and certifications Infor...

Page 1253: ...echanical damage switchgear cabinet IP54 for common dry factory floor environment is suitable Maintain spacing from enclosure walls wireways adjacent equipment Allow a minimum of 20 mm clearance on all sides This provides ventilation and electrical isola tion It is recommended to mount the modules on an earthed mounting plate or an earthed DIN rail independent of the mounting location PLC enclosur...

Page 1254: ...izontal mounting is highly recommended Vertical mounting is possible however derating consideration should be made to avoid problems with poor air circulation and overheating see Ä Chapter 2 6 1 1 Environmental Conditions on page 1248 System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1254 ...

Page 1255: ... and horizontal mounting we also recommend to place end stop terminals at the right and left side of the device to properly secure the modules e g type BADL P N 1SNA399903R0200 2 6 2 2 Mechanical Dimensions AC500 Fig 215 Terminal Bases side view and front view Dimensions Terminal Bases System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1...

Page 1256: ...side view and front view Fig 217 Function Module Terminal Bases side view and front view Dimensions Function Module Terminal Bases System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1256 ...

Page 1257: ...218 Function Module Terminal Bases with Function Modules for CMS side view and front view System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1257 ...

Page 1258: ...ig 219 Processor Module PM595 side view top view front view back view Dimensions PM595 System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1258 ...

Page 1259: ...erminal Units side view and front view Fig 221 Terminal Units and S500 modules side view and front view Dimensions Terminal Units System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1259 ...

Page 1260: ...erminal Base for comparison All dimensions are in mm in Hole spacing tolerance 0 4 mm 0 016 in System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mechanical Dimensions 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1260 ...

Page 1261: ... sure that all debris metal chips wire strands etc is kept from falling into the controller Debris that falls into the controller could cause damage while the controller is energized All devices are grounded through the DIN rail to chassis ground Use zinc plated yellow chromate stell DIN rail to assure proper grounding The use of other DIN rail materials e g aluminium plastic etc that can corrode ...

Page 1262: ...rsed order If the Terminal Base should be mounted with screws Wall Mounting Accessories TA526 Ä Chapter 2 6 5 7 TA526 Wall Mounting Accessory on page 1308 must be inserted at the rear side first These plastic parts prevent bending of the Terminal Base while screwing on TB51x needs one TA526 TB52x and TB54x need two TA526 Demounting on DIN rail Mounting with Screws System Assembly Construction and ...

Page 1263: ...3 modules e g one Terminal Base and two Terminal Units 2 Using the mounted modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module mounting holes on the panel 3 Return the mounted modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules 4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the screws M4 or 8 recommended 5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole align...

Page 1264: ...rely locked together to ensure proper electrical connection Max 10 Terminal Units can be attached 3 Demounting A screwdriver is inserted in the indicated place to separate the Terminal Units If the Terminal Unit should be mounted with screws Wall Mounting Accessories TA526 Ä Chapter 2 6 5 7 TA526 Wall Mounting Accessory on page 1308 must be inserted at the rear side first These plastic parts preve...

Page 1265: ...o Terminal Units 2 Using the mounted modules as a template carefully mark the center of all module mounting holes on the panel 3 Return the mounted modules to the clean work surface including any previously mounted modules 4 Drill and tap the mounting holes for the screws M4 or 8 recommended 5 Place the modules back on the panel and check for proper hole alignment 6 Attach the modules to the panel...

Page 1266: ...e on the DIN rail above and then snapped in below The demounting is carried out in a reversed order 1 Pull Down the Processor Module 2 Remove it Mounting on DIN rail System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1266 ...

Page 1267: ...or Module should be mounted with screws Screw Mounting Accessories TA543 Ä Chapter 2 6 5 8 TA543 Screw Mounting Accessory on page 1309 must be inserted at the rear side first These plastic parts prevent bending of the Processor Module while screwing on 3x TA543 Screw Mounting Accessories are needed per PM595 A dimension drawing for the position of screw s holes can be found in Mechanical Dimension...

Page 1268: ...hed the screws have a good electrical contact to the mounting plate 2 6 3 4 Mounting Processor Modules PM57x PM58x PM59x and PM56xx 1 After mounting the Terminal Base on the DIN rail mount the Processor Module 2 Press the Processor Module into the Terminal Base until it locks in place System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US ...

Page 1269: ... and below then remove the Processor Module 2 6 3 5 Mounting and Demounting the I O Modules After mounting the Terminal Unit mount the I O Modules System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1269 ...

Page 1270: ...nit until it locks in place 2 The demounting is carried out in a reversed order Press above and below then remove the module System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Mounting and Demounting 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1270 ...

Page 1271: ...y carry internal voltages After mounting the Terminal Base mount the Communication Modules 1 First insert the bottom nose of the Communication Module into the dedicated holes of the Terminal Base Then rotate the Communication Module on the dedicated Terminal Base slot until it is locked in place ð NOTICE Risk of malfunctions Unused slots for communication modules are not protected against accident...

Page 1272: ...appen and lead to a destruction of the power supply or its fuse If no suitable fuse exists the Ter minal Base itself could be destroyed The Terminal Bases and all electronic modules and Terminal Units are pro tected against reverse polarity All necessary measures should be carried out to avoid damages to modules and wiring Notice the wiring plans and connection examples NOTICE Attention All I O ch...

Page 1273: ...00 logic controller power supply is provided through terminals L M Process Power Supply S500 process power supply is provided through terminals UP ZP Logic Controller Supply is galvanic isolated from Process Power Supply As system power supply for AC500 S500 the ABB CP power supply series can be used 2 6 4 1 1 Power Supply for Processor Modules The supply voltage of 24 VDC is connected to a remova...

Page 1274: ...200 R0001 B0 Number of cores per terminal Conductor type Cross section 1 Solid 0 08 mm to 2 5 mm 1 Flexible 0 08 mm to 2 5 mm 1 with wire end ferrule Flexible 0 25 mm to 1 5 mm 2 Solid Not intended 2 Flexible Not intended 2 with TWIN wire end ferrule length 10 mm with plastic sleeve Flexible 2 x 0 25 mm or 2 x 0 5 mm or 2 x 0 75 mm with square cross sec tion of the wire end ferrule also 2 x 1 0 mm...

Page 1275: ... Front terminal Degree of protection IP 20 Stripped conductor end 9 mm min 8 mm Needed tool Slotted screwdriver Dimensions 2 5 x 0 4 to 3 5 x 0 5 mm screwdriver must be at least 15 mm free of insulation at the tip Number of cores per terminal Conductor type Cross section 1 Solid 0 08 mm to 2 5 mm 1 Flexible 0 08 mm to 2 5 mm 1 with wire end ferrule Flexible 0 25 mm to 1 5 mm 2 Solid Not intended 2...

Page 1276: ...de view open terminal drawn for illustration 2 The top view shows the openings for wire and screwdriver 3 Insert screwdriver 2 5 x 0 4 to 3 5 x 0 5 mm at an angle screwdriver must be at least 15 mm free of insulation at the tip 4 While erecting the screwdriver insert it until the stop requires a little strength 5 Screwdriver inserted terminal open 6 Strip the wire for 7 mm and put on wire end ferr...

Page 1277: ...rminal with wire connected 2 Insert screwdriver 2 5 x 0 4 to 3 5 x 0 5 mm at an angle screwdriver must be at least 15 mm free of insulation at the tip 3 While erecting the screwdriver insert it until the stop requires a little strength terminal is now open 4 Remove wire from the open terminal 5 Done Disconnection System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Connection and Wiring 2019...

Page 1278: ... to 2 5 mm 10 mm 2 6 4 6 Serial Interface COM1 of the Terminal Bases The serial interface COM1 is connected via a removable 9 pin terminal block It is configurable for RS 232 or RS 485 and can be used for Online access not valid for PM56xx A free protocol Modbus RTU client and server CS31 system bus as master only not valid for PM56xx Ä Chapter 2 6 4 8 CS31 System Bus on page 1282 Pin Signal Inter...

Page 1279: ...the pull up and the pull down resistors which only are necessary once on every bus line at the bus master For this reason these two resistors are already inte grated within the COM1 interface of the AC500 terminal bases They can be activated by con necting the terminals 1 2 and 3 4 of COM1 The following drawing shows an RS 485 bus with the bus master at the line end 1 Master at the bus line end pu...

Page 1280: ...ases The serial interface COM2 is not available at Processor modules with type designator 2ETH e g PM591 2ETH Processor modules PM56xx The serial interface COM2 is connected via a 9 pole D sub connector It is not intended to use COM2 to establish a CS31 system bus It is configurable for RS 232 or RS 485 and can be used for online access a free protocol Modbus RTU master and slave If the RS 485 bus...

Page 1281: ...slots may corrode if XC devices are used in salt mist environments Protect unused connectors and slots with TA535 protective caps for XC devices TA535Ä Chapter 1 8 4 6 TA535 Protective Caps for XC Devices on page 1172 The following drawing shows an RS 485 bus with the bus master at the line end 1 Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination with 120 Ω resistors 2 Slav...

Page 1282: ...aster The cable shields must be earthed See CS31 system bus Ä Chapter 2 5 4 4 CS31 bus on page 1214 2 6 4 8 CS31 System Bus 2 6 4 8 1 Connection of the Processor Module to the CS31 System Bus The PM56xx processor mModule does not support the CS31 system bus The processor module can be used as a CS31 bus master The connection is performed via the serial interface COM1 used as a CS31 system bus COM1...

Page 1283: ...ial Interface COM1 Ä Chapter 2 6 4 6 Serial Interface COM1 of the Terminal Bases on page 1278 2 6 4 8 2 Wiring Bus line Construction 2 cores twisted with common shield Conductor cross section 0 22 mm 24 AWG Recommendation 0 5 mm corresponds to 0 8 mm Twisting rate 10 per meter symmetrically twisted Core insulation Polyethylene PE Resistance per core 100 Ω km Characteristic impedance ca 120 Ω 100 Ω...

Page 1284: ...ield BUS 2 BUS 1 Shield BUS 2 BUS 1 slave CS31 slave 120 Ohms direct earthing with clip on cabinet steel plate e g PM581 Master at the bus line end pull up and pull down activated bus termination 120 Ohms 1 2 3 4 120 Ohms COM1 Fig 233 Bus topology for a CS31 system bus at COM1 bus master at one end of the bus line CS31 system bus CS31 Shield BUS 2 BUS 1 Shield BUS 2 BUS 1 slave CS31 slave 120 Ohms...

Page 1285: ...carrying metal connections earthing bars steel constructions etc the direct earthing is chosen CS31 Shield BUS 2 BUS 1 slave CS31 system bus CS31 slave CS31 system bus 1 2 3 4 120 Ohms COM1 PE CS31 bus master e g PM581 Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2 current carrying connection current carrying connectio n direct earthing of shields when entering the cabinet Fig 237 Direct earthing Case b System Assembly Cons...

Page 1286: ...ral switch gear cabinets direct earthing of cable shields when cables enter the first switch gear cabinet containing the master and capacitive earthing at the modules Everywhere is valid The total length of the earthing connections between the shield of the Ter minal Base and the earthing bar must be as short as possible max 25 cm The conductor cross section must be at least 2 5 mm VDE 0160 requir...

Page 1287: ... of telegram and data errors Miss or unterminated data lines can cause reflections on the bus leading to telegram and data errors For maximum cable length and transmission rate the bus must always be terminated on both ends with the characteristic impedance of the cable type NOTICE Verification of termination Make sure the power supply on all CAN nodes is turned off To verify the termination the D...

Page 1288: ...the CAN bus wiring away from electrical disturbance and close to earth potential to minimize interference Fig 239 CAN Bus connection and wiring For more Information on CANopen DeviceNet field bus see 2 6 4 10 Ethernet Connection Details Ethernet is also used for PROFINET EtherCAT and Modbus TCP connection 2 6 4 10 1 Ethernet Interface Interface Pin Signal Description 1 TxD Transmit Data 2 TxD Tran...

Page 1289: ...ollision domain is the area within a network which can be affected by a possibly occurring collision i e the area the collision can propagate over This however only applies if the components operate in half duplex mode since the CSMA CD access method is only used in this mode If the components operate in full duplex mode no collisions can occur Reliable operation of the collision detection method ...

Page 1290: ... TIA 568 Version 1 EIA TIA 568 Version 2 DIN 47100 IEC 189 2 Pair 1 white blue blue green red white brown white blue Pair 2 white orange orange black yellow green yellow white orange Pair 3 white green green blue orange grey pink white green Pair 4 white brown brown brown slate blue red white brown Two general variants are distinguished for the pin assignment of the normally used RJ45 con nectors ...

Page 1291: ...g of a straight through cable CAUTION Risk of communication faults When using inappropriate cables malfunctions in communication may occur Only use network cables of the categories 5 Cat 5 Cat 5e Cat 6 or Cat 7 or higher within PROFINET networks 2 6 4 11 PROFIBUS Connection Details 9 pin D sub connector male Parameter Value Fastening torque 0 4 Nm Pin Signal Description 1 Shield Shielding protecti...

Page 1292: ...1500 kbit s But in fact they should be avoided for transmission rates higher than 500 kbit s The line ends of the bus segments have to be terminated using bus terminating resistors according to the drawing below The bus terminating resistors are usually placed inside the bus connector 390 Ohms 220 Ohms 390 Ohms VP 5 V GND 0 V RxD TxD P RxD TxD N Data Line B Data Line A 6 3 8 5 One bus segment can ...

Page 1293: ... interface parameters are set in the PLC configuration Description of the Modbus protocol Supported standard PM55x and PM56x EIA RS 485 PM57x PM58x and PM59x EIA RS 232 RS 485 Number of connection points 1 client Max 1 server with RS 232 interface Max 31 servers with RS 485 Protocol Modbus Operating mode Client server Address Server only Data transmission control CRC16 Data transmission speed Up t...

Page 1294: ...nd RTC buffering while the processor module is not powered See AC500 Battery The CPU monitors the discharge degree of the battery A warning is issued before the battery condition becomes critical about 2 weeks before Once the warning message appears the battery should be replaced as soon as possible Do not short circuit or re charge the battery It can cause excessive heating and explosion Do not d...

Page 1295: ...at 25 C Self discharge 2 per year at 25 C 5 per year at 40 C 20 per year at 60 C Protection against reverse polarity Yes by mechanical coding of the plug Insulation The battery is completely insulated Connection Red plus pole above at plug black minus pole Weight 7 g Dimensions Diameter of the button cell 24 5 mm Thickness of the button cell 5 mm Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 1...

Page 1296: ...mall connector port of the compartment The con nector is keyed to find the correct polarity red plus pole above 4 Insert first the cable and then the battery into the compartment push it until it reaches the bottom of the compartment 5 Arrange the cable in order not to inhibit the door to close 6 Pull up the door and press until the locking mechanism snaps In order to prevent data losses or proble...

Page 1297: ...ttempts to charge lithium batteries lead to overheating and possible explosions Prevent them from heat and fire and store them in a dry place Never short circuit or operate lithium batteries with the polarities reversed The batteries are likely to overheat and explode Avoid chance short circuiting and therefore do not store batteries in metal containers and do not place them on metallic surfaces E...

Page 1298: ...as appeared the battery should be replaced as soon as possible Do not short circuit or re charge the battery It can cause excessive heating and explosion Do not disassemble the battery Do not heat up the battery and not put into fire Risk of explosion Store the battery in a dry place Replace the battery with supply voltage ON in order not to risk data being lost Recycle exhausted batteries meeting...

Page 1299: ... battery ca 18 mm Height of the battery ca 35 mm Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 182 700 R0001 TA541 lithium battery Active For planning and commissioning of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 6 5 2 1 Insertion The TA541 lithium battery is the only applicable battery for Processor Modules PM595 FE L L M M 5 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 Ordering Data System Assembl...

Page 1300: ...with a screwdriver 3 Remove the battery from its package and hold it by the small cable 4 Insert the battery connector into the small connector port of the compartment The con nector is keyed to find the correct polarity red plus pole right side 5 Insert the battery into the battery compartment on the left side as shown in the picture System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Hand...

Page 1301: ...from the battery compartment by pulling it by the small cable Remove then the small connector from the socket do this best by lifting it out with a screwdriver Follow the previous instructions to insert a new battery CAUTION Risk of explosion Do not open re charge or disassemble a lithium battery Attempts to charge lithium batteries lead to overheating and possible explosions Prevent them from hea...

Page 1302: ...he SD memory card has a write protect switch In the position LOCK the card can only be read The use of memory cards other than the MC502 SD memory card is prohibited ABB is not responsible nor liable for consequences resulting from use of unap proved memory cards NOTICE Removal of the SD memory card Do not remove the SD memory card during access Remove only when the RUN LED does not blink Otherwis...

Page 1303: ...edge of the SD memory card Weight 2 g Dimensions 24 mm x 32 mm x 2 1 mm It is not possible to use 100 of a device s memory space About 10 of the total available space must remain unused at any time to maintain normal device operation Further information on using the SD memory card in AC500 PLCs is provided in the chapter Storage Devices Part No Description Product Life Cycle Phase 1SAP 180 100 R00...

Page 1304: ...page 4 and TB56xx It protects the terminal base from dust and inad vertent touch TA524 is mounted in the same way as a common communication module Ä Chapter 2 6 3 6 Mounting and Demounting the Communication Modules on page 1271 Parameter Value Weight 50 g Dimensions 135 mm x 28 mm x 62 mm Purpose Handling Instructions Technical Data System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Handli...

Page 1305: ...dundant setup via a redundancy module Wide range input voltage Mounting on DIN rail High efficiency of up to 90 Low power dissipation and low heating Wide ambient temperature range from 40 C 70 C No load proof overload proof continuous short circuit proof Power factor correction depending on the type Approved in accordance with all relevant international standards Ordering Data System Assembly Con...

Page 1306: ...0 5 1SVR427032R0000 CP E 24 2 5 100 240 VAC or 90 375 VDC 24 VDC 2 5 A 40 5 1SVR427034R0000 CP E 24 5 0 115 230 VAC auto select or 210 370 VDC 24 VDC 5 A 63 2 1SVR427035R0000 CP E 24 10 0 115 230 VAC auto select or 210 370 VDC 24 VDC 10 A 83 1SVR427036R0000 CP E 24 20 0 115 230 VAC or 120 370 VDC 24 VDC 20 A 175 System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 Standard Handling of Accessories 201...

Page 1307: ...hey are equipped with overheat protection and active power factor correction Combinded with a broad AC and DC input range and extensive world wide approvals the CP C 1 power supplies are the preferred choice for professional DC applica tions Typical efficiency of up to 94 Power reserve design delivers up to 150 of the nominal output current Signaling outputs for DC OK and power reserve mode High p...

Page 1308: ...nal bases and terminal units while screwing up Handling of the wall mounting accessory is described in detail in the section Mounting and Dis assembling the Terminal Unit Ä Mounting with Screws on page 1264 and Mounting Disassem bling Terminal Bases and Function Module Terminal Bases Ä Mounting with Screws on page 1262 Parameter Value Weight 5 g Dimensions 67 mm x 35 mm x 5 5 mm Part No Descriptio...

Page 1309: ... of new installations use modules in Active status only 2 7 AC500 XC 2 7 1 System Data AC500 XC Assembly construction and connection of devices of the variant AC500 XC is identical to AC500 standard Ä Chapter 2 6 AC500 Standard on page 1248 The following description provides information on general technical data of AC500 XC system 2 7 1 1 Environmental Conditions Table 224 Process and Supply Volta...

Page 1310: ...wly 40 C 40 C Vertical mounting of modules possible output load limited to 50 per group 60 C 70 C with the following deratings System is limited to max 2 communication modules per terminal base Applications certified for cULus up to 60 C Digital inputs maximum number of simul taneously switched on input channels limited to 75 per group e g 8 channels 6 channels Digital outputs output current maxim...

Page 1311: ...535 protective caps for XC devices TA535Ä Chapter 1 8 4 6 TA535 Protective Caps for XC Devices on page 1172 Table 225 Electromagnetic Compatibility Parameter Value Device suitable for Industrial applications Yes Domestic applications No Radiated emission radio disturbances Yes according to CISPR 16 2 3 Conducted emission radio disturbances Yes according to CISPR 16 2 1 CISPR 16 1 2 Electrostatic d...

Page 1312: ...tion modules must be covered with dummy communication modules TA524 Ä Chapter 2 6 5 4 TA524 Dummy Com munication Module on page 1304 to achieve IP20 rating I O bus connectors must not be touched during operation 2 7 1 2 Mechanical Data Parameter Value Wiring method Spring terminals Degree of protection IP 20 Vibration resistance Yes according to IEC 61131 2 IEC 60068 2 6 IEC 60068 2 64 Shock resis...

Page 1313: ...Electrostatic voltage in case of contact discharge 6 kV Fast transient interference vol tages burst Supply voltage units DC 4 kV Digital inputs outputs 24 VDC 2 kV Analog inputs outputs 2 kV Communication lines shielded 2 kV I O supply DC out 2 kV High energy transient interference voltages surge Supply voltage units DC 1 kV CM 0 5 kV DM Digital inputs outputs 24 VDC 1 kV CM 0 5 kV DM Digital inpu...

Page 1314: ...read and under stood before using safety configuration and programming tools of PS501 Control Builder Plus Automation Builder Only qualified personnel shall be allowed to work with AC500 S Safety PLCs System Assembly Construction and Connection AC500 S Information About AC500 S 2019 04 17 3ADR010121 13 en_US 1314 ...

Page 1315: ...69123 Heidelberg Germany Telephone 49 0 6221 701 1444 Fax 49 0 6221 701 1382 E mail plc support de abb com abb com plc We reserve all rights in this document and in the information contained therein Reproduction use or disclosure to third parties without express authority is strictly forbidden ...

Reviews:

No comments